9/1 A\ Nuytsia WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HERBARIUM VOLUME 24 2014 The stunning coastline of Cape Arid National Park on the south coast of Western Australia, featuring the iconic Showy Banksia {Banksia speciosa R.Br.). The Park contains more than 1000 native vascular plant taxa including 55 that are rare or poorly known, and more than 30 that have been scientifically described in the past 15 years. Important taxonomic research in this and other parks - 25 potential new taxa in this park alone are the subject of ongoing taxonomic research - underpins conservation in Western Australia’s conservation estate. (Photograph Juliet Wege, October 2011). VOLUME 24 2014 DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND WIEDEIFE WESTERN AUSTRAEIA Nutysia Editorial Committee Nnytsia is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes original papers and short communications on the systematics, taxonomy and nomenclature of Australian (particularly Western Australian) plants, algae and fungi. Scientific Editor Managing Editor Copy Editor Production Editor Associate Editors Descriptions of taxa, revisions, identification guides, nomenclatural and taxonomic issues, systematic analyses and classifications, censuses, and Curation information on invasive species are all considered. Kevin Thiele Juliet Wege Ryonen Butcher Kelly Shepherd Russell Barrett Nicholas Eander Terry Macfarlane Barbara Rye Meriel Falconer Nnytsia is an open access journal in which papers are made freely available on the web. There are no page charges. Information for authors and instructions for purchasing hard copies of each volume or part can be found on the journal’s website: http ://fiorabase. dpaw. wa. gov.au/nuytsia. All papers should be submitted electronically in MS-Word format to: Published by the Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983. © Copyright Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014. All material in this journal is copyright and may not be reproduced except with the written permission of the publishers. The Managing Editor, Nuytsia Email: nuytsia@dpaw.wa.gov.au Telephone: +61 8 9219 9000 Facsimile: +61 8 9334 0327 Postal address: Western Australian Herbarium Science and Conservation Division Department of Parks and Wildlife Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre Western Australia 6983 ISSN 0085-4417 (print) ISSN 2200-2790 (online) Enquiries regarding distribution and subscriptions should also be addressed to the Managing Editor. Department of Parks and Wildlife CONTENTS Papers Page Acacia equisetifoUa, a rare, new species of Acacia sect. Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the Top End of the Northern Territory. B.R. Maslin and I.D. Cowie.1 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 2. Cyathostemon. M.E. Trudgen and B.E. Rye.7 Two new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from southerni Western Australia. F.J. Obbens.37 Lasiopetalum adenotrichum (Malvaceae s. lat.), a new species from Fitzgerald River National Park. R.A. Meissner, D.A. Rathbone and C.F. Wilkins.65 New species from the Leucopogonpulchellus group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). M. Hislop.71 Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species from the south coast of Western Australia. K.A. Shepherd and M. Hislop.95 Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia. S.J. Dillon.103 Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), with taxonomic notes on some other species with bicoloured calyx hairs. M. Hislop, J.A. Wege andA.D. Webb.113 Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains. Western Australia. R.W. Davis, T.A. Hammer and K.R. Thiele.123 Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from Banded Iron Formation ranges in the vicinity of Koolyanobbing, Western Australia. B.R. Maslin.131 Miscellaneous new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from south-west Western Australia. B.R. Maslin.139 Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes from south-west Western Australia. B.R. Maslin.161 Spartothamnella canescens (Eamiaceae: Chloantheae), a new species from Western and Central Australia, with notes on the status of S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range. K.R. Thiele and K.A. Shepherd. Ill Acacia mackenziei, a new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from the east Kimberley region in northern Western Australia. B. R. Maslin and R.L. Barrett.187 Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the arid zone in Western Australia. B.R. Maslin.193 Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species from the Midwest of Western Australia. F.J. Obbens.207 An account of the reed triggerplants {Stylidium sect. Junceae \ Stylidiaceae). J. A. Wege.215 A new subspecies of the threatened monocalypt Eucalyptus insularis (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia.D. Nicolle, M.LH. Brooker and M.E. French.249 Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae), a new, white-fiowered species for Western Australia. M. Hislop and R.J. Cranfield.255 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thryptomene. B.E. Rye.269 Short Communications Rorippa dictyosperma and R. cygnorum have mucous seeds. K. R Thiele andN.G. Walsh.17 The taxonomic status of Aldrovanda vesiculosa var. rubescens (Droseraceae). K.R. Thiele and S.C. Coffey.19 Vachellia bolei (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae), the correct name for a species from India. B.R. Maslin.21 An amphibious Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from an ephemeral arid zone wetland. N. Gibson.23 Stylidium lithophilum and S. oreophilum (Stylidiaceae), two new species of conservation significance from Stirling Range National Park. J.A. Wege.29 Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2013. C. M. Parker and LJ. Biggs.45 Ammannia fitzgeraldii, a nom. nov. for Nesaea repens (Eythraceae). R.E. Barrett.101 Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544) cannot be maintained as distinct from C. pumila. F. Obbens.109 The scantily collected Corymbia punkapitiensis (Myrtaceae) is not distinct from the widespread arid-zone species C. aparrerinja. D. Nicolle.263 Hibbertia robur (Dilleniaceae), a new species from Western Australia. K.R. Thiele.307 Treatment of hybrid taxa on the census of Western Australian plants. K.R. Thiele and C.M. Parker.311 A lectotype designation for Baeckea elderiana (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). B.L. Rye.315 Removal of Peplidium sp. fortescue marsh (S. van Leeuwen 4865) (Phrymaceae) from Western Australia’s plant census. A.S. Markey.317 Corrigendum to: Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains, Western Australia. R.W. Davis.319 Other content Referees for Volume 24.321 Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora and Fauna.323 Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 1-5 Published online 27 March 2014 Acacia equisetifolia^ a rare, new species of Acacia sect. Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the Top End of the Northern Territory Bruce R. Maslin^ and Ian D. Cowie^ 'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Northern Territory Herbarium, Department of Land Resource Management, P.O. Box 496, Palmerston, Northern Territory 0831 'Corresponding author, email: bruce.mashn@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Maslin, B.R. & Cowie, ID. Acacia equisetifolia, a rare, new species of Acacia sect. Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the Top End of the Northern Territory. Nuytsia 24: 1-5 (2014). Acacia equisetifolia Maslin & Cowie, a new species known only from Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory, is described. The new species, formerly known by the phrase name Acacia sp. Graveside Gorge (V. J. Levitzke 806), is very closely related to A. hippuroides Reward ex Benth. which occurs about 1,000 km to the south-west, in the western Kimberley region of Western Australia. The main morphological features separating these two species are the nature of branchlet and peduncle indumentum and various pod attributes. Introduction The new species described here belongs to Acacia Mill. sect. Lycopodiifoliae Pedley, a small, distinctive group of species characterised by having phyllodes arranged in regular whorls. George (1999) provides a terse review of this section and George (2001) provides descriptions of the species known at that time. Apart from the new species described below, three additional species have recently been added to the section (see Maslin et al. 2013), bringing the total number to 22. It is quite possible that further research, particularly of entities in Western Australia, will result in the recognition of further taxa for this section. The new species is found on the western Arnhem Land sandstone plateau which is well-known as a centre of endemism for plant species in the Northern Territory, with many having restricted distributions (Woinarski et al. 2006). Following botanical exploration of the area from the 1970s onwards, revisions of plant genera have revealed the presence of substantial numbers of new species from a wide range of genera, e.g. Boronia Sm. (Duretto 1997; Duretto & Ladiges 1997), Hibbertia An&tQSNS (Toelken 20\fi),MitrasacmeLdih\\\. (Dunlop \996), SpermacoceL. (Harwood&Dessein 2005) and TrzMwyetoL. (Halford 1997). Among these are a number of new species of phyllodinous Acaczfz, but none from sect. Lycopodiifoliae (Pedley 1999; Tindale & Kodela 1992; Tindale et al. 1996). While the new species was first collected in 1981, the gathering lacked collection locality details, making relocation difficult. It was not found again until 2004, during a survey of a number of rare and threatened plant species in Kakadu National Park (Kerrigan 2004). Subsequent surveys were undertaken to better establish its distribution, abundance and threats, and additional collections were made (Kerrigan etal. 2006,2007). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 2 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Taxonomy Acacia equisetifolia Maslin & Cowie, sp. nov. Type'. Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 19 March 2004, K.G. Brennan 6203 {holo\ PERTH 08455457; iso\ DNA). Acacia sp. Graveside Gorge (VJ. Levitzke 806), Australian Plant Census, http://www.anbg.gov.au/ chah/apc/index.html [accessed May 2013]. Erect shrubs to c. 1 m tall. Branchlets terete, ribs not evident, densely villous, the hairs long (mostly c. 1 mm), weak, white, commonly antrorsely or retrorsely shallowly curved, sometimes straight and patent. Stipules very narrowly triangular, 1-2 mm long, scarious, erect on upper nodes but aging sub¬ patent, straight to shallowly incurved, reddish brown or light brown. Phyllodes in regular, crowded whorls 2-7(-10) mm apart, 10-17 per whorl, (10-) 15-20 mm long, slender (0.3-0.4 mm wide), ascending to erect when young but patent with age, shallowly to moderately incurved, a few sub¬ straight, terete, sub-terete orflattish, very obscurely wrinkled when dry, dull green, villosulous, the hairs white; longitudinal nerves not visible; apices excentrically mucronate with a straight point 0.1-0.3 mm long. Gland not visible. Inflorescences simple, one per whorl; peduncles (10-) 15-30(^0) mm long, densely villous as on branchlets; heads globular, 7-9 mm diam. (when dry), 30-35-flowered, bright yellow. Bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, not exserted in buds, narrowly oblong to oblong-lanceolate, claws short and often slightly expanded into narrowly elliptic, acute laminae. Flowers 5-merous; sepals very small (% or less the length of the petals), free, oblong to oblong-elliptic, nerveless, glabrous or with a few tolerably long white hairs at the apex; petals c. 2 mm long, nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved, apically short-pilose otherwise glabrous. Pods (slightly immature) oblong to narrowly oblong, 10-30 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, flat but obviously raised over seeds, not or scarcely constricted between the seeds, ±thinly crustaceous, straight to slightly curved, blackish, viscid, villous, nerveless or with very few and obscure anastomosing nerves, sessile. Seeds (slightly immature) transverse to ±oblique in the pods, obloid, 4.5-5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide; pleurogram continuous (not open at hilar end); areole oblong, 1 X 0.3 mm;funicle expanded into a thickened, once-folded aril beneath the seed. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Branchlets densely villous with long (mostly c. 1 mm), weak, white hairs that are commonly antrorsely or retrorsely shallowly curved. Stipules 1-2 mm long. Phyllodes in crowded, regular whorls, (10-) 15-20 mm long, slender (0.3-0.4 mm wide), ascending to erect (young) aging patent, mostly shallowly to moderately incurved, terete, sub-terete or flattish, dull green, villosulous, mucro 0.1-0.3 mm long; longitudinal nerves not visible. Peduncles villous as on branchlets. Sepals very small (% or less the length of the petals), free, oblong to oblong-elliptic; petals nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved, apically short-pilose. Pods 8-10 mm wide, flat but obviously raised over seeds, straight to slightly curved, blackish, viscid, villous, ±nerveless. transverse to ±oblique in the pods. Other specimens examined. NORTHERN TERRITORY: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 14 Feb. 2006, K.G. Brennan 6735 (DNA, NT); 25 Feb. 2005, J.L. Egan 5531 (DNA); Oct. 1981, V.J. Levitzke 806 (DNA); Darwin Botanic Gardens, Salonika St Nursery, 4 Aug. 2006, B. Wirf 304 (DNA). Distribution. Known only from Kakadu National Park, 220 km east-south-east of Darwin, Northern Territory. It has a very restricted distribution, with a total recorded population of less than 1,000 mature individuals distributed quite unequally across two subpopulations about 1 km apart. B.R. Maslin & I.D. Cowie, Acacia equisetifolia, a rare, new species from the Northern Territory 3 Figure 1. Acacia equisetifolia. A - plant in situ showing buds, heads at peak anthesis and old heads; B - flowering plant in situ showing buds, heads at peak anthesis, old heads and young pods; C - branchlet close-up showing characteristic densely white-villous indumentum and slender phyllodes with a very short apical point. Photographs by Kym Brennan. Habitat. Recorded as growing on rocky sandstone slopes and ledges at the tops of sheer cliffs. Phenology. Because of the paucity of collections it is difficult to accurately determine the phenology of this species; however, fiowers at anthesis have been collected in February and near-mature pods in March, August and October. 4 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Conservation status. This species has been assessed against lUCN criteria and is regarded as Critically Endangered under both Northern Territory and Commonwealth legislation (lUCN 2001; lUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee 2011; Kerrigan etal. 2006, 2007). The smaller subpopulation is estimated at 150 plants and the other at 700-800 plants. When first discovered in 2004, the smaller population consisted of only one mature adult and 20 small seedlings but numbers appear to have increased substantially in subsequent years. Acacia equisetifolia is regarded as threatened because of its very small area of occupancy and extent of occurrence, and extreme fluctuations in numbers. These factors, coupled with a high risk of unfavourable Are regimes, place the species at risk of rapid reduction to extinction. Research is needed to establish basic life history parameters, the longevity of seed and the role of Are and other ecological processes in the distribution and abundance of the species. Further survey in the general area may locate additional subpopulations. Etymology. The species name is in allusion to the superficial similarity of the phyllodes, especially their shape and arrangement, to species of Equisetum L. Affinities. Acacia equisetifolia is a member of Acacia sect. Lycopodiifoliae Pedley and is closely related to A. hippuroides Reward ex Benth. which occurs in the west Kimberley region of Western Australia, about 1,000 km to the south-west of where the new species is found. The significant characters shared by these two species include their relatively long phyllodes with minute apical points, non-striate petals, very small, free, oblong to elliptic sepals, rather similar pods and transverse seeds. Although A. equisetifolia is regarded here as a distinct species it could equally be treated as an infraspecific taxon within A. hippuroides. However, given their wide geographic separation and the nature of their morphological differences, it is subjectively Judged that recognition at species rank is acceptable. Furthermore, it is noted that the morphological differences between some other species-pairs within sect. Lycopodiifoliae are sometimes not particularly large, for example, A. anasilla K.^.GooxgQ is distinguished from A. lycopodiifolia Cunn. ex Hook, primarily by its longer phyllodes with longer apical points, while A. hippuroides and A. zatrichota A.S.George are distinguished mainly by the colour of their branchlet indumentum and the number of phyllodes per whorl (fide George 1999). Note: George (l.c.) provisionally recorded the seeds of A. zatrichota as longitudinal in the pods, however, they are transverse. Morphologically, A hippuroides is most obviously and reliably distinguished from A. equisetifolia by the indumentum of its peduncles and upper branchlets which possess normally pale golden hairs that are generally shorter (c. 0.5 mm long), slightly more rigid, consistently patent and more or less straight. Although the calyx of A. hippuroides is very short like that of A. equisetifolia, it is normally dissected for V4-y4 its length into triangular or oblong lobes; only rarely is it dissected to the base (Pedley 1972; George 2001: 388) as in the new species. The pods of A. hippuroides are often more strongly curved, wider (8-15 mm) and more obviously viscid than those of A. equisetifolia, they are also reticulately nerved although the nerves are sometimes rather obscure and the indumentum is generally sparser. Acknowledgements Kym Brennan is thanked for permission to use his photographs of the new species, taken at the type locality in February 2006. References Dunlop, C.R. (1996). Mitrasacme. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A. J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. 28. pp. 29-51. (Australian Biological Resources Study / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) B.R. Maslin & I.D. Cowie, Acacia equisetifolia, a rare, new species from the Northern Territory 5 Duretto, M.F. (1997). Taxonomic notes on Boronia species of north-western Australia, including a revision of the Boronia lanuginosa group {Boronia section Valvatac. Rutaceae). Nuytsia 11: 301-346. Duretto, M.F. & Ladiges, PY. (1997). Morphological variation within the Boronia grandisepala group (Rutaceae) and the description of nine taxa endemic to the Northern Territory, Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 10: 249-302. George, A.S. (1999). Seven new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifolia (Mimosaceae). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 82: 67-74. George, A.S. (2001). Lycopodiifoliae species descriptions. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IIB. pp. 388-402. (Australian Biological Resources Study / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Halford, D.A. (1997). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 3: a revision of the genus Triumfetta L. Austrobaileya 4: 495-587. Harwood, R. & Dessein, S. (2005). Australian Spermacoce (Rubiaceae: Spermacoceae). 1. Northern Territory. Australian Systematic Botany 18: 297-365. lUCN (2001). lUCN Red List Categories: Version 3.1. Prepared by the lUCN Species Survival Commission. (lUCN: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK.) lUCN Standards and Petitions Subcommittee. (2011). Guidelines for using the lUCN Red List categories and criteria, version 9.0. Prepared by the Standards and Petitions Subcommittee of the lUCN Species Survival Commission. Available from http://intranet.iucn.org/webfiles/doc/SSC/RedList/RedListGuidelines.pdf Kerrigan, R. (2004). Kakadu threatenedflora report. Volume 2. Results of a threatenedflora survey 2004. (Northern Territory Department of Infrastructure Planning and Environment: Darwin.) Kerrigan, R.A., Cowie, I.D. & Brennan, K.G. (2006). Acacia sp. Graveside Gorge. Threatened species information sheet. Department of Land Resource Management, Darwin. Downloadable from http:// http://www.lrm.nt.gov.au/_data/assets/ pdf_file/0004/10939/Acacia_graveside_CR.pdf Kerrigan, R.A., Cowie, I.D. & Brennan, K.G. (2007). Acacia sp. Graveside Gorge. ln\ Woinarski, J.C.Z., Pavey, C., Kerrigan, R.L., Cowie, I.D., Ward, S. (eds) Lost from our landscape: threatened species in the Northern Territory, p. 28. (Northern Territory Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts: Palmerston.) Maslin, B.R., Barrett, M.D. & Barrett, R.L. (2013). A baker’s dozen of new wattles highlights significant Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) diversity and endemism in the north-west Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 543-587. Pedley, L. (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia N. Cunn. ex Hook, and its allies. Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium 11: 1-23. Pedley, L. (1999). Notes on Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) chiefly from northern Australia. Austrobaileya 5: 307-322. Tindale, M.D., Bedwood, M. & Kodela, PG. (1996). Acacia multistipulosa and A. rigescens (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae, Acacia sect. Juliflorae), two new species from the Northern Territory, Australia. Australian Systematic Botany 9: 859-866. Tindale, M.D. & Kodela, PG. (1992). New species of.Tcflc/fl (Fabaceae, Mimosoideae) from tropical Australia. TelopeaS: 53-66. Toelken, H.R. (2010). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) 5. H. melhanioides and H. tomentosa groups from tropical Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 23: 1-117. Woinarski, J.C.Z, Hempel, C., Cowie, I., Brennan, K., Kerrigan, R., Leach, G., & Russell-Smith, J.R. (2006). Distributional patterning of restricted range plant species in the Northern Territory, Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 54: 627-640. 6 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 7-16 Published online 27 March 2014 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 2. Cyathostemon Malcolm E. Trudgen and Barbara L. Rye‘ Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Barbara.Rye@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract M.E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye. An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 2. Cyathostemon. Nuytsia 24: 7-16 (2014). Three new species of Cyathostemon Turcz. are described, illustrated and mapped, and a key is given to the seven named species in the genus. The new species are C. divaricatus Trudgen & Rye, C. gracilis Trudgen & Rye and C. verrucosus Trudgen & Rye. This has reduced the number of taxa known by informal names to seven, most of which belong to a difficult species complex that needs a great deal more work to resolve. Introduction This paper dealing with Cyathostemon Turcz. is the second in a series updating the taxonomy of myrtaceous genera belonging to the tribe Chamelaucieae. Cyathostemon is endemic to the south-west of Western Australia, extending from Canna south to the Stirling Range area and south-east to Israelite Bay, with an outlying occurrence at Eyre (see Rye 2013a: Figure IB). Three new species are described here and taxa needing further study are noted. Background Cyathostemon was described by Turczaninow (1852) based on a single Drummond collection {J. Drummond 5th Collection, n. 123) of the type species C. tenuifolius Turcz. Mueller (1874) reduced Cyathostemon to a section of Baeckea E. when he named a closely related species B. ambigua F.Muell. However, Cyathostemon was not recognised at either the generic or sectional level by Niedenzu (1893), and Domin (1923) transferred its type species to Baeckea. Rye and Trudgen (2008,2012) reinstated Cyathostemon as a distinct genus and made new combinations for three of its species that were originally placed either in Astartea DC. or Baeckea. This brought the number of named species included in the genus to four. Two recent revisions (Rye & Trudgen 2008; Rye 2013a) presented evidence that Cyathostemon is closely related to Astartea, Hypocalymma (Endl.) Endl. and Seorsus Rye & Trudgen, and outlined the distinguishing characteristics of the four genera. Need for further work Six informal names originally placed wndox Astartea apply to Cyathostemon (Table 1). Three of these © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 8 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) are given scientific names here while the other three have recently been transferred to Cyathostemon, bringing the number of informal names listed for Cyathostemon to seven (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Five of the Cyathostemon taxa with phrase names, C. sp. Dowak (J.M. Fox 86/271), C. sp. Esperance(A. Fairall2431), C. sp. Jyndabinbin Rocks (K.R. Newbey7689), C. sp. Lake King (M.E. & M.E. Trudgen 1462) and C. sp. Salmon Gums (B. Archer 769), belong to a complex that extends from north-west of the Stirling Range eastwards to the Great Australian Bight. Two named species, C. ambiguus (F.Muell.) Rye & Trudgen and C. tenuifolius, are also members of the complex. There appears to be extensive hybridisation in this group, which is proving to be particularly difficult to resolve, and further investigation is needed to ensure that any hybrids are recognised as such rather than being treated as distinct species or subspecies. Cyathostemon sp. Red Roo Rock (G.F. Craig 6896) is a very distinctive new species which cannot be addressed here because it is known from only a single collection. It differs from all of the other known members of the genus in having long peduncles that are only slightly shorter than the pedicels, and in having the stamens clustered into antipetalous groups. Cyathostemon sp. Mt Dimer (C. McChesney TRL4/72) is also only known from one collection. It needs further investigation to determine how well differentiated it is from C. verrucosus Trudgen & Rye. Table 1. Informal names previously included under Astartea that apply to Cyathostemon, indicating the year the phrase name was established. Informal name Year New name A. sp. Bungalbin Hill (K.R. Newbey 8989) 1996 C. verrucosus Trudgen & Rye A. sp. Esperance (A. Fairall 2431) 1996 C. sp. Esperance (A. Fairall 2431) A. sp. Fitzgerald (K.R. Newbey 10844) 1994 C. gracilis Trudgen & Rye A. sp. Jyndabinbin Rocks (K.R. Newbey 7689) 1996 C. sp. Jyndabinbin Rocks (K.R. Newbey 7689) A. sp. Mt Dimer (C. McChesney TRL4/72) 1996 C. sp. Mt Dimer (C. McChesney TRL4/72) A. sp. Red Hill (K.R. Newbey 8462) 1996 C. divaricatus Trudgen & Rye Methods Methods used to record measurements and plot distribution maps are as described in the first paper in this series (Rye 2013b). Images of leaves and fiower buds were taken with a Nikon Digital Camera Head (DS-5M) controlled by a DS Camera Control Unit (DS-Ll). A line drawing of a fruit was augmented by digital shading. Descriptions and key All Cyathostemon species are glabrous shrubs and have opposite, decussate leaves with a short petiole. Their distinctly stalked, solitary, axillary fiowers have five smooth or slightly ridged sepals, five widely spreading, more or less circular petals, 8-30 stamens, 0-12 staminodes and a largely inferior, 2- or 3-locular ovary with 1-9 ovules per loculus. The broad, petaline-textured filaments are united, often for most of their length, into a persistent tube. Like the petals they are white or rarely pale pink. The tube may be more or less level around the summit or may be cut more deeply at some points around its circumference than at others, and is narrower M E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Cyathostemon 9 at the summit than at the base. Above the summit of the tube, the free filaments are usually arranged in an alternating sequence of longer and shorter ones, but with those opposite the petals longer on average than those opposite the sepals. Anthers are more or less basifixed, with a dorsal-subterminal to terminal connective gland, and dehisce by parallel, longitudinal slits. The style base is deeply inserted into a cylindrical depression that reaches to the level of the placentas. Ovules (when more than two per placenta) are usually arranged in an arch. They are distinctly 2-toned, divided into a dark brown inner-basal portion and a larger, brown-translucent, outer-distal portion. The fruits are dehiscent and usually largely superior. The seeds are 1.3-2 mm long and irregularly obovoid to reniform, with the body somewhat to much narrower at the base than at the summit, and with a protrusion extending along the inner surface from near the base for 1/2 to 4/5 of the length of the seed. The testa is crustaceous and either colliculate or smooth. Characters that are constant for the genus are not repeated in the species descriptions given below. Key to the named species of Cyathostemon 1. Peduncles 4-6 mm long, longer than the pedicels. Ovary 2-locular, with 1 ovule in each loculus (Fitzgerald River NP).C. gracilis 1: Peduncles 0.1-2.5 mm long, much shorter than the pedicels. Ovary 3-locular, with 2-9 ovules in each loculus 2. Stamens 8-15. Ovules 2 per loculus. Fruit valves rounded and not forming a crest 3. Fruits more than half-inferior. Occurring in the northern and central wheatbelt, almost entirely restricted to the South-West Botanical Province (Canna-Mt Madden). C. heterantherus 3: Fmits largely superior. Occurring inland of the distribution of C. heterantherus in the Coolgardie IBRA region of the Eremaean Botanical Province 4. Stems divaricately branched. Leaves with a petiole 0.6-1 mm long and with prominent oil glands scattered on the abaxial surface of the blade. Sepals 0.9-1.3 mm long (Kambalda area).C. divaricatus 4: Stems branched at acute angles. Leaves with a petiole 0.3-0.5 mm long and with prominent oil glands densely covering the abaxial surface of the blade. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long (Bungalbin Hill area-Queen Victoria Rocks area).C. verrucosus 2: Stamens 11-30. Ovules (2-)3-9 per loculus, never uniformly 2 per loculus. Fmit valves tending to be crested and forming a triangular ridge around the central depression that encloses the style base 5. Leaves obovate to circular, much wider than thick, 2-5 mm wide. Ovules 5-9 per loculus (Ongerup and Pallinup River to Israelite Bay).C. blackettii 5: Leaves linear to narrowly obovate in outline, usually about as thick as wide, 0.7-1.8 mm wide. Ovules 2-5 per loculus 6. Leaves 1.2-1.8 mm wide (Stirling Range area-Israelite Bay).C. ambiguus 6: Leaves 0.7-1 (-1.2) mm wide (Stirling Range area-Israelite Bay).C. tenuifolius 10 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Cyathostemon divaricatus Trudgen & Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ east of Kambalda West, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 9 August 1981, K.R. Newbey 8462 {holo\ PERTH 04365623; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Astartea sp. Red Hill (K.R. Newbey 8462), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 21 July 2013]; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. 346 (2000). Shrub often low and spreading and then 0.3-0.5 m high, 0.5-0.75 m wide, but reportedly up to 1 m high, divaricately branched; young branchlets somewhat tuberculate at first, with very marked below-leaf flanges and densely arranged, mostly widely spreading leaves. Petioles 0.6-1 mm long. Leaf blades linear in outline, terete or slightly flattened adaxially, 2^.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, 0.5-0.7 mm thick, obtuse; abaxial surface with scattered, large, raised oil glands resulting in a tuberculate surface; adaxial surface without tubercles. Inflorescence of \-A pairs of flowers on each branchlet. Peduncles 0.2-0.5 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide from side view, acute, scarious, brown and gland-dotted along midrib and paler on margin. Pedicels 2.5-A mm long. Flowers 5-8 mm diam. Hypanthium 0.8-1.4 mm long, 2.2-3.5 mm wide; free portion c. 0.2 mm long. Sepals 0.9-1.3 mm long, 1.2-1.9 mm wide, with a herbaceous thickened centre and scarious margin. Petals 1.7-3 mm long, white tinged with pink. Androecium of 10-15 stamens and often several staminodes, in a circle with long and short ones tending to alternate; filaments connate for most of their length, 0.7-1.2 mm long. Anthers 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, with gland very prominent on back of anther. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per loculus, collateral, ± diagonally divided into two colour zones. Style cylindrical, 1-1.2 mm long; stigma c. 0.15 mm diam. Fruits largely superior, c. 2 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, 1-3-seeded, as far as known producing a maximum of 1 seed in each loculus; hypanthium 3-lobed; summit smoothly rounded (not crested), with some large, slightly raised oil glands. Seeds irregularly obovoid-reniform, c. 1.6 mm long, c. 0.7 mm deep; testa medium brown, colliculate; inner protrusion extending more than 2/3 of distance to top of seed. (Figure lA) Diagnostic features. Stems divaricately branched. Petioles 0.6-1 mm long. Leaf blades 2-A.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm diam., with scattered prominent oil glands. Peduncles 0.2-0.5 mm long. Pedicels 2.5-A mm long. Sepals 0.9-1.3 mm long. Petals 1.7-3 mm long. Stamens 10-15. Ovary 3-locular, with 2 ovules in each loculus. Style 1-1.2 mm long. Seeds c. 1.6 mm long, irregularly obovoid-reniform; testa medium brown, colliculate. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 21 Apr. 1996, P. Davis RD 591 (PERTH); 30 Apr. 1993, V. English VE 1119 (AD, PERTH); 7 Sep. 1952, D. Kemsley s.n. (MEL, PERTH); 10 June 2013, A. Sleep AS 79-01 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Occurs on rocky hill slopes near Kambalda in the South-western Interzone (Figure 2), with one record from a low mixed shrubland of Eremophila clarkei, Thryptomene australis etc. over annual Asteraceae and grass species, and another record from 'Acacia resinomarginea scrub’. Phenology. Flowers recorded from April to May and from August to September. Mature fruits and seeds recorded in late April. Conservations status. Listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, diS Astartea sp. Red Hill (K.R. Newbey 8462). The known range of this taxon is c. 12 km long. M E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Cyathostemon 11 Figure 1. Cyathostemon images. A - leaves and flower bud of C. divaricatus; B,C - leaves and flower bud of C. gracilis, D - compressed fruit of C. gracilis viewed from an angle showing its full width; E - leaves of C. sp. Mt Dimer (C. McChesney TRE4/72). Prepared by Alex Williams from K.R. Newbey 8462 (A), N. McQuoid 321 (B-D) and C. McChesney TRE 4/72 (E). Scale bar = 1 mm. Etymology. From the Latin divaricatus (spread apart, widely spreading, forked), referring to the plant’s divaricate branching pattern. Affinities. This species appears to be closely related to C. verrucosus but occurs south-east of the range of that species and has more terete leaves with more scattered oil glands. It also tends to have more numerous stamens. Notes. Cyathostemon divaricatus occurs on the margin of the known distribution of the genus. The few available specimens give no indication as to whether or not the species has a lignotuber, but it appears to be unique in having a divaricate branching pattern, rather than branches at acute angles as in other members of the genus. 12 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Cyathostemon gracilis Trudgen & Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ Fitzgerald River Reserve, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 26 April 1969,^.5. George 9293 {holo\ PERTH 04270223; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Astartea sp. Fitzgerald (K.R. Newbey 10844), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 21 July 2013]; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI:. Descr. Cat. 346 (2000). Shrub usually 0.25-0.5 m but up to 0.7 m high, slender or up to 0.6 m wide, single-stemmed at base; young branchlets very slender, with below-leaf flanges only slight, with a usually dense arrangement of antrorse to widely spreading leaves. Petioles 0.8-1.3 mm long. Leaf blades linear in outline, 8-13 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, 0.4-0.7 mm thick, with very narrow translucent margins and a recurved apical point, smooth, dotted with small, dark oil glands; abaxial surface deeply convex; adaxial surface somewhat channelled; apical point up to 0.4 mm long, whitish. Inflorescence of 1 or 2 pairs of flowers most often at base of each branchlet, the subtending leaves sometimes reduced to small bracts similar to the bracteoles but more persistent and tending to be somewhat larger. Peduncles 4-6 mm long. BracteolesdQCiduQm or persistent, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm wide, scarious or herbaceous, acute. Pedicels 1.2-2.8 mm long. Flowers 4-5.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 0.7-1.3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, smoothly 5-ridged; free portion c. 0.2 mm long. Sepals 0.6-0.9 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, with an herbaceous base and broad scarious margin, tinged with deep pink or red. Petals 1.7-2.3 mm long, white. Androecium of 11-14 stamens and occasionally a few staminodes; filaments connate for almost their full length in ring, longest ones most often antisepalous, 0.7-1 mm long. Anthers very unequal, 0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide. 2-locular; ovules 1 per loculus, almost transversely divided into the two colour zones. Style cylindrical, 0.5-0.6 mm long; stigma less than 0.1 mm diam. Fruits largely superior, somewhat compressed, c. 2 mm long, c. 2.6 mm wide, c. 1.6 mm thick, usually with only 1 fully developed seed, rarely 2-seeded; summit somewhat rugose, distinctly crested right across the 2 valves except for a dip at the centre between them, with scattered large glands forming shallow pits. Seeds very irregularly obovoid, broad at summit and very narrow at base with a large concavity, 1.6-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, 0.7-1 mm deep; testa yellowish, smooth, with an extremely fine reticulate pattern; inner protrusion 1/2 or more than 1/2 as long as seed. (Figure IB-D) Diagnostic features. Young stems very slender. Petioles 0.8-1.3 mm long. Leaf blades 8-13 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, 0.4-0.7 mm thick, fairly smooth. Peduncles 4-6 mm long. Pedicels 1.2-2.8 mm long. Sepals 0.6-0.9 mm long. Petals 1.7-2.3 mm long. Stamens 11-14. Ovary 2-locular, with 1 ovule in each loculus. Style 0.5-0.6 mm long. Seeds 1.6-1.8 mm long, broad at summit and very narrow at base with a large concavity; testa yellowish, smooth. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 16 Oct. 1995, A.R. Bean 9071 (PERTH); 16 Nov. 2008, M. Bennett 1212 (PERTH); 13 Oct. 1991, S. Gourley 91/290 (PERTH); 21 Oct. 1992, N. McQuoid 32\ (PERTH); 23 Sep. 1984, K.R. Newbey 10844(AD,BRI,PERTH); 11 Sep. 1986,Aew/zey 11136(DNA,PERTH); 18 Oct. \991,PeterG. Wilson 1404 & N. Lam (PERTH); 10 Aug. 2003, Peter G. Wilson 1644 & G.M. Towler (PERTH); 27 Aug. 1965, E. fE/YOver 402 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Endemic to the South-West Botanical Province, known from a small area in Fitzgerald River National Park (Figure 2). Recorded from sandy soils on fairly flat ground, for example on a sandy plateau above a river, often occurring in Eucalyptus tetragona mallee shrublands. M E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Cyathostemon 13 Figure 2. Distribution map. Cyathostemon divaricatus (•), C. gracilis (o), C. heterantherus (a) and C. verrucosus (A). Phenology. Flowering is recorded in April and from August to October. Mature fruits and seeds recorded in late September and in October. Conservation status. Listed by Smith (2013) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Astartea sp. Fitzgerald (K.R. Newbey 10844). Being non-lignotuberous, this species is presumably readily killed by fires. It is geographically restricted but is protected within a large national park. Etymology. F rom the Latin gracilis (slender), referring to the very slender growth form, stems and leaves. Affinities. This very distinctive species has no obvious very close relatives. It has very slender stems with scarcely protruding prominences below the petioles, small petals and a particularly short style. It is unique in the genus in having long peduncles that far exceed the length of the pedicel, and a 2-locular ovary with only one ovule in each loculus. The seed of C. gracilis is also distinctive, with its very large basal concavity and smooth yellow testa. It is derived from an ovule that has the division into the dark and pale zones closer to transverse (i.e. less oblique) in comparison with other species, a factor perhaps related to the seed’s very narrow base. 14 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Cyathostemon verrucosus Trudgen & Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ north-east of Bungalbin Hill, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 23 September 1981, K.R. Newbey 8989 {holo: PERTH04367316; iso\ CANB, K, MEL,NSW). Astartea sp. Bungalbin Hill (K.R. Newbey 8989), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:/ florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 21 July 2013]; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI: Descr. Cat. 345 (2000). Low spreading shrub, 0.2-0.4 m tall, 0.3-0.65 m wide, often many-branched at ground level but with no lignotuber; young branchlets with very marked below-leaf flanges, sparsely tuberculate to smooth, with densely arranged, appressed to moderately spreading leaves. Petioles 0.3-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades narrowly oblong to very narrowly obovate in outline, 2—4.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide 0.5-0.8 mm thick, obtuse and usually with a very small mucro, with large glands producing a warty or sometimes prominently tuberculate surface, often glaucous; abaxial surface deeply convex; adaxial surface fairly flat. Inflorescence with 1-4 pairs of flowers on each branchlet. Peduncles 0.1-0.3 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 0.4-1.4 mm long, 0.25-0.4 mm wide, largely scarious, apex hooded. Pedicels 1.5—4 mm long. Flowers 5.5-7.5 mm diam. Hypanthium 1-1.3 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; adnate portion rugose with scattered oil glands and sometimes also irregular longitudinal ribs; free portion c. 0.2 mm long. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm wide, scarious, often pink-tinged. Petals 2.3-3.3 mm long, white. Androecium of 8-12 stamens and sometimes 1 or 2 staminodes in an irregular ring, tending to have alternating long and short stamens, sometimes with some stamens in close pairs and others more widely separated around the circle; filaments connate for most of their length, 0.9-1.4 mm long. Anthers 0.25-0.3 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide. Ovary 3-locular but sometimes only one loculus developing in fruit; ovules 2 per loculus or rarely reduced to 1 in one of the three loculi, collateral, ± diagonally divided into two colour zones. Style cylindrical, 1-1.3 mm long; stigma up to 0.1 mm diam. Fruits largely superior, 2-2.3 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, usually 3-lobed but somewhat lop-sided if not all loculi produce a seed, 1-3-seeded, with a maximum of 1 seed observed in each loculus; summit often with a pronounced reticulate pattern of large, shallow pits, not crested. Seeds irregularly obovoid, 1.6-2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm thick; testa golden brown, colliculate; inner protrusion extending c. 2/3 of distance to top of seed. Diagnostic features. Young stems sometimes sparsely tuberculate. Petioles 0.3-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades 2-A.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, 0.5-0.8 mm thick, with large glands producing a warty or sometimes prominently tuberculate surface. Peduncles 0.1-0.3 mm long. Pedicels 1.5—4 mm long. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long. Petals 2.3-3.3 mm long. Stamens 8-12. Ovary 3-locular, with 2 ovules in at least two of the loculi. Style 1-1.3 mm long. Seeds 1.6-2 mm long, irregularly obovoid; testa golden brown, colliculate. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 8 Aug. 1964, A.M. Ashby 932 (AD); 4 July 1965, A.M. Ashby 1465 (AD, PERTH); 9 Mar. 1970, E.M. Bennett 3271 (PERTH); 2 Oct. 1991, R.J. Cranfield U39 (PERTH); 8 Sep. 1989, P.J. Cranfield & P.J. Spencer 7782 (PERTH); 17 Sep. 1966, A.S George 8049 (PERTH); 26 Apr. 2003, M. Hislop 2950 (PERTH); 15 Oct. 1997, N. Lam & Peter G. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 07085257); 23 Sep. 1979, K.P. Newbey 6081 (PERTH); 25 Sep. 1979, K.P. Newbey 6097 (PERTH); 9 Sep. 1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (PERTH 04367367); 6 Nov. 2004, B.L. Pye 241194 & M.E. Trudgen (PERTH); 9 Mar. 1970, M.D. Tindale 51 & E.M. Bennett (PERTH); 4 Oct. 1961, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL). M E. Trudgen & B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Cyathostemon 15 Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the South-western Interzone (Coolgardie IBRA region), extending from the Bungalbin Hill area in the north to Kalgoorlie in the east and to south of Southern Cross (F igure 2). Found on yellow sand plains, recorded in shrublands, sometimes dominated by mallees or Banksia. Phenology. Flowers mainly from late September to early December, also recorded in early March. Mature fruits and seeds recorded from October to December. Conservation status. Listed by Smith (2013) as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, asAstartea sp. Bungalbin Hill (K.R. Newbey 8989). This species is known from more than ten localities over an area extending c. 180 km. Etymology. From the Latin word verrucosus (covered with warts), in reference to the warty appearance of the leaves on dried material. Affinities. Cyathostemon verrucosus appears to have the shortest peduncles in the genus. It was previously confused with C. heterantherus (C.A.Gardner) Rye & Trudgen, but is distinguished by many characters including its more rugose leaves, its smaller flowers with the stamens in a more continuous ring (rather than concentrated into five antisepalous groups) and its largely superior fruit with usually fewer seeds. The two taxa are geographically separated (Figure 2), with C. verrucosus occurring inland of the range of C. heterantherus. Notes. This species overlaps in range with several other species of Cyathostemon but, as far as is known, it never occurs with any of those species. Its leaves are densely covered by warts, which sometimes protrude to form tubercles similar to, but not as prominent as, the tubercles (Figure ID) on the single specimen currently housed as C. sp. Mt Dimer (C. McChesney TRL4/72). Acknowledgements This research was supported by funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study. We would like to thank Alex Williams for the plant images, Steve Dillon for assistance with the distribution map, and the referee and members of the Nuytsia editorial committee for helpful comments on the manuscript. References Domin, K. (1923). New additions to the flora ofWestern Australia. VestnikKrdlovske Ceske SpolecnostiNauk, TfidaMatematiko- Pfirodevedecke 1921/22, 2: 1-125. Mueller, F.J.H. von (1864). Myrtaceae. In: Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae. Vol. 4. pp. 51-77. (Government Printers: Melbourne.) Niedenzu, F.J. (1893). Myrtaceae. In: Engler, A. & Prantl, K. (eds). Die naturlichen pflanzenfamilien. Vol. 3. pp. 57-105. (Englelmann: Eiepzig.) Rye, B.E. (2013a). A revision of the south-western Australian genmAstartea (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 23:189-269. Rye, B.E. (2013b). An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 1. Calytrix. Nuytsia 23: 483-501. Rye, B.E. & Trudgen, M.E. (2008). Seorsus, new Gondwanan genus of Myrtaceae with a disjunct distribution in Borneo and Australia. Nuytsia 18: 235-251. Rye, B .E. & Trudgen, M.E. (2012). Seven new combinations for Western Australian members of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 22\ 393-398. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) 16 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Turczaninow, N. (1852). Myrtaceae xerocarpicae, inNova Hollandia. Bulletin de la Classe Physico-Mathematique de I 'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de Saint-Petersbourg 10: 394-428. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http// www.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 26 February 2014]. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 17-18 Published online 27 March 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Rorippa dictyosperma and R. cygnorum have mucous seeds In her description of Rorippa dictyosperma (Hook.) L. A. S Johnson, Hewson (1982) describes the seeds as not mucous, and includes this in the key to help discriminate R. dictyosperma from the (mucous) R. gzgflr«re(ar(J.D.Hook.)Gamock-Jones. Keighery (2008), in segregating Western Australian populations previously referred to R. dictyosperma as R. cygnorum Keighery, similarly describes the seeds of the latter species as non-mucous (‘not mucilaginous when wef, l.c. p. 80). Hooker (1834) makes no mention of this feature in the protologue of Cardamine dictyosperma Hook., nor does Johnson (1962) when transferring the species to Rorippa Scop. While collecting seeds ofR. cygnorum^ for the Western Australian Department of Parks and Wildlife’s Threatened Flora Seed Centre, one of us (KRT) noted that fresh seeds shed from mature, dehisced pods were clearly mucous and sticlbA\.. (Cyperaceae: Sc\ioene?Le). Australian Systematic Botany 25: 225-294. Barrett, R.L. 8c Wilson, K.L. (2013). Two new species of Lepidosperma (Cyperaceae) occurring in the Perth area of Western Australia. 23: 173-187. Bean, A.R. (2012). A taxonomic revision of the Solanum echinatum group (Solanaceae). Phytotaxa 57: 33-50. Bean, A.R. (2013). A taxonomic review of the Solanum stuartianum subgroup of subgenus Leptostemonum (Solanaceae). Nuytsia 23: 129-161. Biggs, L.J. 8c Parker, C.M. (2013). Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for 2012. Nuytsia 23: 503-526. Brownsey, PJ. 8c Perrie, L.R. (2013). Azolla rubra revisited. New Zealand Botanical Society Newsletter 111: 6-7. Butcher, R. 8c Hurter, P.J.H. (2012). Tephrosia oxalidea (Labaceae: Millettieae), a new species from the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions of Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(6): 341-349. Chantarasuwan, B., Berg, C.C. 8c van Welzen, P.C. (2013). A revision of Ficus subsection Urostigma (Moraceae). Systematic Botany 38(3): 653-686. CHAH( Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria) (2007-).AM5tra//a«P/fl«?Ce«5M5(^T*Q, IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 10/01/2013-17/12/2013]. Craven, L.A., Miller, C., 8c White, R.G. (2006). A new name, and notes on extra-floral nectaries, in Lagunaria (Malvaceae, Malvoideae). Blumea 51(2): 345-353. Craven, L.A., de Lange, P.J., Lally, T.R., Murray, B.G. 8c Johnson, S.B. (2011). A taxonomic re-evaluation of Hibiscus trionum (Malvaceae) in Australasia. New Zealand Journal of Botany 49(1): 27-40. Davis, R.W 8c Hurter, P.J.H. (2013). Swainsona thompsoniana (Labaceae: Laboideae: Galegeae), a new species endemic to the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 1-4. Davis, R.W. 8c Jobson, P. (2013). Two new species of Westringia sect. Cephalowestringia (Lamiaceae: Westringieae) from the south-west of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 271-276. Gibbons, K.L., Conn, B.J. 8c Henwood, M.J. (2013). Adelphacme (Loganiaceae), a new genus from south-western Australia. Telopea 15: 37-43. Halford, D.A. 8c Harris, WK. (2012). A taxonomic revision of Euphorbia section Anisophyllum Roeper (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 8(4): 441-600. Harrington, M.G., Jackes, B.R., Barrett, M.D., Craven, L.A. 8c Barrett, R.L. (2012). Phylogenetic revision of Backhousieae (Myrtaceae): Neogene divergence, a revised circumscription of Backhousia and two new species. Australian Systematic Botany 25; 404-417. Harris, A.M. 8cRye, B.L. (2013). A re-assessment of the varieties recognised in Verticordiaplumosa (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). Nuytsia 23: 163-170. Hislop, M. (2013). A taxonomic update of Conostephium (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 23: 313-335. Hislop, M., Thiele, K.R. 8c Brassington, D. (2013a). Cochlospermum macnamarae (Bixaceae), a rare, new endemic from the Pilbara bioregion of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 89-94. Hislop, M., Wilson, A.J.G. 8c Puente-Lelievre, C. (2013b). Pour new species of Astroloma (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 23-42. Jacobs, S.W.L. 8c McColl, K.A. (2011). Zannichelliaceae. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 39: Alismatales to Arales. pp. 105-111. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Jeanes, J.A. (2013). An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species. Muelleria 31: 3-30. 62 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Johnson, R.W. (2012). New species and subspecies of Ipomoea L. (Convolvulaceae) from northern Australia and a key to the Australian species. Austrobaileya 8(4): 699-723. Jones, D.L. ScFrench, C.J. (2012a). Two new species of Pterosiylis fromWestern Australia. Australian Orchid Review 77(4): 39-44. Jones, D.L. 8c French, C.J. (2012b). Diiiris perialla, a new species from Western Australia with affinities to Diuris brumalis. Australian Orchid Review 77(5): 25-27. Jones, D.L. 8c French, C.J. (2013 a). The characterisation of Diuris laxiflora Lindl. and the description of four new allied species from Western AasixdXm. Australian Orchid Review 78(1): 21-33. Jones, D.L. 8c French, C.J. (2013b). Diuris refracta, a new species in the Diuris corymbosa complex from Western Australia with affinities to Diuris recurva. Australian Orchid Review 78(3): 35-41. Keighery, G. (2012a). AnewspeciesofDflnr/>7ffi(Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 28: 116-119. Keighery, G. (2012b). Cytisus scoparius (Scotch broom) in Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 28: 269-273. Keighery, G. 8c Keighery, B. (2012). Calystegia R.Br. (Convolvulaceae) in Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 28: 296-304. Lally, TR. (2013). Review of infraspecific taxa in Ptilotus gardneri and P. lophotrichus and lectotypification of P. conicus (Amaranthaceae). Nuytsia 23: 125-127. Lander, N.S. 8c Hurter, RJ.H. (2013). Pleurocarpaea gracilis (Asteraceae: Vernonieae), a new species from the Pilbara region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 109-115. Lander, N.S. (2013). Pilbara, a new genus of Asteraceae (tribe Astereae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 117-123. Maslin, B.R. (2013). Acacia gibsonii, a distinctive, rare new species of Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 277-281. Maslin, B.R., Barrett, M.D. 8c Barrett, R.L. (2013). A bakers dozen of new wattles highlights significant Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) diversity and endemism in the north-west Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 543-587. Masson, R. 8c Kadereit, G. (2013). Phylogeny of Polycnemoideae (Amaranthaceae): Implications for biogeography, character evolution and taxonomy. Taxon 62(1): 100-111. Nicolle, D. 8c French, M.E. (2012a). A revision of Eucalyptus ser. Falcatae (Myrtaceae) from south-western Australia, including the description of new taxa and comments on the probable hybrid origin of E. balanites, E. balanopelex and E. phylacis. Nuytsia 22(6): 409-454. Nicolle, D. 8c French, M.E. (2012b). A review of Eucalyptus erythronema (Myrtaceae) from the wheatbelt of south-western Australia. Nuytsia 22(6): 455-463. Obbens, E.J. (2012). Three new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from the Eremaean and South West Botanical Provinces of Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(6): 351-362. Orchard, A.E. (2012). The Australian species of Blainvillea Gass. (Asteraceae: EcXipifndLe). Austrobaileya 8(4): 653-669. Orchard, A.E. (2013). The WollastonialMelantheral Wedelia generic complex (Asteraceae: Ecliptinae), with particular reference to Australia and Malesia. Nuytsia 23: 337-466. Orchard, A.E. 8c Gross, E.W (2012). A revision of the Australian endemic genus Pentalepis (Asteraceae: Ecliptinae). Nuytsia 22(6): 371-392. Orchard, A.E. 8c Cross, E.W. (2013). A revision of the Australian species of Eclipta (Asteraceae: Ecliptinae), with discussion of extra-Australian taxa. Nuytsia 23: 43-62. Papassotiriou, S.E., Jacobs, S.W.L. 8c Hellquist, C.B. (2011). Potamogetonaceae. In: Wilson, A.J.G. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 39: Alismatales to Arales. pp. 84-95. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra / CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne.) Parker, C.M. 8c Biggs, L.J. (2012). Updates to Western Australia’s vascular plant census for IQll.Nuytsia 22 (6): 471-482. Pedley,L. (1999). De^moc/firaDesv. (Fabaceae) andrelated genera in Australia: a taxonomic revision. AMVrafifl/'/e’y’a 5(2): 209-262. Rye, B.L. (2013a). A revision of the south-western Australian ^emxsAstartea (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae). 23:189-269. Rye, B.L. (2013b). An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 1. Calytrix. Nuytsia 23: 483-501. Rye, B.L. 8c Trudgen, M.E. (2012). Seven new combinations for Western Australian members of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 22(6): 393-398. Rye, B.L., Wilson, P.G. 8c Keighery, G.J. (2013). A revision of the species of Hypocalymma (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) with smooth or colliculate seeds. Nuytsia 23: 283-312. Shepherd, K.A., Perkins, A., Collins, J., Byrne, M. 8c Thiele, K.R. (2013). Morphological and molecular evidence supports the recognition of a new subspecies of the critically endangered Pityrodia scabra (Lamiaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 26: 1-12. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) C.M. Parker & L.J. Biggs, Updates to WA’s vascular plant census for 2013 63 Thiele, K.R. (2013a). Hibbertia sp. Mt Lesueur (M. Hislop 174) cannot be maintained as distinct from H. crassifolia. Nuytsia 23:475-476. Thiele, K.R. (2013b). Hibbertia sericosepala (Dilleniaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 479-482. Toelken, H.R. (2010). Notes on Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) 5. H. melhanioides and H tomentosa groups from tropical Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 23: 1-117. Wege, J.A. (2013). Removal of Gunniopsis sp. Fortescue (M.E. Trudgen 11019) from Western Australia’s plant census. Nuytsia 23: 171-172. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 10/01/2013-17/12/2013]. Wilkins, C.F., Chappill, J.A. 8c Henderson, G.R. (2010). An account of Eutaxia (Leguminosae: Mirbelieae) with a focus on the Western Australian species. Nuytsia 20: 109-167. Wilson, Peter G. 8c Rowe, R. (2010). New taxa and typifications in Indigofera (Fabaceae) for South Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 24: 67-73. Cheryl M. Parker^ and Louise J. Biggs Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Gentre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Gheryl.Parker@dpaw.wa.gov.au 64 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 65-69 Published online 1 May 2014 Lasiopetalum adenotrichum (Malvaceae s, lat), a new species from Fitzgerald River National Park Rachel A. Meissner^ Damien A. Rathbone^ and Carolyn F. Wilkins^ ‘Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Department of Parks and Wildlife, 120 Albany Highway Albany, Western Australia 6330 ^Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Rachel.Meissner@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Meissner, R.A., Rathbone, D.A. & Wilkins, C.F. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum (Malvaceaes. /aL), anew species from Fitzgerald River National Park. Nuytsia 24:65-69 (2014). The new species Lasiopetalum adenotrichum R.A.Meissn. & Rathbone is here described. It is a priority species for conservation in Western Australia and is endemic to Fitzgerald River National Park. Introduction During a recent Department of Parks and Wildlife survey of Fitzgerald River National Park in south¬ western Australia (Rathbone 2013), several interesting specimens of Lasiopetalum Sm. were collected. Although initially identified as L. discolor Hook., due to the enlarged epicalyx bracts and compact dichasium, subsequent examination of these collections revealed morphological differences from L. discolor, namely glandular hairs present on the infiorescences and differing leaf morphology. An additional specimen was found at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) amongst the collections of L. discolor (C.J Robinson 1145) that matched the new specimens and location. These collections are formally recognised herein as a new species, L. adenotrichum R.A.Meissn. & Rathbone, which appears restricted to Fitzgerald River National Park, an important centre of biodiversity that is under threat of dieback (Phytophthora spp.) (Department of Parks and Wildlife 2013). Methods This research is based upon examination of collections at PERTH and field observations. Floral characters were scored from rehydrated specimens. Hair density is defined as ‘scattered’ when the hairs are well separated, ‘moderately dense’ when the hairs are just touching laterally, ‘dense’ when the hairs strongly overlap and the epidermis remains visible, and ‘tomentose’ when the hairs conceal the epidermis. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 66 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Taxonomy Lasiopetalum adenotrichum R A.Meissn. & Rathbone, sp. nov. Type'. Fitzgerald River National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 12 October 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 982 {holo\ PERTH 08471770; iso\ AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Lasiopetalum sp. Fitzgerald (C.J. Robinson 1145), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 20 January 2014]. Erect shrub 0.25-0.5(-1) m high, 0.25-1 m wide. Stems tomentose, with ferruginous, stellate hairs with 6-12 arms to 0.3 mm long, over smaller, stellate hairs and with or without scattered, inconspicuous, glandular hairs to 0.2 mm long; mature stems red-brown, glabrescent. Stipules absent. Petioles 5-20 mm long with hairs as per stem hairs. Leaves narrowly ovate to lanceolate, (3-) 12^8 mm long, (2-)5-24 mm wide, base rounded or rounded-cordate, apex rounded to rounded-acute, discolorous; abaxial surface with scattered, ferruginous, stellate hairs over a tomentum of white, stellate hairs, both forms with c. 12 arms to 0.15 mm long; hairs turning grey with age; adaxial surface with scattered, white, glandular hairs to 0.15 mm long and dense, white and occasional, ferruginous, stellate hairs with c. 6 arms to 0.15 mm long, glabrescent; midrib depressed on upper surface, raised on lower surface. Lnflorescence a compact dichasium of (4)5-7(8) flowers. Peduncles 6-12 mm long, tomentose, with ferruginous, stellate hairs and scattered, glandular hairs. Pedicels 0-1.5 mm long. Bract at base of pedicel, narrowly ovate to lanceolate, 3.1-7.5(-9.4) mm long, 0.8-2.5 mm wide. Epicalyx bracts 3, at base of calyx, narrowly ovate to lanceolate, fused at the base to 0.1 mm, the central lobe longer than the laterals, 4.6-10 mm long, 1-2.4 mm wide; abaxial surface with scattered, ferruginous, stellate hairs over dense, white to cream, stellate hairs with 12-16 arms to 0.4 mm long, and scattered to moderately dense, white, glandular hairs to 0.7 mm long, with white, pink or dark red tips; adaxial surface with dense, white, stellate hairs. Calyx white to cream, almost divided to the base with the tube 0.5-0.9 mm long and lobes 4.6-7.1 mm long, 1.4-1.8 mm wide; abaxial surface with dense, white, stellate hairs with 8-12 arms to 0.2 mm long, and scattered to moderately dense, white, glandular hairs to 0.3 mm long; adaxial surface glabrous except for scattered, stellate hairs towards the apex and margin and occasional to scattered, white, glandular hairs c. 0.1 mm long towards the base. Petals 5, dark red-purple, orbicular, 0.7-1.1 mm long, 0.7-1.4 mm wide, glabrous, margin entire. Anthers 5, glabrous, red-purple with white apex and apical pores, 1.4-2.3 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide. Filaments 1.2-2 mm long, glabrous. Ovary 3-carpeflate, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; outer surface with dense, intermixed white, stellate and glandular hairs to 0.3 mm long. Style Aliform, glabrous except for scattered, sessile, white, stellate hairs towards the base, 1.3-2 mm long. Ovules 2 per carpel. Fruit a loculicidal capsule 4.1^.5 mm long, 2.6-3.4 mm wide; outer surface with dense, white, stellate hairs and glandular hairs. Seed narrowly ellipsoid, 2.8-3.2 mm long, 1.1-1.4 mm wide, exotesta brown, smooth, with scattered, white, stellate hairs; aril cream, 1.3-1.4 mm long. (Figure 1) Diagnostic features. This species is characterised by its compact dichasium, with scattered to moderately dense, glandular hairs intermixed with the stellate hairs on the bracts, epicalyx, calyx and ovary. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 14 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 885 (PERTH); 15 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 889 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 880 (PERTH); 22 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 902 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 890 (PERTH); 25 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 882 (PERTH); R.A. Meissner et ah, Lasiopetalum adenotrichum, a new species 67 Figure 1. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum R.A.Meissn. & Rathbone. A-typical coastal habitat in Fitzgerald River National Park; B -habit; C - leaves with a smooth surface and rounded-cordate base; D - inflorescence with visible red, glandular trichomes amongst stellate hairs. Photographs by D. Rathbone. 25 Sep. 2011, D.A. Rathbone DAR 883 (PERTH); 14 Sep. 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 956 (PERTH); 5 Oct. 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 981 (PERTH); 7 Oct. 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 898 (PERTH); 11 Oct. 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 893 (PERTH); 22 Nov. 2012, D.A. Rathbone DAR 983 (PERTH); 7 Sep. 1993, C.J. Robinson 1145 (PERTH). Phenology. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum is recorded as flowering from September to November and fruiting from late spring to summer. Distribution and habitat. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum is known only from scattered populations in F itzgerald River National Park within the Esperance Plains bioregion (Department of the Environment 68 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 2013). The populations occur on the coast between Point Ann and Quoin Head and occasionally on the upper slopes and gullies of the central peaks of the Barren Ranges (Figure 2). It typically grows in shallow, loamy sand in moist coastal habitats, specifically on wave cut benches or low to moderately incised gullies (Figure lA). In this habitat, it is associated with a low mallee heath of Eucalyptus pleurocarpa and Banksia lemanniana over Melaleucapapillosa, Beaufortia schaueri, Leucopogon sp. Twertup (K.R. Newbey 10859), Hibbertia verrucosa, Isopogon sp. Fitzgerald River (D.B. Foreman 813) and Rhadinothamnus rudis subsp. amblycarpus. On the upper slopes of the Barren Ranges it is found in montane heath of Eucalyptus acies, E. preissiana subsp. preissiana, Banksia lemanniana and B. heliantha. Conservation status. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name L sp. Fitzgerald (C.J. Robinson 1145). Etymology. The epithet is from the Greek adenos (gland) and trichos (hair), in reference to the presence of glandular hairs on the infiorescence and branchlets (Figure ID). Affinities. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum is closely allied to L. discolor, L. compactum S.Paust and Figure 2. Distribution map for Lasiopetalum adenotrichum in Western Australia. R.A. Meissner et ah, Lasiopetalum adenotrichum, a new species 69 L. ferraricollinum E.M.Benn. & K.A.Sheph. all of which share compact, dichasial inflorescences. It is readily distinguished from these taxa by the presence of long, glandular hairs to 0.7 mm long on the young branchlets, peduncle, epicalyx bracts, calyx and ovary (Figure ID). In addition, L. adenotrichum differs from L. compactum and L. ferraricollinum in having the outer surface of the calyx with a much closer indumentum of stellate hairs (shorter arms to 0.4 mm long rather than to 1 mm long). Inconspicuous glandular hairs may be present on L. compactum and L. ferraricollinum but the hairs are shorter (to 0.1 mm) and both have leaves that are early glabrescent with the arms of stellate hairs 0.3 to 0.6 mm long. Furthermore, L. ferraricollinum is distinguished by its more waxy appearance. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum and L. discolor share late-glabrescent leaves with stellate hairs (arms to 0.2 mm long) and large, basally fused epicalyx bracts. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum differs from L. discolor in having smooth leaves with an entire margin, rather than slightly rugose leaves with an undulate margin. Lasiopetalum adenotrichum also has leaf bases that are rounded or rounded-cordate rather than more truncate-cordate (Figure 1C). Notes. The seed aril form corresponds to subtype 3b per Wilkins and Chappill (2002), which is characterised by a basal cap with two long lobes extending along the hilar margin, generally a third to half of the seed length. Acknowledgements Facilities provided and assistance given by staff at PERTH herbarium are much appreciated as are the helpful comments provided by the editors and reviewer of this paper. References Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 29 January 2014], Department of Parks and Wildlife (2013). Fitzgerald River National Park diebackprotection plan 2012 to 2022. Unpublished draft report. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Rathbone, D.A.(2013). Floristic survey ofthe coastal catchments and ranges ofthe Fitzgerald River National Park. Unpubl ished report. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-)- FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 20 January 2014], Wilkins, C.F. & Chappill, J.A. (2002). Seed and seedling morphology and seed anatomy of Lasiopetaleae (Malvaceae s.l. or Sterculiaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 15(4): 545-563. 70 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 71-93 Published online 1 May 2014 New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) Michael Hislop Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Michael .Hislop@dpaw. wa. gov. au Abstract Hislop, M. New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 24: 71-93 (2014). Five new species and one new subspecies of Leucopogon R.Br. {L. audax Hislop, L. corymbiformis Hislop, L. darUngensis Hislop, L. decrescens Hislop, L. subsejunctus Hislop and L. darUngensis subsp. rectus Hislop) are described, illustrated and mapped. Aspects of the morphology and taxonomy of the informal Leucopogon pulchellus Sond. group are discussed and an interim key is provided to distinguish between the five informal groups and other unplaced species of Leucopogon s. str from Western Australia. Introduction The Leucopogon pulchellus Sond. group (or Group C) is one of five informal, subgeneric groups delineated by Hislop and Chapman (2007) to accommodate the majority of the Western Australian species of Leucopogon R.Br. str. This interim classification was raised in large part to provide a taxonomic framework into which the many Western Australian taxa then in need of formal descriptions could be placed. It was considered a better alternative than attempting to utilise Bentham’s (1868) manifestly artificial classification. The informal groups are based on morphological characters only, particularly, aspects of their fruiting morphology. Although, as discussed previously (Hislop & Chapman 2007), the L. australis R.Br. group (or Group A) comprises several elements and is best regarded as one of convenience only, the morphological basis for the integrity of the others is much stronger. Before any new infrageneric classification can be formalised however, a comprehensive molecular phylogeny will be needed to test the monophyly of these groups. This should include a broad sample of the eastern species as well as the several anomalous elements within the western taxa not placed in the current informal classification. Earlier papers have provided morphological synopses and keys, published lectotypes where desirable, and described new taxa for Groups A (Hislop & Chapman 2007; Hislop 2008, 2009a), B (Hislop 2012) and E (Hislop 2009b). The current paper begins the same process for the large L. pulchellus group (Group C). Notes on the morphology and taxonomy of the Leucopogon pulchellus gronp (Gronp C) Group C is in large part defined by fruiting characters. The drupe is usually cylindrical or narrowly © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 72 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) ellipsoid in shape, occasionally narrowly ovoid or narrowly obovoid and often with longitudinal striations. It is circular to strongly angular or lobed in section. The apex is usually more or less truncate with angular shoulders, but occasionally the shoulders are rounded or distinctly lobed. The mesocarp is insignificant, being more or less dry when fresh and with no raised reticulum when dried. A gynophore is present between the receptacle and the fruiting locules. In the dried condition the gynophore appears as an area of soft, shiny, translucent tissue, typically arranged in longitudinal or oblique ridges and grooves (Figure 1) around a narrow axis. It varies in length and width from rather inconspicuous and stipe-like to well-developed and wider than the body of the drupe. It seems likely that this structure has a role in fruit dispersal, possibly functioning as an elaiosome. A gynophore of this kind is also found in members of the L. carinatus R.Br. group as well as in some of the Leucopogon segregate taxa (i.e. those species currently assigned to the genus but which occur outside of the Leucopogon s. str. clade, sensu Quinn et al. 2003). Aside from fruiting characters there is also an inflorescence difference that assists in distinguishing the members of Group C from those of Group A. Whereas the species of Group A have their upper leaves and lower fertile bracts clearly dimorphic, in Group C there is a gradual upward transition, at least on the main axes, from the lowest bracts, which are indistinguishable from the upper leaves, to the upper bracts which are significantly different in shape and texture (i.e. more ‘bract-like’). There is a subgroup within Group C (i.e. L. obtusatus Sond. and allied species) that is characterised by relatively few-flowered inflorescences and very small leaves. In these species there is little difference between the leaves and any of the fertile bracts. A partial floral difference between Groups A and C is the absence/presence of an indumentum on the ovary. Whereas ovarian hairs are always lacking in Group A, they are associated with many species in Group C, including the five described below. Although the occurrence of such hairs is significant in the taxonomy of the group, it now appears to be the case that it is rarely, or maybe never, an absolutely consistent character. While most species have a strong tendency towards having either glabrous or hairy ovaries, it can be expected that plants which are atypical in this respect are likely to occur, at least within some populations. Furthermore there are one or two widespread and variable species, such as L. polymorphus Sond. and L. sprengelioides Sond., in which glabrous or hairy ovaries are more or less equally common. For this reason, within the group the character is only useful in correlation with others. Including the five new species published in this paper. Group C comprises 21 named species (Table 1) with a further eight recognised by phrase names on the census of Western Australian plants. Prior to this paper the most recent names to be published in the group, L. psammophilus E.Pritz., L. cinereus E.Pritz. and L. minutifolius WFitz. (the latter now considered a taxonomic synonym of L. obtusatus), appeared in the first decade of the twentieth century. The lack of alpha-taxonomic research since then has undoubtedly contributed to what might be described as a process of ‘circumscription creep’. This phenomenon is characterised by an expansion of accepted species concepts to include one or more morphologically disparate elements. It is commonly encountered where larger genera have not been subject to recent taxonomic revision. Thus most of the new taxa that are now recognised in Group C had, through common usage, previously been regarded as variants of earlier-named species. Group C contains areas of significant taxonomic complexity in which the identification of reliable morphological characters can be particularly challenging. Even after the recognition of the species described below, and excluding the remaining phrase-named taxa in the group which are relatively well-defined, a number of the earlier-named species are still very broadly circumscribed and include potential segregates. The taxonomic problems arise, in large part, from a general paucity of informative floral or inflorescence characters. To a degree this also applies within the previously treated groups. M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 73 Figure 1. Leucopogon fruit. A-Leucopogon audax; B-L. corymbiformis (arrow indicates gynophore); C-L. darlingensis subsp. darlingensis (arrow indicates gynophore); B-L. decrescens; E-L. subsejunctus. Scale bars = 1 mm. Drawn by Ellen Hickman from T. Erickson TEE 204 (A), G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 5076 (B), F. Hort 2086 (C), M. Hislop 3969 (D), M. Hislop 3962 (E). but in Group C (and to a greater extent in Group D) it is more likely to be combined with a drupe morphology which is similarly lacking in taxonomically useful variation. This potentially leads to a taxonomy in which segregation between taxa is reliant in large part on foliar characters and where correlating differences in floral or fruiting characters may be only partial. While not necessarily a cause for concern where such foliar differences are relatively strong and consistent, as for example between L. pulchellus andZ. polymorphus, where the foliar differences are more subtle or show signs of breaking down, there is an obvious need to proceed with considerable circumspection in seeking to delineate ‘good’ taxa. A molecular study into relationships within the group would be of considerable value in providing an independent means of interpreting the sometimes problematic morphological signal. 74 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Table 1. Described species belonging to the Leucopogonpulchellus group (Group C). Leucopogon assimilis R.Br. Leucopogon audax Hislop Leucopogon cinereus E.Fritz. Leucopogon cordatus Sond. Leucopogon corymbiformis Hislop Leucopogon cucullatus R.Br. Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop Leucopogon decrescens Hislop Leucopogon fimbriatus Stschegl. Leucopogon gracillimus DC. Leucopogon obtusatus Sond. Leucopogon oldfieldii Benth. Leucopogon ozothamnoides Benth. Leucopogon polymorphus Sond. Leucopogonpolystachyus R.Br. Leucopogonpsammophilus E.Fritz. Leucopogon pulchellus Sond. Leucopogon rubricaulis R.Br. Leucopogon sprengelioides Sond. Leucopogon stokesii Hislop Leucopogon subsejunctus Hislop Methods This study was based on an examination of dried specimens housed at FERTH together with extensive field observations of the species described and their putative relatives. Relevant type specimens from the group were obtained on loan from BM, K and MEE. The distribution map is based on FERTH specimen data. Foliar measurements were taken from dried specimens. Eeaf thickness was measured at the midrib half way along the lamina. When assessing leaf morphology care should be taken to confine observations to mature leaves. Infiorescence length was measured from the lowest fertile axil to the bud rudiment in terminal infiorescences or from the point of attachment at the axil to the bud rudiment in the case of axillary infiorescences. Floral measurements were taken from rehydrated flowers in natural posture, with the exception of the corolla lobes which were uncurled to their fullest length before measuring. The length of the anther sterile tip was measured in late bud or early flower, at or just before dehiscence. Only the free portions of the filaments were measured. Corolla lobe hair was measured at a point 0.5 mm below the lobe apex. The given fruit length is inclusive of the gynophore. At least five flowers per specimen were examined. Interim key to the informal gronps (sensu Hislop & Chapman 2007) and other anomalons or otherwise nnplaced species of Leucopogon s. sir. from Western Anstralia 1. Corolla lobes 0.6-0.8 mm long, internal surfaces of lobes obscurely papillate; anthers lacking a sterile tip. L. extremus 1: Corolla lobes at least 1.0 mm long, internal surfaces of lobes bearded, usually densely so; anthers usually with a sterile tip 2. Anthers straight, lacking a sterile tip 3. Unit inflorescences pendulous, well-separated from each other; style well-exserted from corolla tube; sepals narrowly ovate, acute, ± glabrous. L. unilateralis 3: Unit inflorescences erect, densely aggregated into a capitate conflorescence; style not exserted from corolla tube; sepals very narrowly ovate, long-acuminate, the upper half terete and densely hairy on all surfaces. L. plumuliflorus 2: Anthers always with a ± pale sterile tip, although the tip is sometimes short and rather inconspicuous, usually ± recurved in the upper half 4. Nectary partite, comprising 5 separate scales 5. Ovary 3-5-locular; corolla lobes usually ± hairy on external surfaces; M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 75 drupe variously shaped, but never as below, an obvious mesocarp usually present, gynophore absent. Group B‘ 5: Ovary 2- or 3-locular; corolla lobes glabrous on external surfaces (except in L. compactus where they may be hairy); drupe narrowly ellipsoid, narrowly obovoid or cylindrical, without a significant mesocarp, gynophore present 6. Ovary 2-locular, glabrous (except hairy in a variant of L. glabellus); drupe apex with smoothly rounded shoulders. Group D 6: Ovary 2- or 3-locular, hairy, usually with steeply antrorse or antrorse-appressed hairs; drupe apex truncate, usually with a narrow rim. ‘Northern Group’"* 4 : Nectary entire, truncate to distinctly lobed (but refer to note under ‘Northern Group’ below) 7. Inner surface of corolla tube with 5 longitudinal inter-staminal bands of hair extending from the base of the corolla lobes (except in L. paradoxus where the hairs are refiexed into the tube from a narrow apical ring); drupe elliptic in section with 2 medial longitudinal grooves, apex a fleshy appendage ± enveloping the style and stigma (except L. paradoxus which lacks an appendage and has a deciduous style), endocarp crustaceous. Group 7: Inner surface of corolla tube glabrous, although hairs frequently refiexed into the tube from the corolla lobe bases; drupe rarely elliptic in section, without median longitudinal grooves, apex never with a fleshy appendage, endocarp woody (except in L. gilbertii) 8. Unit inflorescences short, densely aggregated into a capitate confiorescence; most leaves on upper axes antrorse-appressed and stem-clasping; drupe ± dry, obovate in outline, elliptic in section, endocarp crustaceous. L. gilbertii 8: Character combination not as above 9. Flowers densely arranged along very short inflorescence axes, the axes shorter than subtending leaves; leaves strongly concave adaxially, those subtending the inflorescences markedly petiolate with the lamina sharply indexed above the petiole; filaments inserted in the corolla tube well below the sinuses. L. oligauthus aud allied taxa^ 9: Character combination not as above 10 . Leaves strongly concave adaxially, densely hairy on the adaxial surface; at least the lower flowers within the inflorescence pedicellate below the bracteoles; ovary appressed-hairy in lower half; drupe without a significant mesocarp, with smoothly rounded shoulders. L. uavicularis 10 : Character combination not as above 11 . Drupes depressed-obovoid, depressed-globose, globose or ellipsoid with an obvious mesocarp present, apex usually rounded, but if ± fiat the shoulders always smoothly rounded, gynophore absent; upper leaves and 76 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) lower fertile bracts usually clearly dimorphic; ovary always glabrous. Group 11 : Drupe cylindrical, narrowly ellipsoid, narrowly ovoid or narrowly obovoid, without an obvious mesocarp, apex truncate, usually with ± angular shoulders, occasionally the shoulders rounded or distinctly lobed, gynophore present; upper leaves and lower fertile bracts rarely dimorphic on the main axes, typically grading from one to the other over several nodes; ovary variously hairy or glabrous. Group C 'For a key to the species of Group B, refer to Hislop (2012). ^For a key to the species of Group E, refer to Hislop (2009b). ^For a key to the species of Group A, refer to Hislop (2009a). Hhe ‘Northern Group’ is a small group of mostly undescribed taxa centred on the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion. While most of these taxa have a partite nectary, it is entire in the case of L. nitidus Hislop and L. sp. Cataby (F. Hort 1638). The morphology of the ‘Northern Group’ is discussed in Hislop (2011: 82). ^Leucopogon oliganthus E.Fritz, together with L. cochlearifolius Strid, L. amplectans Ostenf and one or maybe two other undescribed taxa form a small, tightly-knit species group, the wider affinities of which are uncertain. Taxonomy Leucopogon audax Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ east of Pingelly, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 22 August 2010, M. Hislop 4048 {holo\ PERTH 08327491; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Tutanning (K. Kershaw 2132), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]. Erect, open shrubs to c. 150 cm high and 120 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level with a flre- sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets with a dense indumentum of straight, ± patent hairs to c. 0.4 mm long, but mostly <0.15 mm. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse, narrowly ovate to ovate, 3.5-14 mm long, 2.2^.7 mm wide; apex acute or subacute; base broad, cuneate to rounded; petiole very obscure to well-deflned, 0.1-0.7 mm long, either shortly hairy throughout or the abaxial surface glabrous; lamina 0.2-0.3 mm thick, adaxially concave, incurved along the longitudinal axis; surfaces ± concolorous; adaxial surface with a moderately dense or dense indumentum of short, patent hairs, with 3-5 slightly raised veins usually evident or sometimes the venation very obscure; abaxial surface glabrous and shiny or more frequently with an indumentum similar to that of the adaxial surface and with 5-7 slightly sunken to slightly raised veins evident, the midrib rather thicker than the others; margins either irregularly ciliate with soft hairs to c. 0.5 mm long or ± glabrous. Inflorescences erect, terminal and upper-axillary; axis 5-18 mm long with 3-13 flowers; axis indumentum of dense, patent hairs, 0.1-0.3 mm long; flowers erect, sessile or the lowest within an inflorescence shortly pedicellate below the bracteoles. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate to ovate, acute or subacute. Bracteoles ovate, 2.0-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.7 mm wide, acute or subacute, keeled; abaxial surface shortly hairy throughout, or occasionally towards the base only; margins ciliate. Sepals ovate to narrowly ovate, 3.0^.0 mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm wide, mostly subacute to acute, occasionally obtuse; abaxial surface usually shortly, and sparsely to densely hairy throughout, central portion greyish green, suffused purple towards the apex and in a submarginal band, becoming scarious towards the margins, the venation usually obscure except for the midvein; margins ciliate with hairs 0.08-0.2 mm long. Corolla tube white, broadly campanulate, distinctly shorter than sepals, 1.4-1.8 mm long, 1.6-2.1 mm wide. M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 77 glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white or partially flushed pink, much longer than the tube (ratio = 2.0-2.9: 1), widely spreading from the base and recurved, 3.5-4.4 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide at base, glabrous externally (or very occasionally sparsely hairy), densely bearded internally; indumentum white, 1.0-1.4 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by c. 3/4 of their length), 2.1-2.7 mm long, prominently recurved towards the apex; sterile tip conspicuous, white, 0.8-1.2 mm long. Filaments terete, 0.9-1.2 mm long, attached 1/2-2/3 above anther base, adnate to tube just below the sinuses. Ovary depressed-globose or depressed-obovoid, 0.7-1.0 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, densely hairy in the lower half, glabrous above, (4)5-locular. Style 0.6-0.9 mm long, abruptly differentiated from the ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, entire or very shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit longer than the calyx, 3.7^.4 mm long, 2.3-2.6 mm wide, cylindrical, hairy over most of its surface with a spreading indumentum, prominently grooved longitudinally; apex truncate, the shoulders ± rounded; surface between the shoulder and the style base descending steeply; style persistent but concealed at maturity in a depression created by the steeply descending surface of the fruit apex. (Figures lA, 2) Diagnostic characters. Within the L. pulchellus group L. audax can be distinguished by the following character combination: a grey-hairy aspect; leaves adaxially concave and relatively broad (2.2^.7 mm wide); at least the adaxial surface, but usually both surfaces, densely hairy with short, patent hairs; the abaxial surface more or less smooth to broadly and faintly grooved; relatively large floral parts (e.g. sepals 3.0^.0 mm long and 1.5-2.0 mm wide) and fruit (i.e. 3.7^.4 mm long and 2.3-2.6 mm wide); a densely hairy, (4)5-locular ovary. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 21 Aug. 1986, A.R. Chapman 333, J.M. Powell & A.J.G. Wilson (NSW, PERTH); 1 Nov. 2007, T. Erickson TEE 204 (K, PERTH); 15 Sep. 1984, D.B. Foreman 719 (MEE, NSW, PERTH); 10 Oct. 1998, A.G. Gunness et al. NYAM 9/05 (PERTH); 5 Nov. 1998, A.G. Gunness et al. NYAM 13/09 (PERTH); 8 Sep. 2002, M. Hislop 2754 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 22 Aug. 2010, M Hislop 4046 (CANB, K, NSW, PERTH); 22 Aug. 2010, M. Hislop 4047 (CANB, PERTH); 26 Aug. 2005, F Hort & J. Hort FH 2597 (CANB, PERTH); 31 Aug. 1997, GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 5601 (CANB, PERTH); 9 Oct. 2000, K. Kershaw 2132 (NSW, PERTH); 17 Dec. 1965, P.G. Wilson 3946 (MEE, PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Leucopogon audax has a restricted distribution in the Brookton-Pingelly district (Figure 3) in the west of the Avon Wheatbelt bioregion (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). It occurs mostly on lateritic, upland sites (one collection records it growing over a granitic substrate) in heath or open Eucalyptus accedens or E. drummondii woodland. Phenology. The main flowering period is between August and October. Fruiting collections have been made in November and December. Etymology. From the Eatin audax (bold), an oblique reference to the tall habit and conspicuous, large flowers of the new species. Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Smith 2013), as L. sp. Tutanning (K. Kershaw 2132). Leucopogon audax is a short-range endemic currently known to occur in two nature reserves. The other populations are on private property. Affinities. Within its limited geographical range L. audax is unlikely to be confused with other members 78 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 2. Leucopogon audax. Photograph of flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 4046. Scale bar = 2 cm. of the genus, although another two species from the L. pulchellus group, L. oldfieldii Benth. and L. darlingensis Hislop (described below), often share a similar grey-hairy aspect. The distribution of L. darlingensis approaches that of L. audax closely to the west, but there are no records of the two occurring in sympatry. Foliar characters provide the most obvious means by which the two can be distinguished from one another. Leucopogon darlingensis has leaves with recurved or revolute margins and an abaxial surface that is grooved between the raised veins whereas in L. audax the leaves are flat or concave adaxially and more or less smooth abaxially. The very variable L. oldfieldii of the Geraldton Sandplains bioregion usually has a 3(4)-locular ovary, longer ovarian hairs and leaves which are usually deeply grooved abaxially. Leucopogon corymbiformis Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ Cape AridNational Park, WesternAustralia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 20 August 2012, M Hislop 4227 {holo\ PERTH 08382093; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 79 Figures. T>isXx\b\yiionofLeucopogonaudca{/\\L. corymbiformis(A.),L. darlingensissuhsp. darlingensis(0),L. darlingensis subsp. rectus (•), L. decrescens (■) and L. subsejunctus (□) in Western Australia. Leucopogon sp. Cape Arid (M. Paxman 50), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]. Erect shrubs to c. 70 cm high and 70 cm wide, but usually less, single-stemmed at ground level with a flre-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets glabrous. Leaves helically arranged, antrorse, usually steeply so, mostly narrowly elliptic to narrowly obovate, occasionally narrowly ovate, 3.0-7.5 mm long, 1.0-1.8 mm wide; apex usually acute or subacute, occasionally obtuse; base attenuate to cuneate; petiole usually well-deflned, 0.3-0.8 mm long, glabrous on abaxial surface and margins, shortly and sparsely hairy on the adaxial surface; lamina 0.20-0.35 mm thick, usually convex adaxially, less often flat or slightly concave, ± straight or incurved along the longitudinal axis; surfaces ± concolorous; adaxial surface glabrous or very sparsely hairy towards the base, the venation not evident; abaxial surface glabrous, with 3-5 raised primary veins and distinct grooves between, the midrib rather thicker than the others; margins glabrous or coarsely ciliolate, at least in the upper half, with antrorse hairs to c. 0.08 mm long. Inflorescence erect, terminal and upper-axillary; axis glabrous, 4-9 mm long with 3-12 flowers; flowers erect and pedicellate below the bracteoles for 0.8-3.0 mm. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, obtuse to acute, keeled; abaxial surface glabrous, often ± papillose; margins ciliolate. Sepals narrowly ovate to ovate, 1.6-2.5 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, subacute or obtuse and then usually minutely apiculate; abaxial surface mostly glabrous and ± papillose, sometimes very shortly hairy, central portion green or grey ± suffused purple towards the apex and in a submarginal band, becoming scarious towards the margins, the venation usually rather prominent with 3-5 veins evident towards the apex; margins ciliate with hairs 0.05-0.15 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate, shorter than the sepals, 1.2-1.6 mm long, 1.2- 1.4 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, sometimes partially flushed pink, longer than the tube (ratio = 1.3-1.8:1), widely spreading from the base and recurved, 1.8-2.4 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely bearded internally; indumentum white, 0.6-0.8 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from the tube (by 1/2-2/3 of their length), 1.2- 1.5 mm long, rather shallowly recurved towards apex; sterile tip moderately conspicuous, pale. 80 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 0.4-0.6 mm long. Filaments terete, 0.3-0.5 mm long, attached 1/2-2/3 above anther base, adnate to tube just below sinuses. Ovary globose, 0.45-0.55 mm long, 0.45-0.55 mm wide, obscurely lobed, glabrous, except for six short, longitudinal bands or tufts of hair, occasionally entirely glabrous, 3(4)-locular. Style 0.4-0.6 mm long, tapering smoothly from ovary apex, included within corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.3-0.4 mm long, entire or shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit much longer than calyx, 2.5-3.0 mm long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, shortly cylindrical or obovoid, deeply lobed with lobes that are well-separated in the distal half but ± converge towards the base, shortly hairy in two longitudinal bands along the lateral surfaces of each lobe (but presumably sometimes entirely glabrous); surface between the lobes and the style base descending steeply; style persistent. (Figure IB, 4) Diagnostic characters. Within the L. pulchellus group, L. corymbiformis can be distinguished by the following character combination: glabrous inflorescence axes; pedicellate flowers; deeply lobed fruit. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 9 Sep. 1966, E.M. Bennett 809 (PERTH); 10 May 2004, D.J. Edinger & G. Marsh DJE 4108 (PERTH); 1 Sep. 1962, C.A. Gardner 14112 (PERTH); 20 Aug. 2012, M Hislop 4226 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 20 Aug. 2012, M. Hislop 4228 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 12 Oct. 2000, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 5076 (PERTH); 11 Aug. 1993, M Paxman 50 (PERTH); 18 July 1982, J.M. Powell 1849B (CANB, K,NSW, PERTH); 11 Aug. 2006, C.D. Turley 2\m6 (CANB,NSW, PERTH); 11 Aug. 2006, C.D. Turley 124/806 (CANB, PERTH); 12 Sep. 1964, PG. Wilson 3031 (AD, PERTH). Distribution and habitat. This species has an apparently disjunct distribution within the Esperance Plains bioregion (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). Apart from an old collection with the vague locality of ‘ Esperance’ all specimens at the Western Australian Herbarium were either collected from an area about 20 to 30 km north of Esperance or from Cape Arid National Park (Figure 3). There is also an unvouchered record from the Mount Merivale area about 20 km east of Esperance (W. Archer pers. comm.). Leucopogon corymbiformis grows on sandplain or sub¬ coastal dunes in Banksia woodland or heath. Commonly associated species include Banksia speciosa, Adenanthos cuneatus, Melaleuca striata, M. scabra and Agonis baxteri. Phenology. The main flowering period is between July and September. The only specimen with mature fruit was collected in the second week of October. Etymology. From the Eatin corymbus (a cluster of flowers) and -formis (-formed); having an inflorescence with the general appearance of, but not necessarily the structure of, a true corymb. This is a reference to the inflorescence of this species which is an unusual one for the genus, in that the flowers are pedicellate with the pedicels becoming progressively shorter towards the top of the inflorescence. Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: recently listed as Priority Two under the name L. sp. Cape Arid (M. Paxman 50) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). There is still some doubt at this stage whether the apparent disjunction in the range of this species is real or an artifact of inadequate collecting between Esperance and Cape Arid. The recent unvouchered record from south of Mount Merivale may be an indication that it is the latter, however the fact that there are no records from the generally well-collected Cape Ee Grand National Park is probably significant and even at Cape Arid National Park its distribution appears to be rather patchy. Affinities. This is a distinctive, uniform species the closer affinities of which are problematic. It is M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 81 branchlet from M. Hislop 4226. Scale bar = 2 cm. easily recognised by three unusual characters: clearly pedicellate flowers, distinctively lobed fruit and glabrous inflorescence axes. AlthoughZ. subsejunctus Hislop is similar in having a lobed fruit, it has the lobes separated by deep, narrow grooves for the entire length of the drupe whereas in L. corymbiformis the lobes are widely separated in the distal half and converge toward the base. This, together with the other unusual features of L. corymbiformis mentioned above, which are absent from L. subsejunctus, suggests that the two are unlikely to be particularly close relatives. Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ Wills Nature Reserve, Bartram Road, Brookton, 3.9 km north of Brookton Highway or 100 m south ofWills Road, Western Australia, 24 September2005, F.&J. Hort 26 18 {holo: PERTH 07189613; iso: CANB, NSW). 82 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Leucopogon sp. Darling Range (F. & J. Hort 1804), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]. Erect shrubs to c. 1.2 m high and 1.5 m wide, single or multi-stemmed at ground level and at least sometimes with a flre-tolerant rootstock. Young with a moderately dense to dense indumentum, comprising either uniformly crisped hairs, uniformly straight hairs or a mixture of crisped and ± straight hairs, the longest to c. 0.5 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, usually variously antrorse, occasionally patent to shallowly retrorse, linear, oblong, narrowly elliptic or narrowly ovate, 5-18 mm long, 0.7-3.5 mm wide; apex acute to subacute; base attenuate; petiole obscure to moderately well-deflned, 0.3-0.8 mm long, hairy throughout; lamina 0.3-0.5 mm thick, curvature variable, adaxial surface convex with the margins varying from slightly recurved with the abaxial surface visible throughout to revolute and with the abaxial surface completely concealed, longitudinal axis ± incurved in the upper half, less often straight; surfaces discolorous; adaxial surface shiny, sparsely to densely hairy with curved or crisped hairs, sometimes glabrescent, the venation not evident; abaxial surface shiny or not, usually moderately to densely hairy (occasionally sparsely hairy only), with 3-7 primary veins, grooved, often deeply so, between the veins, the midrib distinctly thicker than the others; margins usually irregularly ciliate, with hairs to c. 1 mm long, less often ± glabrous. Inflorescence erect, terminal and upper-axillary; axis 6-12 mm long with 2-10 flowers; axis indumentum dense, of crisped and straight hairs, 0.1-0.3 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles ovate to narrowly ovate, 1.1-3.2 mm long, 0.9-1.8 mm wide, acute or acuminate, keeled; abaxial surface hairy throughout; margins ciliate. Sepals ovate to narrowly ovate, 2.4^.2 mm long, 1.1-2.0 mm wide, acute, subacute or obtuse; abaxial surface variously hairy throughout, central portion pale green, ± suffused purple towards the apex and in a submarginal band, becoming scarious towards the margins at least in the lower half, the midrib often prominent, the other venation obscure; margins ciliate with hairs 0.08-0.50 mm long. Corolla tube white, broadly campanulate, much shorter than the sepals, 1.1-2.0 mm long, 1.1-2.2 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, much longer than tube (ratio = 2-3.5: 1), widely spreading from base and recurved, 3.0^.7 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm wide at base, glabrous externally or very occasionally sparsely hairy, densely bearded internally; indumentum white, 1.0-1.4 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 3/4-7/8 of their length), 1.7-3.1 mmlong, prominently recurved towards the apex; sterile tip conspicuous, white, 0.6-1.0 mm long. Filaments tQXQtQ, 0.5-1.5 mm long, attached 1/2-2/3 above anther base, adnate to tube just below sinuses. Ovary ellipsoid to globose, 0.7-1.0 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, usually appressed-hairy in the lower half, occasionally glabrous, (4)5-locular. Style 0.4-1.0 mm long, usually well-differentiated from ovary apex, included within corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, shallowly lobed, glabrous, sometimes completely enveloping the ovary. Fruit usually distinctly longer than, but occasionally ± equal to, the calyx, 3.2^.2 mm long, 1.6-2.0 mm wide, cylindrical or narrowly ellipsoid, usually variously hairy, occasionally glabrous, usually longitudinally grooved; apex truncate, the shoulders angular to ± rounded; surface between the shoulder and the style base flat or descending gently; style usually persistent. Diagnostic characters. Within the L. pulchellus group, L. darlingensis can be distinguished by the following character combination: a usually grey-hairy aspect; narrow adaxially convex leaves with recurved to revolute margins; at least the abaxial surface, but usually both surfaces, variously hairy; the abaxial surface grooved; a usually hairy (occasionally glabrous), (4)5-locular ovary. Etymology. The species is named for its occurrence in the Darling Range. Affinities. The only other described species from Group C that has prominently recurved to revolute leaf margins is L. rubricaulis R.Br. from southern near-coastal districts between Cheyne Beach and M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 83 Broke Inlet. That species is easily distinguished by its more or less smooth, usually glabrous abaxial leaf surfaces (grooved and always hairy in L. darlingensis) and sepals that are glabrous or very shortly hairy and obtuse or subacute (cf. always hairy, usually densely so and acute to subacute). In addition, the ovarian hairs in L. rubricaulis are always very short and restricted to the apex whereas in L. darlingensis the hairs begin some way below the apex and are usually longer. Notes. The German botanist Alfred Meebold apparently made the first collection of this species in June of 1933. However it may well be that the ‘Parkerville’ locality given for that specimen is approximate only. All subsequent collections have been made well to the south and east of the Parkerville area. Two apparently allopatric subspecies are recognised, based on indumentum and minor fioral differences. Key to subspecies of Leucopogon darlingensis 1 . Branchlet and foliar indumentum composed of uniformly crisped hairs, or of a mixture of crisped and ± straight hairs; marginal hairs crinkled at least in upper half of sepals; corolla lobe width 0.9-1.2 mm; filaments 0.9-1.5 mm long (SW of York south to North Bannister and Wandering).subsp. darlingensis 1 : Branchlet and foliar indumentum composed of ± straight hairs only; sepal marginal hairs straight throughout; corolla lobe width 0.7-1.0 mm; filaments 0.5-1.0 mm long (Dryandra Woodland-Williams-Highbury).subsp. rectns Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop subsp. darlingensis Young branchlets either with a uniform indumentum of crisped hairs or a mixture of crisped and ± straight hairs. Leaves 0.7-2.0 mm wide; both surfaces sparsely to densely hairy, either with crisped hairs throughout or a mixture of crisped and ± straight hairs. Sepals 1.4-2.0 mm wide, the margins ciliate with crinkled hairs throughout or at least in the upper half Corolla lobes 0.9-1.2 mm at base. Filaments 0.9-1.5 mm long. (Figure 1C, 5) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Dale West Rd, 1.3 km E of Brookton Hwy, NW of Brookton, 3 Sep. 2000, M. Hislop 2121 (CANB, PERTH); base of SW slopes of Mt Cooke, 28 Aug. 2004, M. Hislop 3306 (CANB, PERTH); [Woodland Watch] site 235, [private property] W side of Hillcroft Rd between Dale Rd South and Groves Rd, W of Brookton, 1 Sep. 2008, M. Hislop & M. GriffithsWW 235-8 (MEE, NSW, PERTH); [WoodlandWatch] site 236, [private property] E side of Butchers Rd between Vallentine and Wills Rds, W of Brookton, 1 Sep. 2008, M. Hislop & M. Griffiths WW 236-9 (CANB, PERTH); SW of junction of Watershed Rd and McCallum Rd, Gibbs State Forest, Shire of Wandering, 29 July 1999, F. Hort 526 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Wandoo Conservation Park, S of Dale West Rd, Shire of Beverley, [Dale West Rd 5.8 km E of Dobaderry Rd then SW along forest E boundary], 5 Aug. 1999, F. Hort 528 (NSW, PERTH); Canning River Rd, Wandering: 1.3 km S of Millars Eog Rd - E of Mt Cooke, 21 Aug. 2002, F & J. Hort 1804 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); Gunapin Ridge, Qualen Rd, York, 25 Aug. 2003, F Hort 1999 (MEE, PERTH); proposed Wandoo National Park, Catchment Rd, Beverley. On hilltop andN slopes c. 5.8 km N of Dobaderry Rd, 11 Sep. 2003, F Hort & G. Harders 2032 (K, PERTH); Reserve 4328, Rigoll Rd Beverley, 2.4 km SSE of Dobaderry Rd, 11 Sep. 2003, F Hort 2034 (CANB, PERTH); Edison Mill Rd, Beverley, c. 5.5 km E of Dobaderry Rd then S along the E boundary of the proposed Wandoo National Park, c. 1 km from the SE corner of the park, 11 Sep. 2003, F. Hort 2036 (NSW, PERTH); Gibbs State Forest, Metro Rd, Wandering: 3 km S of Division Track, 6 Nov. 2003, F. Hort 2086 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Eupton Conservation Park, Brookton, from Perimeter Rd at SW corner of PP Eoc. 16674 ENE along boundary 84 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 5. Leucopogon darlingensis subsp. darlingensis. Photograph of flowering branchlet from F. Hort 526. Scale bar = 2 cm. track for 2.9 km then 200 m SE, lOAug. 2005, F. Hort 2552 (MEL, PERTH); Albany Hwy, Wandering, W side of Hwy 1.1 km S of Pike Rd, 10 Sep. 2005, F.&J. Hort 2615 (CANB, PERTH); Wearne State Forest, Ricks Rd, 2.5 km directly WNW from the junction with Heartbreak Rd, Wandering, 28 Aug. 2010, F. & J. Hort 3687 (CANB, MEL, PERTH); near North-East Rd, 7.3 km of Muja powerline crossing [NW of North Bannister], 10 Aug. 1993, K. McDougall 219 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Apparently endemic to the eastern Darling Range, extending from south¬ west of York to the North Bannister and Wandering areas (Figure 3) in the Northern Jarrah Forest and western edge of the Avon Wheatbelt bioregions (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). Occurs in sandy or light loam soils, on lateritic uplands, and in association with woodlands dominated by Eucalyptus marginata, E. wandoo, E. accedens and Corymbia calophylla. M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 85 Phenology. Peak flowering is in August and September. Fruiting collections have been made in October and November. Conservation status. Although not having a particularly wide distribution, it is a locally common plant in a part of the state which is still, in large part, covered in natural vegetation. It is well represented in the reserve system with most of the other populations in state forest. No conservation coding is recommended here. Leucopogon darlingensis Hislop subsp. rectus Hislop, subsp. nov. Typus\ Dryandra Woodland, north-west of Narrogin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 23 August 2012, M. Hislop 4235 {holo\ PERTH 08549915; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Young branchlets with an indumentum of ± straight hairs only, these often of mixed lengths. Leaves 1.0-3.5 mm wide; both surfaces usually densely hairy with ± straight hairs. Sepals 1.1-1.6 mm wide, the margins ciliate with straight hairs throughout. Corolla lobes 0.7-1.0 mm at base. Filaments 0.5-1.0 mm long. Diagnostic characters. Distinguished from the typical subspecies by its uniformly straight hairs on branchlets, leaves and sepal margins, generally narrower sepals and corolla lobes and shorter filaments. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 8 Sep.2001, 53 (PERTH); 24 Oct. 1991, IE Grewfer 23196 (PERTH); 22 Aug. 2012, M. Hislop 4232 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22 Aug. 2012, M Hislop 4233 (CANB, PERTH); 23 Aug. 2012, M. Hislop 4234 (NSW, PERTH); 18 Sep. 2012, M. Hislop 4240 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 6 Oct. 2013, M Hislop 4288 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 11 Aug. 2004, F. Hort & B. Hort 2293 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 8 Sep. 1983, G.J. Keighery 6572 (PERTH); 2 Oct. 1994, T.R. Lally 400 (CANB, PERTH); 5 Aug. 1987, D. Rose 90 (PERTH); 9 Aug. 1999, G Warren, C Taylor & P. Rose 272 (PERTH); 15 Sep. 2000, G Warren & P Rose 272B (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. This taxon has a restricted distribution between Williams, Dryandra Woodland and the Highbury area (F igure 3) in the Avon Wheatbelt and eastern edge of the Northern Jarrah Forest bioregions (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). Its favoured habitat of open woodland on lateritic uplands is very much the same as that of the typical subspecies and indeed is a common one for species across Group C. Phenology. As for the typical subspecies. Etymology. From the Latin rectus (straight), referring to the straight hairs of the branchlets, leaves and sepals of this taxon. Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: to be listed as Priority Two (A. Jones pers. comm.). Leucopogon darlingensis subsp. rectus is locally common across its restricted range and most populations are conserved in nature reserves or state forest. Notes. The two subspecies of L. darlingensis are presumed to be allopatric. The closest that they 86 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) are known to approach each other is about 40 km. Two specimens collected from west of Bannister {J. Freeman JF 007 and T. Laslett TL 189), a little to the south of the known distribution of the typical subspecies, do not well fit within this infraspecific classification. The vegetative indumentum is like that of subsp. rectus however the sepal indumentum is more similar to that of the typical subspecies. The abaxial leaf surface is unusual for the species as a whole, in having very few hairs and in being unusually broadly and shallowly grooved. The diagnostic fioral characters are intermediate between the two. Although this population in some ways blurs the boundaries between the two subspecies, L. darlingensis is a well collected species and the large specimen base is otherwise supportive of the recognition of two taxa. Leucopogon decrescens Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ south side of Muirs Highway, 1.1 km west of Perillup Road, east of Rocky Gully, Western Australia, 24 August 2008, M. Hislop 3820 {holo\ PERTH 08083223; iso\ CANB, MEL, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Darradup (R.D. Royce 2998), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]; G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Aust. FI: Descr Cat.: 240 (2000); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 600 (2002). Erect, open shrubs to c. 70 cm high and 70 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level with a fire- sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets with a variable indumentum of straight, curled and/or crisped hairs to c. 0.5 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, steeply antrorse to antrorse-appressed, usually narrowly ovate, less often ovate, 2.0-7.2 mm long, 0.9-1.6 mm wide; apex variable, usually acute or subacute, occasionally acuminate or obtuse; base broad, cuneate; petiole ± absent or to c. 0.2 mm long, if present then usually hairy to some degree; lamina 0.15-0.25 mm thick, concave adaxially, incurved along the longitudinal axis; surfaces ± concolorous; adaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense indumentum of mostly straight, patent to antrorse hairs, the venation obscured by hairs; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum, which sometimes becomes abraded on older leaves leaving the surface vermcose, or occasionally glabrous, with 5-7 primary veins, these usually fiat or occasionally slightly raised causing the surface to be shallowly grooved between the veins, the midrib thicker than the others; margins irregularly ciliate with hairs to 0.5 mm long. Inflorescence erect, terminal and upper-axillary; axis 4-10 mm long with 4-11 fiowers; axis indumentum of dense patent to shallowly antrorse hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long; fiowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate, acute. Bracteoles narrowly ovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, sharply keeled; abaxial surface with spreading hairs; margins ciliate. Sepals ovate or narrowly ovate, 2.3-3.0 mm long, 1.0-1.4 mm wide, acute, subacute or obtuse; abaxial surface usually hairy in the upper half with an indumentum of loose, antrorse hairs, or very occasionally ± glabrous, central portion pale greyish green, suffused purple in the upper half, becoming scarious towards the margins, the venation rather obscure with only the midrib evident; margins ciliate with hairs 0.1-0.4 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate or broadly campanulate, distinctly shorter than sepals, 1.2-1.7 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white throughout, or more often partially flushed pink, longer than the tube (ratio = 1.3-2.6:1), widely spreading from the base and recurved, 2.0-3.2 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely bearded internally; indumentum white, 0.8-1.2 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from tube (by 3/4-7/8 of their length), 1.5-2.0 mm long, prominently recurved towards the apex; sterile tip conspicuous, white, 0.4-0.6 mm long. Filaments terete, 0.5-0.9 mm long, attached 2/3-3/4 above anther base, adnate to tube just below the sinuses. Ovary globose or depressed-globose, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, usually appressed-hairy, or very occasionally glabrous, (3)4-5-locular. Style 0.4-0.7 mm long, usually well-differentiated from ovary apex, included within the corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 87 expanded. Nectary annular, 0.25-0.40 mm long, entire to shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit about the same length to somewhat longer than the calyx, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 1.2-1.7 mm wide, shortly cylindrical, from slightly to distinctly angular in section, usually rather densely hairy, very occasionally glabrous; apex truncate with angular shoulders; surface between the rim and the style base flat or descending gently; style persistent. (Figures ID, 6) Diagnostic characters. Within the L. pulchellus group, L. decrescens can be distinguished by the following character combination: leaves adaxially concave and incurved, steeply antrorse to antrorse- appressed, usually narrowly ovate (0.9-1.6 mm wide); the adaxial surface hairy, usually densely so, with a variable indumentum of patent to antrorse hairs; the abaxial surface more or less smooth to broadly and faintly grooved; a usually densely hairy, (3)4- or 5-locular ovary (1.8-3.0 mm long and 1.2-1.7 mm wide). Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Corbalup Rd, 700 m N of Seaton Ross Rd [E of Manjimup], 15 Sep. 1993, A.R. Annels ARA 3670 (NSW, PERTH); Take Unicup, 13 Aug. 1999, R.J. Cranfield 13834 (PERTH); Boarding House Rd, 4.3 km N of Mowen Rd, W of Nannup, 26 Nov. 2006, M. Hislop 3684 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); N side of Wingebellup Rd, 6.6 km E of Mordalup Rd, W of Frankland, 23 Aug. 2008, M. Hislop 3818 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); S side of Muirs Hwy, 1.1 km W of Perillup Rd, E of Rocky Gully, 14 Nov. 2009, M Hislop 3969 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Northern Rd, 9.8 km N of Mordalup Rd, SE of Manjimup, 15 Nov. 2009, M. Hislop 3984 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); Galamup Nature Reserve, W of Rocky Gully between Muirs Hwy and first internal firebreak, 12 Sep. 2010, M Hislop 4068 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); Take Muir Nature Reserve, Muirs Hwy, 2.9 km E of Nabacup Rd, W of Rocky Gully, 12 Sep. 2010, M. Hislop 4069 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); NE corner of Kulunilup Nature Reserve, off Wingebellup Rd, 2.5 km E of Unicup Rd, NW of Frankland, 13 Sep. 2010, M Hislop 4072 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); Galamup Nature Reserve [W of Roclcy Gully], 23 Oct. 1997, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 2352 (PERTH); Manjimup, 24 Oct. 1947, R.D. Royce 2361 (NSW, PERTH); Manjimup, 28 Sep. 1948, R.D. Royce 2121 (NSW, PERTH); 18 miles [c. 29 km] W of Nannup, 29 Oct. 1948, R.D. Royce 2998 (PERTH); c. 200 m S on creekline (S side), c. 2 km E of Stoate Rd on Mowen Rd [W of Nannup], 7 Sep. 2000, L. W. Sage & A.E. Raudino 2376 (CANB, PERTH); remnant bushland NW of corner Hay Eoc. 2043, ITC Spring Valley Farm, c. 5.2 km SE of Muirs Bridge, Muirs Hwy, 14 Nov. 2003, E.M. Sandiford EMS 940 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Leucopogon decrescens is distributed in a rather narrow east-west band from the Whicher Range in the west to between Rocky Gully and Mount Barker in the east (Figure 3). This places it in the Southern Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). It grows on sandy soils, very occasionally over laterite or granite, low in the landscape and often close to winter-wet sites. Associated vegetation is woodland or heath with the following species frequently dominant: Eucalyptus decipiens, E. marginata, Melaleuca preissiana, M. thymoides, Banksia attenuata, B. littoralis, Pericalymma ellipticum and Taxandria parviceps. Phenology. Peak flowering is during the months of August and September, with maximum fruiting between October and November. Etymology. From the Eatin decrescens (diminishing, narrowing), in reference to the outline of the narrowly ovate leaves which in their typical form taper more or less smoothly from the widest point in the basal half to the acute apex. This highlights an often useful character which helps to distinguish it from related species. 88 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) F iguxQ 6. Leucopogon decrescens. Photograph of flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 3820. Scale bar = 2 cm. Conservation status. Leucopogon decrescens has a fairly wide regional distribution, is often locally common and is represented in a number of nature reserves. No conservation coding is recommended here. Affinities. Older collections of this species have mostly been referred to L. pulchellus or Z. polymorphus, and the latter is the most similar to L. decrescens in terms of its gross morphology. Reliable foliar differences provide the best means of distinguishing between the two. In L. polymorphus the leaves vary between narrowly ovate, narrowly elliptic and sometimes obovate (commonly even on the same plant), the abaxial leaf surface is deeply grooved and although both surfaces vary from conspicuously hairy to more or less glabrous, if they are obviously hairy then the adaxial surface is no more densely so than the abaxial. Leucopogon decrescens differs from this in mostly having narrowly ovate leaves (rarely ovate), with a smooth or occasionally shallowly grooved abaxial surface and a consistently M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 89 hairy adaxial surface which is always noticeably more densely hairy than the abaxial. The taxonomic significance of a relatively dense indumentum on the upper leaf surface of the kind seen in L. decrescens is discussed elsewhere (Hislop 2009b). There is little to distinguish between the two species in terms of their fioral morphologies, but whereas the fiowers of L. decrescens almost always have hairy ovaries, in L. polymorphus they may be glabrous or hairy. The latter is unusual in the L. pulchellus group (and the genus as a whole) in that hairy or glabrous ovaries are more or less equally common. There is also at least a partial difference between the two species in the shape of the drupe. In L. polymorphus it is never more than obscurely angular in section but in L. decrescens the angularity may be quite pronounced. As discussed below L. decrescens is a variable species in regard to a number of characters and that includes the often significant one of fruit shape. The two species have allopatric distributions with L. polymorphus occurring mostly on the coastal plain from the Yalgorup-Waroona area north to near Leeman. Although L. pulchellus is another very variable species it can always be distinguished from L. decrescens by the presence of a keel on the distal abaxial leaf surface, the usually flat or plano-convex leaves and the mostly glabrous ovaries. The consistently hairy adaxial leaf surface of L. decrescens provides another point of difference between the two species. Leucopogon gracillimus DC. bears some resemblance to those variants of L. decrescens with narrow leaves, and members of the L. obtusatus complex could be mistaken for those that have relatively short leaves. In both cases their glabrous, 3-locular ovaries will almost always distinguish them. Examples of sympatry in the L. pulchellus group are noteworthy and L. decrescens (M Hislop 4071) was found growing in close proximity to L. gracillimus s. lat. (M. Hislop 4070) at a site west of Rocky Gully, where both species were locally common. Although the granitic substrate made it an unusual habitat for L. decrescens, the plants were typical of that species in all respects. There was no evidence of intergradation at the site. Notes. As circumscribed here L. decrescens is a variable species, most obviously in leaf characters, and some of this variation has a geographical basis. The current specimen base suggests that there is a slight disjunction in the distribution of the species with a western population node in the valleys of the Whicher Range and a larger eastern node beginning 60 or 70 km to the east. In general plants from the western node tend to have smaller leaves which are glabrous, or at least less hairy, on their abaxial surface relative to those from the east. Also the leaf margins in the western form have very short, stiff hairs compared to the obviously ciliate margins of the type form. In addition a couple of western collections (e.g.L.W Sage &A.E. Raudino 2376) are aberrant in regard to an often significant taxonomic character, having ovaries that are glabrous and 3-locular rather than hairy and 4- or 5-locular. Neither glabrous nor 3-locular ovaries were recorded from the eastern collections examined during this study. Although there may therefore appear to be some grounds for the recognition of a second taxon, the overall pattern of variation across the species’ range suggests that a broad circumscription is more appropriate, at least until further studies can be undertaken. Within the eastern node itself, there is considerable morphological variation. While the leaves are usually larger than those of the western node, occasional smaller-leaved populations do occur (see M. Hislop 4069). In their foliar character these differ from the western form only in having clearly ciliate margins as described above. In terms of potential difference in floral measurements there is more variation within the eastern node than between the two nodes. Further targeted collections are needed to assess the significance of differences in the angularity of the fruit. Only one fruiting collection of the western form has been examined (M Hislop 3684) and that was found to have obscurely angular drupes. Of the five fruiting collections from eastern 90 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) populations, three are distinctly angular and two have drupes comparable to Hislop 3684. However it may be significant that the latter were collected towards the western end of the eastern population node. Fruit of the type form is of the distinctly angular kind. In regard to the glabrous ovaries recorded in a couple of the western collections, although the presence of an ovarian indumentum is certainly taxonomically significant in Group C, there is reason to believe (as discussed above under general notes on the morphology of the group) that it may never be an absolutely consistent character for any species. Similarly, while locule number is undoubtedly an important character across Leucopogon s. str., it is rather less reliable in the L. pulchellus group than in the other groups. Leucopogon subsejunctus Hislop, sp. nov. Typus\ south-west of Darkan, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 13 November 2009, M. Hislop 3962 {holo\ PERTH 08260214; iso\ CANB, MEL, NSW). Leucopogon sp. Darkan (R.S. Smith BNC 1047), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]. Erect shrubs to c. 80 cm high and 80 cm wide, single-stemmed at ground level with a fire-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets with a moderately dense to dense indumentum of straight, patent hairs to c. 0.1 mm long. Leaves helically arranged, variously antrorse, mostly narrowly ovate or narrowly elliptic, less often ovate, elliptic or narrowly obovate, 3.0-8.5 mm long, 1.0-2.5 mm wide; apex obtuse to acute; base attenuate to cuneate; petiole moderately well defined, 0.2-0.6 mm long, glabrous on abaxial surface, hairy on adaxial surface and margins; lamina 0.25-0.40 mm thick, usually flat or slightly concave adaxially, less often slightly convex, straight or more frequently recurved along the longitudinal axis; surfaces discolorous, shiny; adaxial surface usually glabrous or sparsely hairy towards the base, rarely sparsely hairy throughout, the venation not or barely evident; abaxial surface paler, glabrous, smooth to ± striate, often at least with a groove on either side of the midrib, with 5-7 primary veins, the midrib rather thicker than the others, usually produced into an obvious keel, at least towards the apex; margins usually glabrous, less often minutely ciliolate with coarse hairs to c. 0.05 mm long. Inflorescence erect, terminal and upper-axillary; axis 3-12 mm long with 3-11 flowers; axis indumentum of dense, patent hairs 0.08-0.12 mm long; flowers erect and sessile. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate to ovate, subacute to acute. Bracteoles ovate, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide, obtuse to acute, sharply keeled; abaxial surface glabrous or very shortly hairy; margins ciliolate. Sepals ovate, 2.4-3.2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, obtuse to subacute; abaxial surface glabrous or shortly hairy in the upper half, central portion pale greyish green, usually suffused purple towards the apex and in a submarginal band, becoming scarious towards the margins, venation rather obscure with only the midrib usually evident; margins ciliolate with hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate or broadly campanulate, distinctly shorter than sepals, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 1.4-1.7 mm wide, glabrous externally and internally. Corolla lobes white, partially flushed pink, or pink throughout, much longer than tube (ratio = \ .1-2.1 \ 1), widely spreading from the base and recurved, 2.6-3.5 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide at base, glabrous externally, densely bearded internally; indumentum white, 0.8-1.0 mm long near apex. Anthers partially exserted from the tube (by c. 7/8 of their length), 2.0-2.6 mm long, prominently recurved towards the apex; sterile tip conspicuous, white, 0.7-1.0 mm long. Filaments terete, 0.8-1.1 mm long, attached 1/2-2/3 above anther base, adnate to tube just below the sinuses. Ovary globose or broadly obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, usually distinctly lobed, appressed hairy, the hairs sometimes short and sparse, 3-5-locular. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long, tapering ± smoothly from ovary apex, included within corolla tube; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Nectary annular, 0.30-0.50 mm long, entire or shallowly lobed, glabrous. Fruit much longer than calyx, 2.6-3.0 mm long, 1.7-2.3 mm wide, shortly cylindrical, ellipsoid or obovoid. M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 91 deeply lobed, with as many lobes as fertilised ovules, the lobes with short, spreading hairs, separated by deep, narrow, longitudinal grooves; surface between the lobes and the style base descending steeply; style persistent. (Figures IE, 7) Diagnostic characters. The deeply lobed fruit is the most important feature by which this species can be distinguished from potentially confusing species within the L. pulchellus group. Other significant characters are: leaves abaxially keeled in the upper half and hairy, 3-5-locular ovaries. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 22 Aug. 1994, ECraw/eyDKN 559 (PERTH); 16 Aug. 1993, ECrow/ey DKN 561 (PERTH); 29 Aug. 2009, M. Hislop 3913 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 30 Aug. 2009, M. Hislop 3918 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 15 Nov. 2009, M. Hislop 3988 (CANB, PERTH); 6 Sep. 2010, M Hislop 4061 (CANB, PERTH); 6 Sep. 2010, M Hislop 4062 (CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 23 Oct. 2010, M Hislop 4094 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 23 Oct. 2010, M. Hislop 4095 (NSW, PERTH); 27 Sep. 2006, R.S. Smith BNC 1047 (PERTH); 5 Sep. 1986, P.W. Trembath 44 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Currently known from a small area near Darkan (Figure 3) in the Southern Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts 2008). Grows in Eucalyptus marginata-Corymbia calophylla woodland over lateritic soils. Phenology. Flowers mostly between August and September. Mature fruit has been recorded for October and November. Etymology. From the Eatin sub (somewhat, not completely) and sejunctus (disunited, separated), a reference to the remarkable morphology of the mature fruit which is so deeply lobed that the individual locules are almost completely separated from each other. Conservation status. Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora: Priority Two (Smith 2013), as L. sp. Darkan (R.S. Smith BNC 1047). This species is known from six populations, including one in a nature reserve and another in a conservation park. Although usually locally common where it does occur, it appears to have a restricted distribution and is very likely to be a short-range endemic. Affinities. In its vegetative and fioral morphology L. subsejunctus closely resembles some variants of L. pulchellus. As currently accepted the latter is a very variable species and probably comprises segregate taxa. In particular it shows remarkable variation in fruit morphology, both in terms of the overall shape and transverse section of the drupe as well as the presence of an indumentum. However L. subsejunctus differs from all variants of L. pulchellus in having a drupe (Figure IE) that is so deeply lobed as to closely resemble a schizocarp in, for example, the gQWQX^. Diplopeltis Endl. (Sapindaceae) or Heliotropium E. (Boraginaceae). Even in fiowering collections of the species these ovarian lobes can be discerned. This provides an aid to identification in the absence, at the fiowering stage, of any other characters by which it can effectively be separated from L. pulchellus s. lat. Populations of the two species are known to occur within as little as 12 km of each other between Collie and Darkan. Notes. A fruiting specimen has been chosen as type of this species because it is the fruit character that in large part distinguishes it from the otherwise very similar L. pulchellus. 92 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 7. Leucopogon subsejunctus. Photograph of flowering branchlet from M. Hislop 4061. Scale bar = 2 cm. Acknowledgements I would like to thank the following people who assisted in the preparation of this paper: Barbara Rye for suggestions that led to an improvement in clarity of the text, Skye Coffey for technical assistance, Steve Dillon for generating the distribution map, Ellen Hickman for the fruit illustrations, Julia Percy- Bower for providing the specimen photographs, Fred and Jean Hort for systematically collecting L. darlingensis across its range, and Kelly Shepherd for formatting the images to best effect. The curators and staff at BM, K and MEL are also thanked for providing relevant type specimens on loan. M. Hislop, New species from the Leucopogon pulchellus group 93 References Bentham, G. (1868). Flora Atistraliensis. Vol. 4. (Reeve & Co.: London.) Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts (2008). Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA), Version 6.1. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index.html [accessed 28 February 2013]. Hislop, M. (2008). Three new species of Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from the far south-west of Western Australia. Nuytsia 18: 61-78. Hislop, M. (2009a). The taxonomy of Leucopogon bossiaea and allied species (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from the central south coast of Western Australia. Nuytsia 19: 17-35. Hislop, M. (2009b). Newtaxa ’mihQ Leucopogon gracilis group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae). Nuytsia 19: 211-228. Hislop, M. (2011). New, locally endemic taxa in Leucopogon (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from the Perth and midwest regions of Western Australia. Nuytsia 21: 75-89. Hislop, M. (2012). Two new species from the Leucopogon distans group (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) and the reinstatement of L. penicillatus. Nuytsia 22: 1-16. Hislop, M. & Chapman, A.R. (2007). Three new and geographically restricted species of(Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 165-184. Quinn, C.J., Crayn, D.M., Heslewood, M.M., Brown, E.A. & Gadek, P.A. (2003). A molecular estimate of the phylogeny of Styphelieae (Ericaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 16: 581-594. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for We stern Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 11 April 2014]. 94 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:95-99 Published online 1 May 2014 Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species from the south coast of Western Australia Kelly A. Shepherd^ and Michael Hislop Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Kelly.Shepherd@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Shepherd, K.A. & Hislop, M. Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species from the south coast of Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 95-99 (2014). Scaevola xanthina K.A.Sheph. & Hislop, a new species readily distinguished by its prostrate habit and yellow flowers, is here described. This species is geographically restricted and is currently only known from Mount Manypeaks Nature Reserve. It is listed according to Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australia Flora as a Priority Two taxon under the phrase-name Scaevola sp. Waychinicup (E.M. Sandiford EMS 1336). Images and an amendment to the Flora of Australia key to Scaevola E. are included. Introduction In February 2007, Albany-based botanist Eibby Sandiford collected a distinctive, yellow-flowered Scaevola E. during a Department of Environment and Conservation (now Department of Parks and Wildlife) Priority Flora survey. The taxon was found in a gully near the coast in the Mount Manypeaks Nature Reserve, east of Albany, Western Australia. Phrase-named as Scaevola sp. Waychinicup (E.M. Sandiford EMS 1336), the taxon was not collected again until 2013, when more than 100 plants were discovered by Damien Rathbone during another departmental survey of the area. It is surprising that such a distinctive species has remained undetected for so long. It was initially postulated that Scaevola sp. Waychinicup may be a short-lived fire ephemeral. However, as the recent population was found in a long unburnt area, it is more likely that this species simply has a very restricted distribution in a relatively inaccessible part of the south coast. Yellow fiowers are uncommon in the genus Scaevola. While a number of species have fiowers with a component of yellow, for instance in the throat of blue- or cream-fiowered species, only two other Western Australian species, S. globosa (Carolin) Carolin and S. tomentosa Gaudich., have fiowers that are mostly yellow in colour. While a phylogenetic analysis of plastid molecular data suggested that the infrageneric classification of Scaevola sensu Carolin (1992) was not well supported (Jabaily et al. 2012), it would still be useful to sequence the new species to elucidate its closest relatives. Unfortunately, a recent attempt to extract DNA from leaf material {E.M. Sandiford EMS 1336) was unsuccessful. Morphologically this new species clearly falls within the largest infrageneric section Xerocarpa G.Don.; however, its placement at the subsectional level is problematic. Based on Carolin’s (1992) Flora of Australia treatment this species keys to subsect. Parvifoliae Carolin on account of having glabrous rather than hairy anthers but in its general morphology, especially the long-pedunculate © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 96 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) flowers and large bracteoles, it most closely resembles various members of subsect. Pogonanthera (G.Don) Carolin, such as S. phJehopetala F.Muell. or S. pilosa Benth. Furthermore, S. hookeri (Vriese) F.Muell. ex J.D.Hook., a prostrate herb found at higher altitudes in Eastern Australia that is also included in subsect. Pogonanthera, has glabrous anthers. While infrageneric relationships within Scaevola require further clariflcation, it is clear that the unique combination of prostrate habit, dense indumentum on the stems and leaves, elliptic bracteoles, sepals < 1 mm long, glabrous anthers and yellow flowers readily distinguish S. xanthina K.A.Sheph. & Hislop from all other species and, as such, it is described herein as new. Methods This paper is based on the examination of specimens in the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Characters were scored from pressed specimens and rehydrated material. Definitions of terms follow Carolin (1992) and Holland and Boyle (2002), where ‘bract’ refers to ‘ leaves’ at the base of the peduncle and ‘bracteoles’ demarcate the base of the pedicel above and peduncle below. Precise localities of S. xanthina are withheld due to conservation concerns. Amendment to the Flora of Australia Key The Scaevola key in Flora of Australia (Carolin 1992) Group 1 should be amended at Couplet 11 (p. 87) as follows: 12: Stems without conspicuous ridges; cauline leaves well developed . 12a 12a. Corolla yellow; sepals < 1 mm long.S. xanthina 12a: Corolla various shades of blue, violet or purple, sometimes yellow in the throat; sepals > 2 mm long. 15 Taxonomy Scaevola xanthina K.A.Sheph. & Hislop, sp. nov. Type'. Mount Manypeaks, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 5 December2013,D.A. Rathbone DAR1019 {holo\ PERTH08526354; iso\ CANB, PERTH08526362). Scaevola sp. Waychinicup (E.M. Sandiford EMS 1336), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 25 February 2014]. Prostrate sub-shrub, with multiple, spreading, woody branches, c. 0.15 m high, 0.9-1.5 m wide; stems terete with a dense indumentum of mostly patent hairs with pale brown hairs, 0.7-1.6 mm long and shorter, usually white hairs, 0.1-0.4 mm long. Leaves alternate, cauline, shallowly antrorse to shallowly retrorse, narrowed to a petiole, 2-6 mm long; lamina elliptic to ovate, 11-60 mm long, 5-30 mm wide, apex rounded, base tapered, margins entire to crenulated, flat; discolorous, adaxial surface with scattered to moderately dense, white and pale brown hairs, 0.2-2.5 mm long, abaxial surface densely hairy with white and pale brown hairs, 0.2-1.6 mm long. Inflorescence a raceme; bracts as for cauline leaves; peduncle 5-14 mm long; bracteoles foliose, elliptic, 5.5-16.0 mm long, 2.2-7.0 mm wide; petiole to 5.0 mm long. Sepals free and markedly unequal, triangular, 0.2-0.9 mm K.A. Shepherd & M. Hislop, Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species 97 long, with dense, simple hairs. Corolla 8.5-18 mm long, yellow with reddish brown markings in the throat; outer surface with moderately dense, white and brown hairs, 0.2-1.6 mm long; inner surface with scattered, simple hairs towards the throat, barbulae papillose, 0.5-0.8 mm long; tube almost split to the base, fused 0.3-0.8 mm; lobes ± equal, acute, 4.2-8.5 mm long, 0.7-2.1 mm wide, wings ± equal, 3.7-6.0 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ending 0.5-0.6 mm from the lobe apex. Stamen filaments linear, 2.8-5.0 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; anthers narrowly oblong, 0.6-1.0 mm long, glabrous. Ovary 2-locular, 1.7-2.1 mm long, with dense hairs, 0.1-0.5 mm long; septum complete, ovules 1 per cell. Style 6.3-6.5 mm long, with scattered, white hairs, 0.5-1.6 mm long towards the apex; indusium depressed-obovate, 0.8-1.7 mm long, 1.6-2.6 mm wide, with moderately dense, long, white hairs, 0.5-1.6 mm long and dense, white bristles around the lips, 0.25-0.5 mm long. Fruit elliptic to narrowly obovate, 4.0^. 8 mm long, 1.9-2.5 mm wide, with dense hairs, 0.1-0.6 mm long and straight hairs at the base, 0.7-0.9 mm long, ribbed at maturity. (Figure 1) Figure 1. Scaevola xanthina. A - typical habitat in a gully amongst large granite outcrops in the Mount Manypeaks region; B - flowering plant showing the large, leaf-like bracteoles; C - bright yellow flowers that distinguish this species. Images: D. Rathbone. 98 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Diagnostic features. This species is readily distinguished from all others in the genus by its prostrate habit, dense indumentum on the stems and leaves, leaf-like, elliptic bracteoles, sepals < 1 mm long, glabrous anthers, bright yellow flowers with reddish brown markings and acute corolla lobes. The corolla wings are wide (0.7-1.5 mm) and taper to an acute angle well below the lobe apex, so producing a narrow apical extension 0.5-0.6 mm long (Figure 1C). Other specimen examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [locality withheld for conservation reasons] 14 Feb. 2007, E.M. SandifordEM$> 1336 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering and fruiting material collected in December and February. Distribution and habitat. This species is currently only known from the Mount Manypeaks region on the southern coast of Western Australia. It is found in gullies among granite outcrops (Figure lA) associated with Eucalyptus megacarpa, Agonis flexuosa, Hakea elliptica and Lepidosperma. Conservation status. Eisted as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013), under the name Scaevola sp. Waychinicup (E.M. Sandiford EMS 1336). Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Greek xanthos (yellow) and refers to the bright yellow flowers that distinguish this species. Affinities. Scaevola xanthina broadly resembles some Western Australian species of subsect. Pogonanthera, such as S. phlebopetala and S. pilosa. These species are readily distinguished from S. xanthina as they have scattered to moderately dense hairs on the stems and leaves (vs. a dense indumentum), sepals > 2 mm (vs. < 1mm) and blue, mauve or deep purple flowers with a yellow throat (vs. yellow with reddish brown markings) and anthers that are hairy at the apex (vs. glabrous). Scaevola hookeri is similar to S. xanthina in being a prostrate shrub with sepals < 1 mm and having glabrous anthers, but this species has generally smaller flowers 5-8 mm long (vs. 8.5-18 mm long) that are white or blue with a yellow throat (vs. yellow with reddish brown markings in the throat). The only species in subsect. Pogonanthera that has acute corolla lobes is S. tenuifolia Carolin, a short- range endemic from Fitzgerald River National Park; however, the latter is quite dissimilar in other important respects having linear, revolute leaves and blue to mauve flowers. Acknowledgements We would like to thank Eibby Sandiford for bringing this species to our attention and Damien Rathbone for his physical endurance in obtaining a very hard-won type collection. We also thank the reviewer Ailsa Holland for providing helpful comments on the manuscript and Eden Johnson, Andrew Gardner and Rachel Jabaily at Rhodes College, Memphis, USA for attempting to sequence this species. Funding for the molecular sequencing was provided through a National Science Foundation grant (NSF DEB RUI 1256946). References Carolin, R.C. (1992). Scaevola. In: George, A.S. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 35. pp. 84-146. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Holland A.E. & Boyle T.P. (2002). Four new species of Goodenia Smith (Goodeniaceae) from Queensland. Austrobaileya 6(2): 253-265. K.A. Shepherd & M. Hislop, Scaevola xanthina (Goodeniaceae), a new yellow-flowered species 99 Jabaily R.S., Shepherd K.A., Gustafsson M.H.G., Sage L.W., Krauss S.L., Howarth D.G. & Motley T.J. (2012). Systematics of the Austral-Paciflc family Goodeniaceae: Establishing a taxonomic and evolutionary framework. Taxon 61(2): 419-436. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for We stern Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 25 February 2014]. 100 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:101-102 Published online 1 May 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Ammanniafitzgeraldii, a nom, nov. for Nesaea repens (Lythraceae) It has recently been demonstrated by Graham et al. (2011), using a combination of morphology and both nuclear and chloroplast DNA sequence analyses, that traditional generic boundaries between Ammannia L. and Nesaea Comm, ex Kunth cannot be maintained. Graham and Gandhi (2013a, b) have provided new combinations for most Nesaea species under an expanded concept of Ammannia. However, Graham and Gandhi (2013a: 85) did not make a new combination for N. repens W.Fitzg. as they incorrectly concluded that the name was a nomen nudum, citing only the page in the introduction to the paper where the name is listed as newly published therein (Fitzgerald 1918), but omitting the page reference to the full description later in that same paper (as noted in APNI 2014). There is an earlier publication of the name that is a nomen nudum (Fitzgerald 1906). It is noted that additional information on collection and location dates for specimens collected by Fitzgerald can be gleaned from his travel diary, a typescript of which is held at the Battye Library, Western Australia (Fitzgerald 1905). These dates are included below in addition to the information available on the herbarium labels. Nesaea repens is a distinctive and validly published species endemic to the Kimberley region ofWestern Australia and central Northern Territory. A new combination for N. repens is required to complete the transfer of Nesaea to Ammannia, however, the epithet repens is already occupied by A. repens Rottler ex Mart, ex DC. This name, with a complex history of proposal in apparently unpublished manuscripts, was validly published by de Candolle (1828: 80). A new name for N. repens is therefore proposed here. Ammannia fitzgeraldii R.L. Barrett, nom. nov. Basionym: Nesaea repensNfNitzg., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Aust. 3: 181 (1918). Lectotype (here designated): nearjunctionofLennard and Barker Rivers, Western Australia, 5 May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald 545 (Iecto\ PERTH01604570; isolecto: NSW210107 n.v.). Remainingsyntypes: near junction of Lennard and Barker Rivers, Western Australia, 30 September 1905, W.V Fitzgerald 1525 (N SW 210106 «. V. , PERTH 01127462); F itzroy River, Western Australia, August 1906, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (BM 000797642, image seen, NSW 210105 n.v.). Nesaea repens NlFitzg., Western Mail {Perth) 21(1068): 9, Plate p. 25 (16 June 1906), nom. nud. Etymology. The new epithet recognises the work ofWilliam Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) in the early exploration and documentation of the flora of the Kimberley region of Western Australia, including the discovery and description of this species. Typification. The available syntypes are all morphologically similar and from close geographical proximity. The lectotype is the sheet with the most and best fertile material; it also has a specific collection location. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 102 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Ammannia striatiflora (Hewson) S. A.Graham & Gandhi, Harvard Pap. Bot. 18(1): 84 (2013). Graham and Gandhi (2013a) cite the holotype for this species as ‘(UWA [1604589])’. This is an error for PERTH sheet 1604589. This specimen was never held at UWA. Acknowledgements Bruce Maslin and Nicholas Lander are thanked for comments that improved the manuscript. References APNI (2014). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Canberra. http://www.cpbr.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni [accessed 2 March 2014]. de Candolle, A.R (1828). Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 3. (Sumptibus Sociorum Treuttel et Wurtz: Paris.) Fitzgerald, W.V. (1905). W.V Fitzgerald’s diary of the Kimberley trigonometrical expedition, April 5 to October 25, 1905. (Unpublished, Battye Library, Perth, Western Australia.) Fitzgerald, W.V. (1906). Some species of West Kimberley plants. Further botanical references. The Western Mail 21(1068), 16 June 1906. pp. 9, 24-25, 28. (Perth.) Fitzgerald, W.V. (1918). The botany of the Kimberley s, north-west Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia 3: 102-224. Graham, S.A.,Diazgranados, M. & Barber, J.C. (2011). Relationships among the confounding genera Ammannia, Hionanthera, Nesaea and Rotala (Lythraceae). BotanicalJournal of the Linnean Society 166: 1-19. Graham, S. A.&Gandhi,K. (2013a). Nomenclatural changesresvMmgfromtheiramferofNesaeaandHionantheraioAmmannia (Lythraceae). Harvard Papers in Botany 18: 71-90. Graham, S.A. &Gandhi, K. (2013b). Nomenclatural changes resulting from the transfer ofVesaea andto (Lythraceae): Addenda et corrigenda. Harvard Papers in Botany 18: 155-156. Russell L. Barrett Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Kings Park and Botanic Garden, West Perth, Western Australia 6005 School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences, University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: russell. barrett@bgpa. wa. gov. au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:103-108 Published online 3 July 2014 Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia Steven J. Dillon Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Steven.Dillon@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Dillon, S.J. Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara of Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 103-108 (2014). A new species of Grevillea R.Br. ex Knight, G. saxicola S.J.Dillon, is described. An amendment to an existing key of Grevillea is provided to include the new taxon, which has conservation priority. Introduction Grevillea R.Br. ex Knight is the third largest genus in Western Australia with 348 taxa, 14 of which occur in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The last revision of the genus was by Makinson (2000) and since that time a further c. 20 taxa have been added to the census of Western Australian plants (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Close examination of several Grevillea collections from the southern Pilbara revealed a distinct new taxon that had been previously ascribed to either G nematophylla F.Muell. or G berryana Ewart & Jean White. This finding was supported by more recent collections and this new species is described here as G saxicola S.J.Dillon. Methods Descriptions and measurements are based on dried herbarium specimens held at the Western Australian Herbarium. When possible, up to five fiowers were re-hydrated from each specimen forfioral examination. Descriptions and terminology follow that of McGillivray and Makinson (1993) and Olde and Marriott (1993) except that perianth length differs to the definition used by Olde and Marriott (1993) in that it was measured along the suture between the dorsal and ventral tepals to the apex of the limb. The distribution map shows the Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7 boundaries (Department of the Environment 2013). Precise locality information is withheld due to conservation concerns. The leaf morphology of G saxicolasNdiS compared with two similartaxa, G berryana and G nematophylla subsp. supraplana Makinson (see \xndQX Affinities), to assist with determining which taxonomic rank should be applied to the new entity. The following PERTH herbarium specimens were used: G saxicola -J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JIN 39, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JJ 01.01, E. Carroll & S. Reiffer GEC oil, B. Morgan BMor 1331; G. berryana -R.F Blacks.n. (PERTH 01447335), R.F. Blacks.n. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 104 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) (PERTH 01762818), A.S. George 12003, C. Payne s.n. (PERTH 06949193); G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana-A.A. Mitchell 4153,5. Petty 2238. One or two pinnatisect leaves were taken from each specimen and soaked in mildly soapy water for between 48 and 72 hours. The lobes of the leaves were hand-sectioned, the sections mounted on microscope slides and examined under a light microscope. For each species multiple images of a typical leaf section were taken at different focal lengths and then recombined using stacking software. Leaf morphology Eeaf anatomy has been found to be of taxonomic utility in Proteaceae, and Grevillea leaves are categorised anatomically as dorsiventral, unifacial or dipleural (McGillivray & Makinson 1993). The leaf sections show that G. saxicola has unifacial leaves (Figure lA) as has the superficially similar taxon G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana (Figure IB). The leaves of both species differ from the dorsiventral leaves of G. berry ana (F igure 1C) in that the leaf lamina is greatly reduced and the midrib is relatively enlarged. Also of note is that the abaxial parenchyma of both G. saxicola and G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana leaves are not interrupted by a fibre cap, which is a bundle of sclerenchyma that run longitudinally in the leaf at the apex of the vascular bundle, as it is in G. berryana. The leaves of G. saxicola differ from those of G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana in that the lamina is more reduced and often does not extend laterally beyond the midrib and the grooves are shallower. Amendment to the key to Grevillea species from the Hilliana Gronp by Makinson (2000) 4. Leaves entire and linear to strap-like, or divided with subterete to linear lobes 5. Leaves smooth or with a single dorsal ridge or planar edge 5A. Pollen presenter circular in face view.290. G. nematophylla 5A: Pollen presenter oblong to elliptic in face view.G. saxicola Taxonomy Grevillea saxicola S.J.Dillon, sp. nov. Type: near Tom Price, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 08 December 2012, E. Carroll & S. Reiffer GLC 011 {holo\ PERTH 08414645 (sheet 1 of 2), PERTH 08414653 (sheet 2 of 2); iso\ NSW). Grevillea sp. Turee (J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JJ 01.01), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 2 January 2014]. Shrub or small tree, (1.0-)2.5-7.0 m tall with grey-black, rough bark; young branchlets and leaves with a dense indumentum of appressed, biramous hairs which are usually white but ferruginous on new growth, becoming glabrous with age. Leaves unifacial, ascending to erect or occasionally weeping on older branches, dull grey-green, 70-270(-310) mm long, pinnatisect with 2-8(-9) lobes or occasionally simple; simple leaves and lobes linear, straight to curved or sinuous, 0.8-1.4 mm broad, terete to subterete with a flat to shallowly concave strip on the adaxial surface, apex subacute, straight to curved. Conflorescences terminal, erect, simple or paniculate with 2-6(-7) branches; unit conflorescences cylindrical, acropetal to subsynchronous, peduncles 3-12(-16) mm long with a (moderate to) dense indumentum of ferruginous and white, appressed, biramous hairs; rachides 20-68(-82) mm long with a (moderate to) dense indumentum of (ferruginous and) white, appressed, biramous hairs; floral bracts S. J. Dillon, Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara 105 caducous, ovate to broadly ovate or rarely narrowly triangular, apex acute, 0.6-1.5(-2.0) mm long X (0.2-)0.35-0.75 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or with scattered short, erect, glandular hairs concentrated near the apex, abaxial surface with dense indumentum of white, appressed, biramous hairs occasionally intermixed with sparse glandular hairs. Flowers transverse on the rachis, perianth and style cream to pale yellow; pedicels (0.9-)l.l-2.3 mm long with a (moderate to) dense indumentum of white, appresssed, biramous hairs; torus 0.8-1.4(-l .7) mm across, oblique at 10-20(-25)°; nectary arcuate, 0.3-0.6 mm high, 0.1-0.3 mm above the torus rim, 0.1-0.25 mm thick at the level of the rim, margin entire and smooth or undulate to crenulate. Perianth narrowly ovate below the curve, 4.0-6.0(-6.7) mm long x 0.8-1.45(-l .9) mm wide, outer surface with a sparse to dense indumentum of appressed, biramous hairs, inner surface glabrous or with sparse simple, eglandular hairs; limb ovoid to subglobose, (0.8-)1.0-1.5 mm long x 1.1-1.6(-1.75) mm across; dorsal tepal 5.1-8.4 mm long X 1.1-1.75 mm wide. Pistil 5.7-10.0(-12.2) mm long; stipe 0.5-1.5 mm long, glabrous or rarely with scattered biramous hairs; ovary 0.5-0.9(-l.l) mm wide x 0.6-1.0 mm long, sparse to dense indumentum of biramous hairs or rarely glabrous; ovules attached at the midpoint between the medial and basal position; style 4.4-8.1 mm long, strongly curved, glabrous or rarely with scattered hairs in the proximal half; pollen presenter oblique at 50-70(-75)°, obliquely conical, elliptic to obovate in face view, 0.7-1.0 mm long x 0.5-0.8 mm wide x 0.2-0.5 mm high, stigma distally off-centre. Fruit compressed, obliquely broadly ellipsoid to obliquely broadly obovoid, (8.7-)10.5-15.2 mm long x (7.0-)8.0-11.7 mm wide, pericarp 1.0-1.3(-1.5) across at the ventral suture, pruinose when fresh, surface irregularly rugulose, glabrous or with scattered minute, biramous hairs. Seed surrounded by a wing, overall obliquely obovate, (7.0-)10.0-12.8 mm long x (4.4-)6.0-7.9 mm wide; body obliquely obovate (4.5-)5.4-6.8 mmlong x (3.0-)3.4^. 1 mm wide, apex truncate to obliquely emarginate, surface minutely verruculose; wing membranous, (0.6-)0.9-l .9 mm wide at narrowest point, (1.3-)2.1-3.9 mm wide at widest point; raphe conspicuous. (Figure lA) Diagnostic features. Grevillea saxicola can be distinguished from other Western Australian Grevillea species by the following combination of characters: an upright shrub or small tree with grey-black, rough bark; leaves terete to subterete, usually pinnatisect with 2-8 unifacial lobes; peduncles with an indumentum of only biramous hairs; perianth and style cream to pale yellow; pollen presenter oblong-elliptic in face view and oblique at 50-70°. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 16 Dec. 1976, K.J. Atkins 118 (PERTH); 10 Feb. 1977, K.J. Atkins 118 (PERTH); 13 Aug. 1980, K.[J.] Atkins 1057 (PERTH); 7 Mar. 2008, J. Bull 12 (PERTH); 3 Feb. 2011, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JIN 12 (PERTH); 3 Feb. 2011, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JIN 13 A (PERTH); 3 Feb. 2011, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JIN 16 (PERTH); 8 Feb. 2011, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JIN 39 (PERTH); 3 Feb. 2011, J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JJ 01.01 (PERTH); 8 Dec. 2012, E. Carroll & S Reiffer GEC002 (PERTH); 28 June 1984, IE Edgecombe s. n. (PERTH); 13 Feb. 1987, EH Mollemans 2237 (PERTH); 14 Apr. 2012, B. Morgan BMor 1331 (PERTH); 29 Sep. 2011,5. van Leeuwen 4073 (PERTH); 29 Sep. 2011, S. van Leeuwen 4125 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering from late spring to early autumn. Distribution and habitat. Grevillea saxicola grows in orange-brown to red-brown loam soils on the upper scree/breakaway slopes and crests often associated with banded iron formation outcropping. Grevillea saxicola is often found growing in Mulga woodlands. This species has been recorded from the southern Pilbara in Western Australia, in an area from c. 40 km east of Paraburdoo to c. 50 km west-north-west of Newman (Figure 2). 106 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 1. Transverse leaf sections. A - Grev///ea saxicola {B. Morgan BMor 1331); B - G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana (A.A. Mitchell A\53)', C - G. berryana {R.F. Black s.n. (PERTH 01762818)). Scale bars = 0.5 mm. fc = fibre cap, g = groove, 1 = lamina, p = palisade parenchyma. Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Grevillea sp. Turee (J. Bull & G. Hopkinson ONS JJ 01.01). It had previously been listed as Priority One (Smith 2013). Etymology. The specific epithet is from the Latin for ‘a dweller among rocks’, in reference to this species’ preferred habitat. Affinities. The taxa most similar to G. saxicola are G. berryana and G. nematophylla subsp. supraplana. Grevillea berryana has flat dorsiventral leaves with recurved margins and distinct grooves on the S. J. Dillon, Grevillea saxicola (Proteaceae), a new species from the Pilbara 107 abaxial surface, larger bracts on which the outer surface is densely glandular-hairy and the rachis and peduncle are moderately to densely glandular-hairy. Grevillea nematophylla subsp. supraplana has smooth, silvery bark, inflorescences with 5-10 branches, larger bracts with a mix of glandular and non- glandular hairs on the outer surface, a pollen presenter that is circular in face view and is less oblique (20^0° (McGillivray & Makinson 1993) cf. 50-70(-75)° for G. saxicola), and slightly larger fruit (13-24 mm long (Makinson 2000) cf. 10.5-15.2 mm long for G. saxicola). Grevillea nematophylla (^. lat.) in Western Australia has a more southerly distribution than G. saxicola. Acknowledgements This research was funded by BHP Billiton as part of a sponsored Identiflcation Botanist position at the Western Australia Herbarium. Thanks are extended to Frank Obbens for bringing this species to my attention and to Jerome Bull, Glyn Hopkinson, Brian Morgan, Emma Carroll and Scott Rieffer for providing material. Em grateful for all the assistance I received from Juliet Wege and Ryonen Butcher while preparing this paper. A special thanks to my wife Adrienne Markey for her advice on hand-sectioning, comments on the manuscript and for her constant encouragement. References Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2014], Makinson, R.O. (2000). Proteaceae 2, Grevillea. In’. Wilson, A. (ed.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 17A. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) 108 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) McGillivray, D.J. & Makinson, R.O. (1993). Grevillea, Proteaceae: a taxonomic revision. (Melbourne University Press: Carlton, Victoria.) Olde, P.M. & Marriott, N.R. (1993). New species and taxonomic changes in Grevillea (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) from south¬ west Western Australia. Nuytsia 9 (2): 237-304. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 8 January 2014]. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:109-111 Published online 3 July 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544) cannot be maintained as distinct from C. pumila In 1976, Malcolm Trudgen collected a prostrate Calandrinia Kunth species just east of Mt Bruce {M.E. Trudgen 1544) that is morphologically similar to, but generally more robust than, C. pumila (Benth.) F.Muell. In 1995, during a flora survey for Robe River Iron Associates Angelo River orebodies project, he collected the same taxon at a site 14.6 km south-west of Mt Ella {M.E. Trudgen, M. Trudgen & S. Deluca MET 12695). As well as being robust and prostrate, these collections had large, highly branched inflorescences, flowers with ten stamens, and what appeared to be other leaves besides those of the basal rosette. He concluded that they could not be matched to any current Calandrinia species and coined the name Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce in a report to the mining company. In 2002 this name was formally included on the census of Western Australian plants as Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E.Trudgen 1544). Benthman (1863) described C. calyptrata Hook.f var pumila Benth. from specimens he obtained from the Balonne River, Queensland and from Nangawera to Yellowinchi (i.e. the Barrier Ranges), near Broken Hill, New South Wales. He stated, T am inclined to think that further specimens will prove this to be a distinct species’ and indeed Mueller (1876) later recognised it as such (i.e. as C. pumila (Benth.) F.Muell.). These initial descriptions refer to C. pumila as being a small, tufted plant with a thick taproot and with radical, petiolate leaves and an ovoid-globular capsule containing numerous small, smooth and shining seeds. More modem texts, such as Flora of Central Australia (Tahir 1981), Flora of South Australia (West 1986) and Flora of New South Wales (West 2000), all refer to C. pumila as having only a basal rosette of spathulate to obovate and petiolate leaves, 5-petafled flowers with four to eight stamens each, and a somewhat membranous 3-valved capsule that dehisces circumferentially at the base to reveal numerous, small, obovoid, red-brown, shiny, smooth-colliculate seeds. Basally circumscissile capsules are a very unusual feature within the genus, but Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce has this character along with seeds that are identical to those of C. pumila. Examination of PERTH specimens and extensive fieldwork has shown that flowers of C. pumila with ten stamens are common in Western Australia. It is also common within Calandriniathat inflorescence size and degree of branching is strongly related to plant size. The ‘other leaves’ on Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce are leafy, opposite bracts which also occur on some larger specimens of C. pumila and also on C. stagnensis J.M.Black. The M.E. Trudgen 1544 collection comprises specimens c. 15 cm in diameter; duplicate material of the same collection are 10 cm or less in diameter. The sheet M.E. Trudgen, M. Trudgen & S. Deluca MET 12695 has one very large mounted specimen approximately 35 cm in diameter with duplicates to 25 cm. Both collections have spathulate leaves (sometimes broadly so) with relatively long petioles, particularly M.E. Trudgen, M. Trudgen & S. Deluca MET 12695. A recent third collection, B. Morgan BMor 1178, from north of Tom Price, is approximately 30 cm in diameter with basal leaves as above. Specimens determined as C. pumila were variable in size. Many specimens were c. 5 to 10 cm diameter or less, but some specimens ranged between 15 and 30 cm diameter (none quite as large as the M.E. Trudgen, M. Trudgen & S. Deluca MET 12695 plant). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 110 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Plant size varied substantially within any population and in some cases apparently between different collection years for the same locations. In general, most of the largest specimens were collected from the Murchison bioregion northwards to the Kimberley, but many smaller collections also occur throughout the same regions. Specimens also show great variability in basal leaf morphology (e.g. F. Obbens, F Hort & J. Hort FOl 5/08 from Butchers Track, Murchison comprises specimens 5—16 cm diameter with narrowly spathulate basal leaves and both short and relatively long petioles; F Hort, J. Hort & A. Grosse 2211 from Mooloogool Station, north of Meekatharra comprises specimens 4—28 cm diameter with orbicular-spathulate basal leaves on long, relatively wide petioles; G. Byrne 2899 from Warrawagine Station, in the Pilbara bioregion on the edge of the Great Sandy Desert comprises specimens 10-31 cm diameter with linear basal leaves and moderately long petioles). Calandrinia pumila and C. sp. Mt Bruce both occur on seasonally wet flats, on gentle slopes in association with drainage lines and around swampy ground or in claypans. Bentham (1863) cited two collections under C. calyptrata var pumila from Queensland and New South Wales. While Mueller (1876) later elevated this taxon to species level, a lectotype has never been chosen. It is evident that the specimens cited by Bentham need to be located and examined to fully clarify our understanding of this widespread species; however, there is no consistent evidence to support Calandrinia sp. Mt. Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544) as a distinct taxon and it is regarded here as part of a broadly circumscribed C. pumila. Taxonomy Calandrinia pnmila (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 10: 68 (1876). Calandrinia calyptrata var. pumila Benth. FI. Austral. 1: 175 (1863). Type: ‘Queensland. Balonne river. Bowman. N.S. Wales. From Nangawera to Yellowinchi, Victorian Expedition.' Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 29 May 2014]. Specimens examined (previously ascribed to C. sp. Mt Bruce). WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: 5 miles E of Mount Bruce (2.3 miles along track opposite Mindi Springs track), 21 Jan 1976, M.E. Trudgen 1544 (PERTH); 14.6 km SW of Mount Ella, 18 May 1995, M.E. Trudgen, M. Trudgen & S. Deluca MET 12695 (PERTH); c. 15.4 km SW of the intersection of Nanutarra to Munjina Road and Hamersley Road, 37.4 km N of Tom Price and 107.7 km SE of Silver Grass Peak, 31 May 2011, B. Morgan BMor 1178 (PERTH). Acknowledgements My thanks to Kevin Thiele and Kelly Shepherd for reviewing earlier drafts of this paper. References Bentham, G. (1863). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 1. p. 175. (Reeve and Co.: London.) Mueller, F. (1876). Portulacaceae. Fragmentaphytographiae Australiae. Vol. 10. p. 68. (Government Printer: Melbourne.) Tahir, S.S. (1981). Calandrinia. In’. Jessop, J.P {ed.) Flora of Central Australia, pp. 42-45. (A.H. & A.W. Reed: Sydney.) West, G.J. (1986). Calandrinia. In’. Jessop, J.P. & Toelken, H.R. (eds.) Flora of South Australia. Part 1. pp 209-215 (South Australian Government Printing Division: Adelaide.) F. Obbens, Calandrinia sp. Mt Bruce (M.E. Trudgen 1544) cannot be maintained 111 West, G.J. (2000). Calandrinia. In: Harden, G.J. (ed.) Flora of New South Wales. Vol. 1. pp. 181-184. (New South Wales University Press: Kensington, Sydney.) Frank Obbens Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email; frank.obbens@aapt.net.au 112 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 113-122 Published online 3 July 2014 Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), with taxonomic notes on some other species with bicoloured calyx hairs Michael Hislop^’^, Juliet A. Wege^ and Andrew D. Webb^ 'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^South West Region, Department of Parks and Wildlife, PO. Box 1693, Bunbury, Western Australia 6231 ^Corresponding author, email: Michael.Hislop@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Hislop, M., Wege, J.A. & Webb, A.D. Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), with taxonomic notes on some other species with bicoloured calyx hairs. Nuytsia 24: 113-122 (2014). Gastrolobium argyrotrichum Hislop, Wege & A.D.Webb, a rare species endemic to the Metricup scarp south of Dunsborough in south-western Australia, is formally described. A key to species of Gastrolobium R.Br. with a bicoloured calyx indumentum and predominantly yellow or orange flowers is presented. Taxonomic notes are provided for G. coriaceum (Sm.) G.Chandler & Crisp, G dilatatum (Benth.) G. Chandler & Crisp, G dorrienii (Domin) G. Chandler & Crisp, G retusum LindL, G rhombifolium G. Chandler & Crisp and G whicherense G. Chandler & Crisp in order to facilitate future taxonomic work on the genus. Introduction Gastrolobium R.Br. (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae (Benth.) Polhill & Crisp) was revised more than ten years ago (Chandler et al. 2002) at which time 109 species were recognised, including many previously placed in Brachysema R.Br., Jansonia Kippist mdNemcia Domin. As a result of this reclassiflcation, Gastrolobium is now the largest genus of pea-flowered legumes from the tribe Mirbelieae in the South- West Botanical Province, and the third largest Australia-wide (after Pultenaea Sm. and Daviesia Sm.). Forty-six species are listed as rare, geographically restricted or poorly known (Smith 2013; Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), all of which are endemic to Western Australia. The taxonomic monograph by Chandler et al. (2002) formed part of the lead author’s PhD dissertation and is remarkable in scope, with its flndings supported by concurrent molecular phylogenetic work (Chandler et al. 2001, 2003). While it has provided an invaluable reference to the taxonomy of this complex genus, and a framework for their conservation and management in Western Australia, some problems have become evident in regard to the taxonomic boundaries between some species. In certain groups, the complex morphological variation within and between closely allied species has not been fully addressed, giving the impression that the alpha-taxonomy is more clear-cut than is actually the case. However, it should be noted in this regard that, of the more than 5,000 specimen records of Gastrolobium at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), less than half (c. 40%) were examined as part of this study (indeed, more than 1,000 specimens have been added to the PERTH collection since the monograph was published). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 114 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) There are five informally phrase-named species of Gastrolobium on Western Australia’s vascular plant census (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), all of which are known from few collections and are therefore listed as being of conservation concern (Smith 2013). In the present study we address G. sp. Quindalup (H. Cole & D. Carter 577), which was discovered by Hazel Cole and Don Carter in 2002 during surveys of private property near Dunsborough in the south-west corner of the state. This taxon is one of a number in the genus that have bicoloured calyx hairs (dense white hairs basally, becoming golden brown or rusty apically), a dense, contracted infiorescence and a predominantly yellow or orange standard (note that all species have red coloration towards the base of the standard). Species with these attributes were included in the genus Nemcia prior to the study by Chandler et al. (2002). Our taxonomic evaluation of G. sp. Quindalup, which has resulted in its formal description below, has been undertaken as part of detailed conservation assessment, which suggests that this species warrants listing as Threatened in Western Australia. Our study has highlighted a number of taxonomic issues in morphologically allied species, of the kind alluded to above. These are briefly summarised to direct future taxonomic work on the genus. We also provide a key to the subset of Gastrolobium species with bicoloured calyces, condensed infiorescences and predominantly yellow or orange fiowers to facilitate their identification. Taxonomy Gastrolobium argyrotrichum Hislop, Wege & A.D.Webb, sp. nov. Type'. Quindalup, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 26 October 2003, H. Cole & D. Carter 656 {holo\ PERTH 06551866; iso\ CANB). Gastrolobium sp. Quindalup (H. Cole & D. Carter 577), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 6 January 2014]. Erect shrubs to 1.5 m tall but more usually c. 1 x l m. Branchlets ascending, distinctly angular to subterete, densely sericeous. Petioles terete, continuous and decurrent with the branchlet, 1.5-3 mm long. Leaves patent to variously antrorse, in whorls of 3 (occasionally opposite or in whorls of 4), oblong to obovate, 10-30 x ( 4 _) 7 _i 3 rnm; apex shallowly emarginate to conspicuously bilobed, or almost truncate with fiared lateral lobes, with a recurved, terminal mucro to 2 mm long and often also with short, fragile mucros, to 0.2 mm long, on the lateral lobes; margins undulate, recurved, thickened and minutely papillose; base rounded; upper surface with prominently reticulate and raised venation bearing minute papillae, scattered hairs usually present along the midrib; lower surface very densely sericeous. Stipules erect to recurved, linear-subulate, 4-6.5 mm long, sericeous. Inflorescences condensed, terminal (more rarely axillary), racemose, c. 6-20-fiowered; peduncle 1-5 mm long, densely sericeous; rachis 2-10 mm long; subtending bracts caducous, 4.5-6 mm long, the lowest prominently trifid, the remainder entire or the margin distantly toothed, densely sericeous. Pedicels tQYQtQ, 1.5-3 mm long, densely sericeous. Calyx campanulate, 5.5-6 mm long, including the c. 2.5 mm long receptacle, densely sericeous (the indumentum including some spreading hairs), hairs bicoloured, silky-white in the basal half becoming golden brown towards the apex; upper 2 lobes united higher than the lower 3, ± spreading, triangular, subacute, 2-2.3 mm long; lower 3 lobes erect, narrowly triangular, acute, 3.2-3.5 mm long. Corolla, standard limb transversely elliptic, 7-10 mm long including the 2.2-3 mm long claw, 7-10 mm wide, yellow with a dark red ring surrounding the yellow centre, apex emarginate or rounded, base ± truncate; wings 6.5-8.5 mm long including the 2.2-3 mm claws, 2.2-3.5 mm wide, yellow with dark red markings toward the base, apex rounded, incurved and overlapping to enclose the keel, base auriculate; keel 7.3-8.5 mm long including the 2.2-3 mm claws, 2.8-3.5 mm wide, dark red, apex rounded, base auriculate, saccate. Style c. 4-5 mm long, incurved, lower portion pubescent; M. Hislop et al. Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) 115 ovary shortly stipitate, densely pubescent, 4-ovulate. Young pods shortly stipitate, ovoid, moderately to densely pubescent. Mature seeds not seen. (Figure 1) Diagnosticfeatures. The following combination of features distinguish G. argyrotrichum from all other species of Gastrolobium with condensed inflorescences, bicoloured calyx hairs and a predominantly orange or yellow corolla: young branchlets with a dense covering of white, appressed hairs; oblong to obovate leaves that are generally in whorls of three, and with recurved margins and an obtuse base; leaf apices that are shallowly emarginate to conspicuously bilobed, or almost truncate with flared lateral lobes, and with a recurved, terminal mucro and often also smaller, lateral mucros; an Figure 1. Gastrolobium argyrotrichum. A - habitat with granite outcropping; B - flowering branch showing the condensed inflorescence of predominantly orange flowers and whorled, spreading leaves with recurved margins; C - a whorl of three leaves showing the silvery white appearance of the lower surface (middle leaf) and the dark green, strongly veined upper surface; D - variation in leaf shape. Field photographs by Ben Lullfltz (A) and Andrew Webb (B) from A. Webb AW 09032 and AW 09031 respectively; leaf detail from H. Cole & D. Carter 577, with scale bars at 1 cm. 116 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) upper leaf surface with very prominent, raised, papillose venation and with scattered hairs on the midrib (otherwise glabrous, including when young); a lower leaf surface with a very dense covering of silvery-white hairs; the ovary with four ovules. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 16 Oct. 2002, H. Cole & D. Carter 577 (PERTH); 26 Oct. 2003, H. Cole 657 (PERTH); 31 Oct. 2013, A. Webb AW 09031 (PERTH); 31 Oct. 2013, A. Webb AW 09032 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowering in October and early November. Distribution and habitat. Gastrolobium argyrotrichum is restricted to the northern extent of the Metricup Scarp, an area characterised by granitic and lateritic outcrops with shallow, gravelly loam soils. Eocated between Yelverton and Dunsborough in the far west of the Southern Jarrah Forest bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013), the Metricup Scarp is a very small landform 1-2 km wide that separates the Whicher Scarp from the Margaret River Plateau (Tille & Eantzke 1990). Two populations are known, the largest of which grows in shallow orange-brown loam amongst granite outcropping associated with a steeply incised seasonal streamline (Figure 1 A). Associated species include Corymbia calophylla, Xanthorrhoea preissii. Acacia pulchella, Darwinia citriodora, Cryptandra arbutiflora, Hibbertia hypericoides, Calothamnus sanguineus, Lepidosperma squamata and Tetraria capillaris. The second population, which occurs in an area that has been subject to historical disturbance, is located within 1,500 m of the streamline population on an upper slope with orange lateritic gravel, but without granite outcropping. Conservation status. Gastrolobium argyrotrichum is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name G. sp. Quindalup (H. Cole & D. Carter 577). The Metricup Scarp is held extensively within private ownership, with the northern extent fragmented by small, semi-rural holdings and associated clearing. The two occurrences of G. argyrotrichum are in small public reserves and population sizes are very low. Suitable habitat for this species has been subject to detailed survey; however, no additional populations have been discovered, suggesting that it warrants listing as Threatened. Etymology. From the Greek argyros (silver) and trichos (hair), in reference to the silvery white appearance of the densely hairy lower leaf surface and young branchlets. Proposed vernacular name. Metricup Pea. Notes. Gastrolobium argyrotrichum is morphologically similar to G. dorrienii (Domin) G.Chandler & Crisp, G. retusum Eindl. and G. dilatatum (Benth.) G.Chandler & Crisp. Gastrolobium dorrienii and G. retusum are sister taxa in the phylogeny presented by Chandler et al. (2001) and were placed in the ‘G. retusum group’ of Chandler et al. (2002), together with an additional 13 taxa (note G. dilatatum was not sequenced as part of this study and was left unplaced in this treatment). Eike G. argyrotrichum, these three taxa have mostly ternate leaves, condensed terminal or axillary inflorescences, densely pubescent calyces with both white and golden brown hairs, and ovaries with four ovules (note the ovule number for both G. dorrienii and G. dilatatum is incorrectly cited as two in the descriptions provided in Chandler’s monograph). Gastrolobium argyrotrichum can be separated from these taxa by its distinctive leaf morphology (Figure 1); however, it does have leaf features in common with some or all of the morphotypes of the aforementioned taxa. M. Hislop et al. Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) 117 The leaves of G. dorrienii are obovate (sometimes narrowly so), with recurved margins, a shallowly emarginate or bilobed apex with rounded and unarmed lobes and a terminal mucro, an obtuse base, and a densely pubescent lower surface. While the leaves of G. argyrotrichum are also densely pubescent on the lower surface and can be similarly shaped, they are more commonly oblong to narrowly obovate with a more shallowly emarginate apex, or with a somewhat truncate apex with flared lateral lobes (see Figure IB) and unlike G. dorrienii, these leaf lobes often possess a small mucro. Gastrolobium dorrienii and G. argyrotrichum can be definitively separated by their upper leaf surfaces, with the mature leaves of G. dorrienii having indistinct venation (the veins are prominent and conspicuously papillose in G. argyrotrichum) and the young leaves having a uniform covering of hairs (they are mostly glabrous on the upper surface in G. argyrotrichum). Gastrolobium dorrienii and G. argyrotrichum do not overlap in distribution, with the former occurring from near Darkan to the Chillinup area, including the Stirling Range. Gastrolobium retusum has leaves that are commonly oblong to narrowly obovate with obtuse to shallowly emarginate apices, but they can be obovate and more deeply emarginate (to almost bilobed). The venation varies from obscure to prominent, but is not as conspicuously raised as that of G. argyrotrichum (which is accentuated by the presence of prominent papillae). Unlike G. argyrotrichum, specimens of G. retusum from its two main population centres (the northern Darling Range and the Cranbrook to Bremer Bay area) have leaves that are folded lengthways (i.e. V-shaped in section) and lack recurved margins. Leaf indumentum also separates G. retusum and G. argyrotrichum in most instances: the juvenile foliage in the former is uniformly pubescent on both surfaces and usually early glabrescent, whereas in G. argyrotrichum it is persistently and densely pubescent on the lower leaf surface only. Outlying specimens of G. retusum from the far south-west near Denmark {A.R. Annels ARA 1980; B.G. Hammersley 2060) and Mount Roe {E.D. Middleton & D. Coffey DC 13) are atypical in having leaves with somewhat recurved margins. Hairs are retained on the lower surface of the leaves in some additional outlying populations of G. retusum from near Donnybrook {Stapleton Brothers s. n., PERTH 02819287) and the upper Blackwood {Whistler Brothers s.n., PERTH 02819198), and also from near Gracetown {D. Rooks DJR 174, 175). The leaves of these specimens also have somewhat recurved margins. Also of note is a difflcult-to-place outlying specimen from near Narrogin {P. Rose 229), which conforms to G. retusum in terms of leaf shape (oblong, shallowly emarginate and folded) but has a persistent lower surface indumentum. Gastrolobium dilatatum has highly variable leaves that are generally obovate (sometimes narrowly so or tending obtrullate), folded lengthways or with recurved margins, and with obtuse to acuminate (more rarely truncate or shallowly emarginate) apices. The leaves usually have raised venation on the upper surface which is smooth or scarcely papillose, although in some collections the veins are somewhat indistinct (e.g. T.E.H. Aplin 838; A. Markey 158, 960). The venation is more prominent in G. argyrotrichum as well as conspicuously papillose. Gastrolobium dilatatum has attenuate or occasionally cuneate leaf bases (whereas they are obtuse in G. argyrotrichum) and with the exception of the apical mucro, the margins are otherwise unarmed (the leaf lobes often have small mucros in G. argyrotrichum). The most obvious foliar difference between G. dilatatum and G argyrotrichum concerns the indumentum. The juvenile foliage of both species is densely pubescent on the lower surface only, with the leaves of G. dilatatum quickly becoming completely glabrous. The exception to this is a variant from the northern Darling Range (herein termed the ‘Wandoo variant’; refer to the notes under G. dilatatum below), which differs from the typical form of the species in having a persistent (rarely partially glabrescent) lower leaf indumentum, a bilobed (rarely shallowly emarginate) leaf apex and an obtuse leaf base. Indeed, the overall leaf aspect of this variant approaches that of G. argyrotrichum, although 118 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) the lower surface indumentum is much less dense. Unlike G. argyrotrichum and the typical form of G. dilatatum, the juvenile leaves of the Wandoo variant are densely hairy on both surfaces and the branchlet indumentum is spreading rather than appressed. Gastrolobium dilatatum is geographically distinct from G. argyrotrichum, occurring in the Darling Range and adjacent eastern margin of the Swan Coastal Plain, from east of Perth south to near Yarloop. Although we regard G. argyrotrichum as a distinct taxon, consideration was given to treating it at subspecific rank given our reliance on foliar features to define it. However, in view of the complex morphological variation exhibited by close allies, it was not clear under which species to place it, and molecular work was beyond the scope of our study. We also felt that it was relevant in this regard that infraspecific rank was not used at all by Chandler et al. (2002). Key to species of Gastrolobium with a bicoloured calyx indumentum, condensed inflorescences and predominantly orange or yellow flowers^ 1. Lower leaf surface glabrous or early-glabrescent 2. Leaves broadly ovate or depressed-ovate, about as wide or wider than long, subsessile, the base deeply cordate, concealing the stem about the nodes, apical mucro sharply pungent.G. ferrugineum 2: Leaves variously shaped but not broadly ovate or depressed-ovate, always obviously longer than wide, clearly petiolate, the base various, but if cordate, never concealing the stem, apical mucro, if present, usually innocuous (sub-pungent in G. rhombifolium) 3. Ovules 2 4. Leaf base smoothly attenuate; margins usually prominently undulate.G. crispatum 4: Leaf base rounded; margins rarely undulate 5. Leaves mostly ovate, less often elliptic; branchlet and peduncle indumentum dense, tangled, hairs fermginous on the peduncle.G. pyramidale 5: Leaves mostly obovate, less often elliptic; branchlet and peduncle indumentum ± straight, variously antrorse, hairs silvery throughout.G. crenulatum 3: Ovules 4 6. Leaf apex trilobed, usually with each of the lobes stiffly mucronate. the lateral lobes on some leaves occasionally without mucros.G. rhombifolium 6: Leaf apex entire, emarginate or variously lobed but if trilobed then the two lateral lobes never mucronate 7. Most, or at least some leaves, ovate or narrowly so, the remainder elliptic or occasionally obovate; apex entire, obtuse; base cuneate, rounded or occasionally cordate. G. whicherense 7: Leaves variously obovate or narrowly elliptic to ± oblong; apex emarginate or variously lobed, or if entire, then either truncate, obtuse or acuminate; base smoothly attenuate, cuneate or rounded 8. Longest leaves 30-60 mm long, widest leaves 10-30 mm wide; leaves variously obovate, usually with undulate margins in upper half; apex very variable, truncate, obtuse, acuminate, emarginate, bilobed or trilobed; base usually smoothly attenuate, occasionally cuneate 9. Leaves glaucous; apex trilobed; leaves mostly opposite at upper nodes. G. rhombifolium (eastern variant) M. Hislop et al. Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) 119 9: Leaves not glaucous; apex various, as for couplet 7 above, including trilobed; all leaves in whorls of 3 or 4.G. dilatatum 8: Longest leaves 10-25(-30) mm long, widest leaves 4-12 mm wide; leaves narrowly obovate or oblong to narrowly elliptic, without undulate margins; apex usually emarginate or obtuse, less often markedly bilobed; base cuneate or rounded 10. All leaves in whorls of 3.G. retusum 10: Leaves frequently opposite at upper nodes.G. retusum (northern variant) 1: Lower leaf surface sericeous or occasionally partially glabrescent in older leaves 11. Leaves opposite at upper nodes, narrowly ovate, narrowly elliptic to oblong.G. elegaus 11: Leaves in whorls of 3, variously shaped but usually broader than above 12. Leaves ovate or elliptic, sometimes narrowly so, rarely a few leaves obovate, if narrowly elliptic then the margins strongly recurved 13. Lower leaf surface at least partially glabrescent on older leaves.G. whichereuse 13: Lower leaf surface with persistent indumentum on older leaves.G. coriaceum 12: Leaves variously obovate or if occasionally narrowly elliptic then folded lengthways (i.e. V-shaped in section) 14. Branchlet indumentum spreading.G. dilatatum (Wandoo variant) 14: Branchlet indumentum appressed 15. Young leaves densely pubescent on lower surface only; upper surface of mature leaves with prominent, raised venation, markedly papillose (especially on the veins).G. argyrotrichum 15: Young leaves pubescent on both surfaces; upper surface of mature leaves with indistinct, barely raised venation, not or minutely papillose (only observable under high magnification).G. dorrieuii 'The species keyed out here are an artificial grouping, but one that is readily defined by an easily interpreted character combination. Note that it does not include those species that, while having a bicoloured calyx indumentum, have either predominantly red-fiowers or an elongate infiorescence. Notes on some taxonomic issnes relating to species of Gastrolobium with a bicolonred calyx indumentnm, condensed inflorescences and predominantly orange or yellow flowers Gastrolobinm coriaceum (Sm.) G.Chandler & Crisp, Austral. Syst. Bot. 15: 687 (2002). Notes. While the PERTH specimen database indicates that G. coriaceum occurs no farther west than the Denmark area, a specimen at the Australian National Herbarium (CANB) from the Whicher Range {C.E. &D.T. WoolcockW2355) was cited by Chandler et al. (2002) under this species. It is of note that the typical form of G coriaceum is very similar to a collection currently housed under G whicherense at PERTH (refer to the comments under that species), apparently differing only in the persistence of an indumentum on the leaf lower surface. If confirmed as G coriaceum and not G whicherense, this CANB record would represent a significant disjunction. 120 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) A narrow-leaved morphotype of G. coriaceum from the Denmark area needs investigation as a potentially distinct taxon. A specimen of this morphotype {B. G. Hammersley 1684) was determined as G. elegans G.Chandler & Crisp by Chandler in 2000, although according to two earlier determinations {M.D. Crisp 8929 & W Keys', L. Binks s.n., PERTH 01045261), Crisp considered it to be a variant of G. coriaceum. No specimens of this entity were cited under either species by Chandler et al. (2002). The only obvious difference between G. elegans and the narrow-leaved morphotype of G. coriaceum is phyllotaxis (opposite leaves in the former and consistently ternate in the latter). PERTH’S holdings of the narrow-leaved morphotype were previously spread across the two species but they have recently been brought together under G. coriaceum. On the basis of this new information the conservation status of G. elegans has been re-evaluated and is now Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013). Gastrolobium dilatatum (Benth.) G.Chandler & Cxis^, Austral. Syst. Bot. 15: 703 (2002). Notes. As currently understood, this species is particularly variable in leaf shape and to some extent flower size. Some of these variants closely approach G. rhombifolium (refer to the comments under that species) and G. dorrienii (see ensuing paragraph). It can also be difficult to separate from G. crispatum, the leaf shape of the two sometimes being more or less indistinguishable. In addition G. dilatatum also frequently shares with that species undulate leaf margins. In such cases the two can only be reliably separated by ovule number, two for G. crispatum G. Chandler & Crisp and four for G. dilatatum (note the description of G. dilatatum in Chandler et al. (2002) incorrectly indicates that this species has two ovules). An anomalous morphotype, referred to here as the Wandoo variant, occurs in the northern Darling Range, mostly in the vicinity of Wandoo National Park {R. Davis 4277, 6403; F. Hort 670, 744; F. & J. Hort 633,635; F. Hort, J. Hort & R. Butcher 672; M.D. Crisp 8512 & W. Keys). Although the last specimen was cited by Chandler et al. (2002) under G. dilatatum, its placement within this species appears problematic and a case could equally be made for its inclusion in G. dorrienii or for its recognition as a distinct taxon. This morphotype is characterised by a spreading branchlet indumentum, ternate leaves, a bilobed (rarely shallowly emarginate) leaf apex and persistent hairs on the leaf lower surface. When compared to the morphology of G. dilatatum specimens from elsewhere in the species’ range, the following differences are notable: leaves consistently shorter; branchlet indumentum spreading rather than appressed; young leaves hairy on both surfaces rather than just the lower surface; lower surface of mature leaves hairy rather than glabrous; peduncles generally shorter. The bilobed leaf apex found in the Wandoo variant is otherwise uncommon in G. dilatatum, but is present in the species it most closely resembles, G. dorrienii. The distribution of the latter, however, lies well to the south of that of G. dilatatum, from south of Darkan to a little east of the Stirling Range. The Wandoo variant can be distinguished from G. dorrienii by its more obviously reticulate upper leaf surfaces and by the presence of a spreading rather than appressed branchlet indumentum. The Wandoo variant of G. dilatatum overlaps in distribution with the northern populations of G. retusum and there has been confusion between the two. The latter can be distinguished by its narrower, differently shaped leaves (narrowly obovate-elliptic to narrowly elliptic cf. obovate to narrowly obovate) which are more rounded at the base (rounded to cuneate cf. attenuate to cuneate) and usually with emarginate to entire, rather than bilobed leaf apices. In addition, the juvenile leaves are only hairy on lower surfaces, quickly becoming glabrescent as they mature, and the mature leaves are more strongly folded lengthways and are not undulate in the upper half Whereas the northern variant of G. retusum mostly has opposite leaves at the upper nodes, they are always whorled in G. dilatatum (including the Wandoo variant). M. Hislop et al. Description of Gastrolobium argyrotrichum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) 121 Gastrolobium dorrienii (Domin) G.Chandler & Crisp, Austral. Syst. Bot. 15: 675 (2002). Gastrolobium dorrienii and G. retusum are sister taxa in the study of Chandler et al. (2001) and the following foliar characters were used by Chandler et al. (2002) to distinguish between them: leaf curvature (leaf margins recurved in G. dorrienii and not so in G. retusum), leaf apex (distinctly lobed vs emarginate to entire), venation on upper leaf surface (obscure vs prominently reticulate), and indumentum on the lower surface (moderately pubescent vs early glabrescent). In their usual form, the leaves of G. retusum also differ from G. dorrienii in being folded lengthways (i.e. V-shaped in section) and generally also have a higher length to width ratio. Where their distributions overlap in Stirling Range National Park, the two species do generally retain most of these differences and instances where these characters break down (e. g. V.E. Sands 63 8.15.5) are potentially the result of hybridisation. All of these foliar characters are, however, subject to breakdown in varying degrees and in different combinations when specimens from across the range of these two species are considered. Leaf venation varies from obscure to prominent in G. retusum, leaf apices vary from bilobed to shallowly emarginate in G. dorrienii and from deeply emarginate to obtuse in G. retusum, and several outlying specimens of G. retusum bear similarity to G. dorrienii in having either a persistent indumentum on the lower leaf surface or somewhat recurved margins (refer to the notes under G. argyrotrichum above). We have not performed an exhaustive comparison of the additional characters previously used to separate G. retusum and G. dorrienii, although we note that the length of the stipules, calyx, peduncles and rachides do not appear to be taxonomically informative, and that specimen labels suggest a degree of variation in habit and flower colour (yellow or orange) in both species. Comparative DNA analysis from across the range of these species and targeted held work are necessary to improve our taxonomic understanding. Gastrolobium retusum Lindf, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 19, Tab. 1647 (1834). Notes. This species has a significantly disjunct distribution with two main population centres, one in the northern Darling Range and the other in the Cranbrook to Bremer Bay area. Outlying populations occur near Gracetown, in the southern forests near Mount Roe and Denmark, and near Narrogin. These outliers are not typical for G. retusum and show foliar characters that are, in one way or another, intermediate with those of G. dorrienii (see notes under both G. argyrotrichum and G. dorrienii above). We have annotated the relevant PERTH specimens as G. aff. retusum. Chandler et al. (2002) noted that G. retusum is a variable species requiring additional taxonomic work. They indicate that sequence samples from the north and south of the species’ range (G.T. Chandler 188 from Bindoon and G.T. Chandler 427 from Bremer Bay) were placed on separate branches of their phytogeny. These data obviously raise the question as to whether the northern and southern populations of G. retusum are separate taxa. The only potentially significant morphological difference between plants from the two main population centres noted during this study was that of phyllotaxis: whereas in the southern populations it is consistently ternate, northern plants often show a mixture of opposite and ternate, or are occasionally opposite throughout, and are only rarely uniformly ternate. No specimen voucher for the Bindoon sample appears to have been lodged at any Australian herbaria and so its identity cannot be readily checked. It is of note that there are no collections of this species at PERTH from that far north, although an outlying population occurs nearby at Muchea. Gastrolobium rhombifolium G.Chandler & Cx'is^, Austral. Syst. Bot. 15: 683 (2002). Notes. Some specimens of G. dilatatum (e.g. J. Seabrook 391) have leaves that closely resemble 122 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) those of G. rhombifolium. While the latter species can usually be differentiated by the presence of stiff mucros on the two lateral (as well as the terminal) leaf lobes, a significant number of leaves may be present in which the lateral lobes are not or barely mucronate (e.g. M.D. Crisp 8914 W. Keys, F Hort & J. Hort 2894). In such cases, the only other difference relative to G. dilatatum appears to be the glaucous aspect of G rhombifolium. Specimens of G rhombifolium at the south-eastern end of its range near Narrogin (e.g. R. Davis RD 1478) have lateral leaf lobes that are apparently never mucronate, although they still retain the glaucous aspect of G rhombifolium. This morphotype also differs from both typical G rhombifolium and G dilatatum in having mostly opposite rather than ternate leaves. Gastrolobium whicherense G.Chandler & Crisp, Austral. Syst. Bot. 15: 676-677 (2002). Notes. This species is currently poorly known, with very few good-quality specimens available for study. Indeed the holotype was the only specimen cited by its authors, and since this specimen remains on loan to CANB, the application of this name is unclear. The 13 collections that are currently assigned to this species at PERTH are morphologically variable and are likely to represent more than one taxon. They include both a broad-leaved morphotype (R.J. Cranfield 17622) which is very similar to G. coriaceum, apparently differing only in the leaf lower surface becoming more or less glabrescent, and a narrow-leaved morphotype (G.L. Liddelow s.n., PERTH 04611179) which has an apparently persistent lower surface indumentum and an ovary with two rather than four ovules. A further complication is the presence of another poorly known, undescribed taxon from the general vicinity of the Whicher Range, G. sp. Yoongarillup (S. Dilkes s.n. 1/9/1969). While this was given the manuscript name Nemcia cordata ms by Crisp, who also included it in his key to Nemcia species (Crisp & Mollemans 1993), it was mistakenly overlooked in the Gastrolobium monograph (G. Chandler in litt. 2002). Gastrolobium sp. Yoongarillup has relatively broad leaves which are glabrous on their lower surfaces, an ovary with two ovules, and a uniformly silvery calyx indumentum. There is an urgent need to resolve the taxonomic doubt surrounding these entities as none appear to be common; however, it will be difficult to proceed without targeted field work to obtain more material. References Chandler, G.T., Bayer, R. J. & Crisp, M.D. (2001). A molecular phylogeny ofthe endemic Australian genus Gastrolobium (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) and allied genera using chloroplast and nuclear markers. American Journal of Botany 88(9): 1675-1687. Chandler, G.T., Bayer, R.J. & Gilmore, S.R. (2003). OxylobiimlGastrolobium (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) conundrum: further studies using molecular data and a reappraisal of morphological characters. Plant Species Biology 18: 91-101. Chandler G.T., Crisp M.D., Cayzer L. W. & Bayer R.J. (2002). Monograph of Gastrolobium (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae). Australian Systematic Botany 15: 619-739. Crisp, M.D. & Mollemans, FH. (1 993). Nemcia effusa (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from south-west Western Australia, and a key to Nemcia. Nuytsia 9: 223-232. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2014]. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Tille, P.J. & Lantzke, N.C. (1990). Land resources ofBusselton - Margaret River - Augusta, We stern Australia. Busselton Map. (Western Australian Department of Agriculture, Perth.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 8 January 2014]. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 123-129 Published online 3 July 2014 Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains, Western Australia Robert W. Davis^’^, Timothy A. Hammer^ and Kevin R. Thiele^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Department of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA, 23529 USA ^Corresponding author, email: Robert.Davis @dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Davis, R.W., Hammer, T. A. & Thiele, K.R. Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains. Western Australia. Nuytsia 24:123-129 (2014). Ptilotus clivicolus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer and P. falcatus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer, are described as new. The two species are very closely related to each other and are relatively distantly related to othQX Ptilotus R.Br. taxa. They have identical ITS and matK molecular sequences, but are morphologically distinctive. Both species are rare and endemic to sandplains near Eneabba in south-west Western Australia. Introduction Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) is a large genus of shrubs and annual or perennial herbs, almost all endemic to arid to semi-arid temperate and tropical Australia. In Western Australia, the genus is poorly represented in sand-heath (kwongan) habitats in the south-west, with only R manglesii (Eindl.) F.Muell. andR stirlingii (Eindl.) F.Muell. common in such habitats. Most species of Ptilotus are widely distributed, with relatively few that are narrowly endemic. The two new species described here are thus unusual, as both occur in kwongan habitats and are narrowly endemic in the Eneabba-Warradarge-Mount Eesueur area, a region unusually rich in such species (Hopper & Gioia 2004). Ptilotus clivicolus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer is currently known from two populations, one on a sand-mining lease south-east of Eneabba and the other in Eesueur National Park east of Jurien Bay. Ptilotus falcatus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer is known from a single population on private property east of Warradarge. Methods Morphological assessments are based on specimens held at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Vegetative parts were measured from dried material, while floral parts were measured using material reconstituted in hot water. The distribution map is based on all known specimens. DNA was extracted from leaf material of specimens held at PERTH using DNeasy Plant Mini Kits (Qiagen, Valencia, California, USA) following the manufacturer’s protocol. The nuclear ribosomal DNA (nrDNA) internal transcribed spacer region (ITS) and chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) matK region were amplified by PCR on an ABI2720 thermal cycler and purified using the AMPure PCR purification protocol (Agencourt, Beverly, Massachusetts, USA). Sanger sequencing was performed by Macrogen © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 124 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) (Seoul, Korea) on an ABI3730XL DNA analyser. Sequences were edited, low-quality ends of strands deleted, and final sequences aligned using Geneious 6.0 (Biomatters 2005-2014). Results Ptilotus clivicolus and R falcatus are morphologically distinct from all other species of Ptilotus and from each other. They have a combination of characters—five fertile stamens, sub-verticillate hairs on fioral parts, and an eccentric, curved style—that is unusual in the genus. Only two other species, P pyramidatus (Moq.) F.Muell. and P. grandiflorus F.Muelf, share this character combination; these, however, differ in many other respects from the new taxa and appear to be distantly related. The two taxa differ from each other in both vegetative and fioral characters (Table 1). These differences would be sufficient to segregate taxa at species rank elsewhere in the genus. The two populations of P clivicolus are morphologically similar. Trimmed sequences for both taxa had a quality percentage (HQ%) at or above 98%, and no sequence had base call ambiguities. No nucleotide differences were found between the two taxa in either molecular marker, and they form a strongly supported clade in unpublished Bayesian and Maximum Likelihood analyses based on ITS and matK sequence data (Hammer et al., in prep.), with a posterior probability (PP) of 1.0 and maximum likelihood bootstrap support (BS) of 100. No other known pairs of taxa in Ptilotus are sequence-identical in this analysis. The closest taxa to the P. clivicolus-P. falcatus clade, P. procumbens Beni and P holosericeus (Moq.) F.Muelf, differ in 30 ITS and 18 matKh^sQ positions, and in 46 ITS and 10 matKhdiSQ positions, respectively. The morphologically similmP.pyramidatus and P. grandiflorus are more distant, and differ in 52 ITS and 23 matKhdiSQ positions, and 79 ITS and 22 matK base positions respectively. Discussion The new species Ptilotus clivicolus and P. falcatus present a conundrum. There is a lack of sequence variation between them in both the nuclear and chloroplast markers but a significant morphological difference, and hence a confiict between the molecular and morphological evidence. The former may support an interpretation that they comprise a single species, especially since all other recognised taxa in Ptilotus have sequence differences. The morphological differentiation (Table 1), however, is noteworthy. Six characters, all regarded as taxonomically informative in the genus, differ between the taxa, either qualitatively (habit, bract shape, inflorescence colour) or quantitatively (inflorescence, bract, bracteole, stamen and style dimensions) and with no apparent overlap. The limited amount of material available means that the ranges given in Table 1 may be too narrow. However, if further material were to extend the ranges so that they overlap, the total range over all material would be unusually large for any known single Ptilotus species, particularly one with such a narrow geographic range. We regard that both these observations may be explained by recent divergence of these two rare and locally endemic species, perhaps from a rare and locally endemic shared ancestor. Given the rarity and close proximity of all three known populations of the two species (the two populations of P. clivicolus are separated by 28 km, while 17 km and 36 km separate each of these from P. falcatus), the ancestor may also have had a limited range and limited genetic variation in the neutral markers assessed, this and a limited time since divergence accounting for the lack of sequence variation. Conversely, morphological changes under selection or drift in the species’ small, genetically isolated populations may have been rapid, accounting for the morphological distinctiveness of the two taxa. In this scenario the two species comprise discrete lineages diagnosable under a morphological species concept and the R.W. Davis et al. Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) 125 general lineage concept of de Queiroz (2007), but are cryptic using molecular methods. Similar cases of morphologically distinct species that are sequence-identical for ITS and matK have been found in North American Ceanothus (Hardig et al. 2000) and the widely distributed Northern Hemisphere genus Paeonia (Sang et al. 1997). We acknowledge that it could be regarded as premature to describe these species at this time, given the very limited amount of material currently available. However, we regard that describing and naming rare species is an important task of taxonomy; undescribed species are likely to remain undetected in biological surveys, leaving them poorly known and at greater risk of extinction through inadequate protection. Surveys undertaken in the course of preparing this paper failed to locate further populations in areas of apparently suitable habitat, leading us to believe that these species are amongst the rarest in the genus. Two of the populations (one of P. clivicolus and one of P. falcatus) are in areas that are not adequately conserved. It is clear that one species at least may be adequately described now; we have chosen on the basis of the morphological variation to delimit here two taxa rather than merge all material into a single, unusually morphologically variable one. Taxonomy Ptilotus clivicolus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer, sp. nov. Type', south of Eneabba, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 4 November 2013, C. Payne s.n. {holo\ PERTH 08486433). Ptilotuss^^. Eneabba (K. Kershaw&D. Eeach 07-02-01), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2013]. Prostrate to ascending, perennial herbs to 10 cm high, with stems arising singly and scattered from a hairy rhizome c. 2-3 mm in diam. Stems terete, slightly ribbed, sparsely hairy with crisped, nodose hairs. Basal leaves absent. Cauline leaves 10-35 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, alternate, flat, oblanceolate, glabrous or sparsely hairy with crisped, nodose hairs. Inflorescences 15-25 mm long, 20-25 mm diam., ovoid-spiciform, solitary, terminal, magenta; bracts 5.6-6.2 mm long, narrowly ovate, straight, reddish brown along medial section becoming translucent towards margins, pilose with sub-verticillate hairs becoming sparsely hairy to glabrous towards margins; bracteoles 6.2-7.0 mm long, ovate, reddish brown along medial section becoming translucent towards margins, with indumentum as for bracts. Flowers pedicellate; outer tepals 14-16 mm long, linear with a rounded, serrate apex, slightly concave with inrolled margins, reddish purple becoming white on the upper margins and apex, with long, silky, sub-verticillate hairs to 6 mm long, glabrous at apex, the inner surface glabrous; inner tepals 13-15 mm long, narrowly lanceolate with a rounded, serrate, longitudinally folded apex, reddish purple becoming white on the upper margins and apex, with indumentum as for outer tepals, inner surface glabrous except for tuft of basal hairs on margins; staminal cup symmetrical, 2.4-3.0 mm long, sometimes with minute appendages between the stamens, glabrous; fertile stamens 5 (staminodes absent), the filaments 2.2-3.1 mm long, glabrous, slightly incurved, dilated towards base; anthers 1.1-1.3 mm long; ovary ovoid, 1.8-4.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, glabrous, with a stipe 1.1-1.8 mm long; style slightly curved, 1.7-2.1 mm long, eccentrically fixed to ovary. Seeds not seen. Diagnostic features. Ptilotus clivicolus is uniquely diagnosable from all other taxa by the combination of rhizomatous habit with scattered, arched, usually single, flowering branches, sub-verticillate floral hairs, five fertile stamens, eccentric, curved style and straight, ovate bracts 5.6-6.2 mm long. 126 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 13 Nov. 2009, K. Kershaw & D. Leach 07-02-01 (PERTH); 28 Oct. 2011, E Westcott & B. Todd 14- 16 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Currently known from two populations each of limited extent, one near a sand-mine south-east of Eneabba, the other in Eesueur National Park. Ptilotus clivicolus occurs in kwongan heath on gently sloping gravelly rises with a shallow covering of coarse sand, at the transition zone between deep sand and laterite uplands. Associated species includQ Xanthorrhoea drummondii, Allocasuarina microstachya, Melaleuca trichophylla, Caustis dioica mdDaviesia epiphyllum (F igure 1). Conservation status. Ptilotus clivicolus is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Ptilotus sp. Eneabba (K. Kershaw & D. Eeach 07-02-01); however, it has recently been downgraded to Priority Two (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) since one of its two known populations is in a national park. It is highly likely that P. clivicolus is an uncommon and restricted taxon. Further surveys should be conducted to ascertain its distribution and population and plant numbers. Phenology. Flowers in late October and early November. The flowering period for this species appears to be relatively short; plants in the Eneabba population had only a few leaves visible in early November 2010, but three weeks later were in late flower. This may be partly due to an extremely dry winter and short spring in that year. Etymology. From the Eatin clivis (a slope) and -colus (inhabiting) referring to the gentle rises which this species seems to prefer. R.W. Davis et al. Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) 127 Notes. Although P. pyramidatus and P. grandiflorus share a number of floral and indumentum characters with P. clivicolus and P falcatus, they differ greatly in their overall appearance. Ptilotus pyramidatus is a rare and diminutive species, only several centimetres in height and is locally restricted to the Swan Coastal Plain. It has narrower, cylindrical spikes, spathulate basal leaves and is restricted to a single known population. Ptilotus grandiflorus is an annual species with mostly glabrous tepals that occurs north and east of Geraldton. While P. procumbens and P holosericeus are genetically closely related to P. clivicolus and P. falcatus, they differ significantly in their morphology. Ptilotus procumbens has four stamens and much narrower spikes (8-10 mm wide cf. P clivicolus 20-25 mm and P falcatus 35^0 mm) while P holosericeus has three fertile stamens and spikes 12-20 mm wide. Locally, P clivicolus could be confused in the held with P stirlingii, but differs in having a rhizomatous habit with single, scattered branches, five fertile stamens and a short style to 2.1 mm long (P stirlingii has multiple branches arising from a woody rootstock, two fertile stamens and three staminodes, and a prominently curved style 3-5.4 mm long). It differs from the closely related P falcatus in the features given in Table 1. Ptilotus falcatus R.W.Davis & T.Hammer, sp. nov. Type'. Warradarge, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 24 October 2011, R. Warner & S. WernerWW¥ 12-14 {holo: PERTH 08341117). Ptilotus sp. Warradarge (R. Warner & S. Werner WWF 12-14), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2013]. Prostrate to ascending, perennial herbs to 10 cm high, with annual stems from a perennial woody rootstock. Stems slightly flattened, lacking ribs, with moderately hairy, crisped, nodose hairs. Basal leaves absent or not seen. Cauline leaves 28-45 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, alternate, flat, oblanceolate, sparsely hairy with crisped, nodose hairs mostly on margins and midrib. Inflorescences 23-30 mm long, 34-40 mm diam., ovoid-spiciform, solitary, terminal, greenish white; bracts 8.9-10.0 mm long, narrowly ovate, falcate, reddish brown along medial section becoming translucent towards margins, sparsely pilose with scattered, sub-verticillate hairs mostly on the medial section; bracteoles 8.5-9.1 mm long, lanceolate to narrowly ovate, mostly translucent but with a narrow, reddish brown strip along midrib, with indumentum as for bracts. Flowers pedicellate; outer tepals 18-20 mm long, lanceolate, constricted at 4/5th of their length then expanding to a rounded, serrate apex, concave with in-rolled margins, greenish brown becoming white on the upper margins and apex, with long, silky, sub-verticillate hairs to 8 mm long, glabrous at the apex, the inner surface glabrous; inner tepals 17-19 mm long, narrowly lanceolate, constricted as for outer tepals expanding to a rounded, serrate, longitudinally folded apex, greenish brown becoming white towards apex, with indumentum as for outer tepals, inner surface glabrous except for lower margins and at the base; staminal cup symmetrical, 1.8-2.3 mm long, gXahmm, fertile stamens 5 (staminodes absent), the filaments 3.5-3.8 mm long, glabrous, straight, dilated towards base; anthers 1.3-1.4 mm long; ovary obovoid, 3.2-3.3 mm long, 1.7-1.9 mm wide, glabrous, with a stipe 0.9-1.2 mm long; style curved, 2.5-2.8 mm long, eccentrically fixed to ovary. Seeds not seen. Diagnostic features. Ptilotus falcatus is uniquely diagnosable from all other taxa by the combination of sub-verticillate floral hairs, five fertile stamens, eccentric, curved style and falcate, narrowly ovate bracts 8.9-10.0 mm long. 128 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Table 1. Morphological differences between Ptilotus clivicolus and P. falcatus. Characters Ptilotus clivicolus Ptilotus falcatus Habit Rhizomatous with scattered, single stems Non-rhizomatous with several stems arising from a woody rootstock Inflorescence colour Magenta Greenish white Inflorescence width (mm) 20-25 34-40 Bract shape Narrowly ovate, straight Narrowly ovate, falcate Bract length (mm) 5.6-6.2 8.9-10.0 Bracteole length (mm) 6.2-7.0 8.5-9.1 Outer tepal length (mm) 14-16 18-20 Staminal cup height (mm) 2.4-3.0 1.8-2.3 Filament length (mm) 2.2-3.1 3.5-3.8 Style length (mm) 1.7-2.1 2.5-2.8 Distribution and habitat. Only known from one small population on private property near Warradarge, where it was growing on an exposed north-east facing slope in low heath on gravelly, grey to light brown, sandy loam soils. Associated species are Hakea anadenia, H. auriculata, Petrophile shuttleworthiana, Melaleuca trichophylla and Beaufortia bracteosa (Figure 1). Conservation status. Ptilotus falcatus is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Ptilotus sp. Warradarge (R. Warner & S. Werner WWF 12-14). It was discovered during a survey for prospective wind-farm sites. A search by the first author at the type locality in 2013 failed to locate any plants. It is highly likely that P. falcatus is a rare and restricted taxon. Further surveys should be conducted to ascertain its distribution and population and plant numbers. Phenology. The only collection of P. falcatus was flowering in mid- to late October; it is likely to continue flowering to early November. Etymology. From the Latin falcatus (sickle-shaped) in reference to the unusual, gently curved bracts of this species. Notes. Ptilotus falcatus could be confused with P. manglesii; however, it can be readily distinguished from that species by its greenish white inflorescences, five fertile stamens and falcate bracts (P. manglesii has pink inflorescences, 3(^) fertile stamens, and straight bracts). It differs from the closely related P. clivicolus in the features given in Table 1. Acknowledgements We thank Cameron Payne for his time and assistance in gaining access to the Iluka mine site and providing the type collection for P. clivicolus, and Rachel Warner of Biota Environmental Science for assistance with P. falcatus. Terena Tally is thanked for helpful comments on the manuscript, as is Steve Dillon for his technical assistance with the distribution map. R.W. Davis et al. Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) 129 References Biomatters (2005-2014). Geneious 6.0. http;//www.geneious.com/ Hammer, T.A., Davis, R.W. & Thiele, K.R. (in prep.). A molecular framework phylogeny for Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae). Hardig, T.M., Soltis, RS & Soltis, D.E. (2000). Diversification of the North American shrub genus Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae): conflicting phytogenies from nuclear ribosomal DNAand chloroplast DNA. American Journal of Botany 87(1): 108-123. Hopper, S.D. & Gioia, P. (2004). The Southwest Australian Floristic Region: Evolution and conservation in a global hot spot of biodiversity. Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution and Systematics 35: 623-650. de Queiroz, K. (2007). Species concepts and species delimitation. Systematic Biology 56(6): 879-886. Sang, T., Crawford, D. J. & Stuessy, T.F. (1997). Chloroplast DNAphylogeny, reticulate evolution, and biogeography of Paeonia (Paeoniaceae). American Journal of Botany 84(9): 1120-1136. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2013]. 130 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:131-138 Published online 3 July 2014 Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from Banded Iron Formation ranges in the vicinity of Koolyanobbing, Western Australia Bruce R. Maslin Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Bruce.Maslin@dpaw. wa.gov. au Abstract Maslin, B.R. Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from Banded Iron Formation ranges in the vicinity of Koolyanobbing, Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 131-138 (2014). Two geographically restricted species of Acacia Mill, A. haematites Maslin and A. shapelleae Maslin, from Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges in the south-west extremity of the arid zone of Western Australia are described. Acacia haematites occurs on the Koolyanobbing Range (close to the township of Koolyanobbing) while A. shapelleae occurs on the Helena and Aurora Range which is located about 40 km to the north of Koolyanobbing. Both these geographically restricted species occur in areas of mining interests and are therefore classified as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. The two new species belong to Acacia sect. Acacia and are allopatric with respect to their closest relatives {A. acuaria WFitzg. and A. glutinosissima Maiden & Blakely respectively) which are reasonably widespread in the central and northern wheatbelt region of the South West Botanical Province. Introduction As discussed by Gibson et al. (2007, 2012) considerable botanical survey and research has been conducted in recent years on the Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges of the Yilgarn Craton in southern Western Australia. These botanically rich ranges appear to represent both refugial habitats of great antiquity and areas of recent speciation, and most are subject to current mining exploration or mining activity (Gibson etal, loc. cit.). Recent analyses by Gibson and colleagues (Gibson etal. 2010,2012) have identified two significant hotspots for plant diversity involving these BIF ranges, the eastern hotspot is centred on the Helena and Aurora Range north of Koolyanobbing and the western hotspot in the general vicinity of Morawa, centred on Koolanooka Hills and Blue Hills. These hotspots occur close to the boundary between the arid zone (Eremaean Botanical Province) and the species-rich South-West Botanical Province. The two new species described in the present paper are associated with the eastern hotspot. Gibson et al. (2010) enumerated 22 plant taxa that are either restricted to, or which have distributions centered on, four BIF ranges within the eastern hotspot referred to above. Among these is Acacia sp. Bungalbin Hill (J.J. Alford 1119) that is described below as A. shapelleae Maslin and which occurs on the Helena and Aurora Range. The second new species described here, A. haematites Maslin, was unknown to Gibson et al. (2010); it occurs on the Koolyanobbing Range which is located about 40 km © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 132 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) south of the Helena and Aurora Range. Both these geographically restricted new species grow in areas that are subject to mining interests and as such are classified as Priority One taxa under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Their closest relatives are located several hundred kilometers to the west, in the northern and/or central wheatbelt region of the South-West Botanical Province. Both new species described here belong to Acacia Mill. s&ct. Acacia {formoxly Acacia sect. Phyllodineae DC.) and are included in the online identification key to Australian acacias (Maslin 2014). Taxonomy Acacia haematites Maslin, sp. nov. Type. Koolyanobbing Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 16 September 2009, G. Cockerton, S. Regan, J. Warden & J. O’Brien LCH 28974 {holo\ PERTH 08520453; iso\ MEL, PERTH 08520542). Diffuse, much-branched shrub to c. 1 m tall, the upper branches dividing into ±numerous, short, straight, rigid, spinose or sub-spinose branchlets, the oldest of which are devoid of phyllodes. Bark grey. Branchlets terete, finely ribbed at extremities, the ribs yellow, not or only slightly raised and glabrous or more commonly hirtellous with very short, straight, patent, tubercle-based hairs. Stipules early caducous, mostly present only on new shoots, linear to narrowly oblong or narrowly triangular, 1-2 mm long, yellow to light brown, sparsely hairy with hairs often confined to margins, not fused. Phyllodes narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, narrowed towards apices, sometimes slightly angled at the gland, 6-12 mm long (including cusp), 1-2 mm wide, straight, patent, rigid, fiat, green, glabrous or hirtellous as on branchlets but hairs slightly shorter; midrib ±prominent and central; lateral nerves not visible; upper margin 2-nerved below the gland and 1-nerved above the gland; apices narrowed to a straight, rigid, slender, subulate, dark brown, pungent cusp 1-1.5 mm long; base sessile, the pulvinus absent or represented by a vestigial rim of yellow or light brown tissue. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode (l-)2-5 mm above the base, not prominent, circular, 0.2-0.3 mm diam., not raised, light brown. Inflorescences simple, single within axil of phyllodes; heads globular, loosely 5-9-fiowered, sessile or sub-sessile; peduncles to 1(-1.5) mm long, glabrous, subtended at base by a pair of early caducous, basally fused brown bracts c. 1 mm long. Bracteoles widely spathulate, sessile or sub-sessile, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, scarious, concave, light or dark brown, obtuse, fimbriolate otherwise glabrous, nerveless or faintly striate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx widely turbinate, c. 1/2 the length of the petals, 1-1.3 mm wide at apex, gamosepalous, very shortly dissected (for less than 1/4 its length) into rounded, slightly indexed, non-thickened, ±sparsely fimbriolate lobes, calyx tube glabrous or sub-glabrous and smooth or faintly striate; petals 2 mm long, glabrous, nerveless or 1 -nerved. Pods ±linear to sub-moniliform, to c. 35 mm long (expanded length), 2.5-3 mm wide, thinly coriaceous, irregularly strongly curved to openly coiled or twisted, undulate, prominently rounded over seeds with umbo extending to margin of valves, shallowly to strongly constricted between the seeds, glabrous, dark brown to black, glabrous, very obscurely reticulately nerved, marginal nerve thin and not or scarcely thickened. Seeds (few seen) longitudinal in pods, obloid-ellipsoid but truncate along edge adjacent to aril, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, turgid (1.2-1.7 mm thick), dark brown, often with remnants of internal pod tissue persistent on surface, slightly shiny; aril clavate, straight, extending c. 1/2-way down one side of the seed. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Diffuse shrub to c. 1 m tall, with ±numerous, short, straight, rigid, spinose or sub-spinose branchlets. Stipules early caducous, not fused. Phyllodes narrowly oblong to narrowly B.R.Maslin, Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from Banded Iron Formation ranges 133 Figure 1. Acacia haematites. A- habit and habitat; B - habit showing spreading branches; C - spinescent branchlets with patent, rigid, pungent phyllodes and new shoots; D - immature pods. Photographs by David Coultas (A, B, D) and Geoff Cockerton (C). lanceolate, narrowed towards apices, 6-12 mm long (including cusp), 1-2 mm wide, flat, straight, patent, rigid, 1-nerved, pungent by slender cusp 1-1.5 mm long, sessile (pulvinus ±absent). Heads isessile, 5-9-flowered. Bracteoles widely spathulate, ±sessile, 1-1.5 x c. 1 mm, concave, brown, obtuse. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous. Pods 2.5-3 mm wide, irregularly strongly curved to openly coiled or twisted, undulate, prominently rounded over seeds, dark brown to black. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 31 Aug. 2013, D. Coultas & S. Coultas 145-Opp 01 (PERTH); 12 Aug. 1971, B.R. Maslin 1958 A (PERTH). Distribution. This poorly collected species is known from only a single BIF range near Koolyanobbing (about 50 km north-east of Southern Cross), namely, the Koolyanobbing Range. This area is located in the south-west extremity of the Eremaean Botanieal Province, near the border of the South-West Botanical Province. In recent years there has been extensive survey of BIF ranges in this area (e.g. Helena and Aurora Range, Mount Jackson Range, Johnson Range, Windarling Peak, Die Hardy Range and Mount Elvire) and the new species has not been located on any of these. It appears, therefore, that A. haematites is geographically restricted and, as noted below, is habitat specific. The known populations occur within areas covered by existing mining tenements and two other Priority taxa occur in association with it, namely, Hibbertia lepidocalyx subsp. tuberculata (P3) and Styphelia sp. Bullfinch (M. Hislop 3574) (P3). 134 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Habitat. Acacia haematites grows on a haematite-rich BIF range where it occurs in red loam or pale- coloured sandy clay on the eroded slopes below massive ironstone or lateritized duricrust outcrops. It occurs in open shrubland of Hibbertia lepidocalyx subsp. tuberculata, Melaleuca hamata, M. leiocarpa and Styphelia sp. Bullfinch (M. Hislop 3574), with scattered emergent Callitris columellaris and Eucalyptus capillosa. Phenology. The paucity of collections make it difficult to accurately determine the phenology of this species. Plants at peak anthesis have been collected in August, but some fiowers persist to mid- September. Pods are initiated on some plants at the end of August. The few mature seeds that have been seen were collected in mid-September, but these are most probably ones that persisted on the plants from the previous year’s fruiting event. Conservation status. Acacia haematites is to be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. The species name haematites is Latin ‘blood stone, a kind of red iron ore, hematite’. The epithet is applied here as a noun in apposition. Common name. Koolyanobbing Ironstone Wattle. Affinities. Acacia haematites is most closely related to A. acuariaW.Fitzg. Indeed, the outlier specimen from Bullfinch (B.R. Maslin 1958 A) that was noted by Maslin (2001: 473) under A. acuaria is A. haematites. The second outlier noted in the same place from the nearby Mount Jackson {K.R. Newbey 9098) is now known to be the long phyllode variant of A. intricata S.Moore that is discussed by Maslin {op. cit. 532) (see below). Acacia haematites and A. acuaria are both low, spreading shrubs with spinose branchlets, relatively short, often patent, 1-nerved phyllodes with distinctively pungent tips, globular heads of 5-merous fiowers with gamosepalous calyces and short but broad, concave, ±sessile bracteoles, and strongly curved to openly coiled or twisted, narrow pods that are clearly rounded over the longitudinal seeds. Acacia acuaria is most readily distinguished from the new species by its distinctly pedunculate, more numerously flowered heads and its stipule morphology, but there are also differences in the phyllodes and pods; the two species are allopatric. The stipules of both species are early caducous (normally present only on the new shoots) but in A. acuaria they are fused, subtend the bases of the developing phyllodes and fall away as a single unit (by contrast the stipules of A. haematites are completely free and flank either side of the developing phyllodes). The peduncles of A. acuaria are 4-12 mm long and the heads are 14-23-fiowered. Other characters that help distinguish A. acuaria from A. haematites are its phyllodes that are terete to sub-terete (but fiat when dry), more slender (normally not exceeding c. 1 mm in width), less prominently 1-nerved and have a discernible (but short) basal pulvinus, and its pods that are slightly broader (3.5-5 mm wide). Acacia acuaria is widespread and relatively common in the northern and central wheatbelt region of the South-West Botanical Province, extending from the Murchison River south-east to near Merredin; it extends slightly into the adjacent Eremaean Botanical Province in the area to the east of Morawa and Wubin. Acacia haematites occurs about 300 km to the south-east of the closest occurrence of A. acuaria. Acacia haematites superficially resembles the long phyllode forms of A. intricata that occurs near Koolyanobbing and elsewhere (fide Maslin 2001: 532 and 2014), especially because both taxa have spinescent branchlets, short, rigid, patent, pungent, sessile phyllodes and globular heads. Around B.R.Maslin, Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from Banded Iron Formation ranges 135 Koolyanobbing, however, A. intricata grows on red earth flats, not BIF ranges, and morphologically it is most readily distinguished from the new species by its bracteoles and calyces that are either absent or highly reduced and by its phyllodes that are thicker and which are strongly 2-nerved along their upper margin (the nerves extending from base to apex, not coalescing at the gland as occurs in A. haematites). Better fruiting material from Koolyanobbing plants of both these taxa is needed to better assess the differences between them. Acacia shapelleae Maslin, sp. nov. Type'. Helena and Aurora Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 16 August 2011, J. Jackson & V. Jackson 230 {holo\ PERTH 08365822; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Acacia sp. Bungalbin Hill (J.J. Alford 1119), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Erect, multi-stemmed, rounded or obconic, glabrous shrub to 3 m tall and 4 m across, resinous and viscid (but the resin not sticky when dry) with a strong camphor-like odour when fresh. Bark light grey, finely roughened. Branchlets terete, ribs not visible, the upper branchlets brown but partially or wholly covered by a dark brown to black soot-like substance, older branchlets light grey and marked or roughened by slightly raised scars where phyllodes have fallen. Stipules persistent only at base of young phyllodes, linear to linear-triangular, l-2(-3) mm long, slightly thickened, light brown to red-brown. Phyllodes mostly terete to sub-terete, a few compressed, 30-50(-60) mm long, 0.5-1 mm diam., mostly shallowly incurved, a few moderately incurved, straight or shallowly sigmoid, sub-patent to ascending but erect on new shoots, green; longitudinal nerves four, brown, not raised (plane or slightly impressed when dry), the surface often shiny resinous; apices innocuous, occasionally sub- uncinate, normally terminated by a sub-centric or excentric blunt point. Gland situated on upper edge of phyllode 1-1.5 mm above the pulvinus, circular, microscopic, c. 0.1 mm diam., easily overlooked (even at magnification), flat, a similar gland near apex of phyllode. Inflorescences simple, single within axil of upper phyllodes; peduncles 20^0 mm long, base ebracteate; heads globular, mostly 35^5-flowered, a few c. 20-flowered, 9-12 mm diam. when dry, canary yellow. Bracteoles 1.5 mm long; claws narrowly oblong, ±expanded into distinct laminae which are rounded abaxially, concave adaxially, c. 0.5 mm wide and thickened. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free or shortly united at their base, 1/2 the length of petals, narrowly oblong, neither expanded nor thickened at their apices; petals 3 mm long, nerveless. Pods linear, (30-)45-60 mm long, (3-)4-5 mm wide, thinly crustaceous, straight or very shallowly curved, slightly undulate, flat but low-domed over the seeds with umbo extending to margin of valves, ±straight-edged, dark brown, openly reticulate with nerves slightly raised, marginal nerve light brown and not thickened. Seeds longitudinal and seated in distinct depressions within the pods, obloid, 3.5 mm long, 2.2 mm wide, black, ±shiny at centre otherwise with a satin lustre; pleurogram continuous, very obscure; areole oblong, 2 mm long, 1 mm widQ;funicle expanded into a white aril that partially extends along one or both sides of the seed. (Figure 2) Characteristic features. Multi-stemmed, glabrous, resinous and viscid shrub to c. 2.5 m tall, with a strong camphor-like odour when fresh. Oldest branchlets marked by slightly raised scars where phyllodes have fallen. Phyllodes mostly terete to sub-terete, 30-50(-60) mm long, 0.5-1 mm diam., mostly shallowly incurved; longitudinal nerves four, brown, notraised. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 20^0 mm long, base ebracteate; heads large (9-12 mm diam. when dry). Flowers 5-merous; sepals ifree, 1/2 length of petals. Pods to 60 mm long, (3-)4-5 mm wide, linear, thinly crustaceous, dark brown, openly reticulate with nerves slightly raised. Seeds longitudinal, obloid, 3.5 x 2.2 mm, black, ishiny at centre otherwise with a satin lustre; aril partially extending along one or both sides of the seed. 136 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 2. Acacia shapelleae. A - habitat (Helena and Aurora Range); B - multi-stemmed habit, with Shapelle McNee; C - habit; D - flowering branches showing narrow, spreading phyllodes and canary yellow heads on long peduncles. Photographs by Shapelle McNee (A), Geoff Cockerton (B) and Jennifer Jackson (C, D). Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 8 Sep. 1988, J.J. Alford 1119 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 8 Sep. 2010, D. Angus 05 (PERTH); 30 Oct. 2013, A.I. Craigie 1556.001 (PERTH); 3 Nov. 2000, E. Mattiske 172-162 (PERTH); 22 Nov. 2011, S. McNee ECH 34652 (MEE, PERTH); 8 Apr. 2012,5. McNee ECH 34653 (PERTH); 21 Nov. 2006, S. McNee & G. Cockerton ECS 12862 (AD, PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the Eremaean Botanical Province in the south-west extremity of the arid zone (just north of the border of the South-West Botanical Province) in Western Australia where it is known from only the Helena and Aurora Range, about 50 km north of Koolyanobbing. Current knowledge shows A. shapelleae as occurring in a few populations over a distance of about seven kilometres. The largest of these populations contains approximately 1,000 plants regenerating post-fire and the smallest about ten mature plants. These populations are close to areas that are likely to be proposed for mining; all occur within existing mining tenements. The Helena and Aurora Range is contained within the Mount Manning - Helena and Aurora Ranges Conservation Park. The range was first visited by Europeans in 1861 (Gibson & Butcher 2013) and until recently remained relatively inaccessible; however, today access has been improved on account of mining exploration activity and pastoralism in the general area. The species was discovered in 1988 in connection with a biological survey of this botanically rich region. B.R.Maslin, Two new species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from Banded Iron Formation ranges 137 Habitat. Grows in brown, silty sand-loam or clay-loam on the upper slopes and ridges of low hills comprising outcropping BIF. It occurs in tree mallee {Eucalyptus ebbanoensis) over dense scrub containing a range of species; in the largest population the most common associates are Banksia arborea, Calycopeplus paucifolius, Grevillea zygoloba, Lepidosperma bungalbin, Melaleuca nematophylla, Mirbelia ferricola, Neurachne annularis and Stenanthemum newbeyi (S. McNee pers. comm.). Phenology. Flowers in August and September; pods with mature seed have been collected in mid- November. Conservation status. Acacia shapelleae is listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Acacia sp. Bungalbin Hill (J.J. Alford 1119) (Smith 2013). This species is habitat-specific with a very restricted geographic range and occurs in an area of active mineral exploration. Etymology. This species is named for Shapelle McNee (ecologist with Western Botanical). Over the past 18 years she has conducted extensive surveys for environmental impact assessment on behalf of Western Botanical, and has been instrumental in recognition of numerous new plant species and the discovery and monitoring of populations of rare fiora, particularly on the Swan Coastal Plain and the BIF ranges of the Yilgarn region. In spring 1983 Shapelle, together with colleague Mark Burgman, conducted extensive botanical surveys of poorly surveyed areas to the north of Esperance, collecting almost 1,000 specimens that are now deposited in the Western Australian Herbarium. Common name. Shapelle’s Wattle. Affinities. Acacia shapelleae is most closely related to A. glutinosissima Maiden & Blakely. Both species are glabrous, resinous, viscid shrubs with similar stipules, inflorescences and carpological features; their phyllodes are also similar in having a total of four longitudinal nerves and a gland near both the pulvinus and the apex. The two species, however, can be distinguished by their distribution, habitat, habit and by details of their phyllodes and pods. Morphologically A. glutinosissima differs most obviously from A. shapelleae in having longer phyllodes (mostly 9-17 cm) that are sparingly tuberculate (tubercles absent in A. shapelleae) and fiat. In A. glutinosissima the phyllodes are normally 2-3.5 mm wide, however, in one population from near Burracoppin they are just 1 mm wide which is within the range of the new species. Some of the youngest phyllodes on the Burracoppin plants of A. glutinosissima are compressed (i.e. flattened but thickened) and while these approach those of A. shapelleae they are never terete to sub-terete as in the new species). Acacia glutinosissima is further distinguished from A. shapelleae in having a larger gland at the base of the phyllodes (0.5-1 mm long) and longer pods (to 10 cm) that are slightly but obviously constricted between the seeds and possess nerves of the reticulum that are more prominently raised. Acacia glutinosissima is a rather open, spindly shrub which is either single-stemmed or sparingly divided at the base, whereas A. shapelleae is clearly multi-stemmed. Acacia glutinosissima has a scattered, discontinuous distribution in the central wheatbelt region to the west and south-west of where A. shapelleae occurs. It grows in the Latham-Wubin area and also from Kununoppin east to Westonia and south to Bruce Rock, where it is found on laterite or gravelly sand or loam (Maslin 2001: 461), not BIF as does the new species. The closest known population of A. glutinosissima to that of A. shapelleae is from Westonia, at 150 km south-west of the Helena and Aurora Range. Acacia shapelleae also has affinities with A. rossei F.MuelL, but the relationship is not as close as with A. glutinosissima. Acacia rossei is a spindly, erect, somewhat viscid shrub l-3(-5) m high and 138 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) like A. shapelleae has conspicuous, pedunculate heads that are aggregated at the ends of the branches. Acacia rossei is easily distinguished from the new species by its shorter phyllodes (10-30 mm long) that are normally flat, longer stipules (2.5-4.5 mm), 65-75-flowered heads, transverse to oblique, larger seeds (4-5 mm long) and especially by its pods that are narrowly oblong, 7-11 mm wide, thick- textured (crustaceous) and roughened by prominent brown excrescences. Acacia rossei occurs in the wheatbelt region where it extends from Kellerberrin east to Yellowdine and south to near Hyden; it normally grows in yellow sand on plains in tall shrubland. Acknowledgements I am indebted to Shapelle McNee and Geoff Cockerton (Western Botanical), Cameron Blackburn (Mattiske Consulting Pty Ltd) and Jennifer Jackson (Department of Parks and Wildlife) for providing habit, habitat, distributional details and photographs of A. shapelleae. Geoff Cockerton and David Coultas (Woodman Environmental Consulting Pty Ltd) are thanked for supplying specimens, habitat information and photographs of A. haematites. Neil Gibson (Department of Parks and Wildlife) is thanked for advice concerning the phytogeography and occurrence of taxa found on Yilgarn BIF ranges in southern Western Australia. Sandra Thomas (Department of Parks and Wildlife) is thanked for providing information on mining interests in the areas where the two new species grow. Alex George (Perth) is gratefully acknowledged for assistance in formulating the name A. haematites. References Gibson, N. & Butcher, R. (2013). ‘There are greater things in life than cricket’: Tetratheca aphylla (Elaeocarpaceae), James Drummond and the exploration of the Helena and Aurora Range. Nuytsia 23: 95-99. Gibson, N., Coates, D. J. & Thiele, K.R. (2007). Taxonomic research and the conservation status of flora in the Yilgarn Banded Iron Formation ranges. Nuytsia 17: 1-12. Gibson, N., Meissner, R., Markey, A.S. & Thompson, W.A. (2012). Patterns of plant diversity in ironstone ranges in arid south western Australia. Journal of Arid Environments 77: 25-31. Gibson, N., Yates, C.J. & Dillon, R. (2010). Plant communities of the ironstone ranges of South Western Australia: hotspots for plant diversity and mineral deposits. Biodiversity Conservation 19: 3951-3962. Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. 11 A: 1-673. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Maslin,B.R. (2014). WATTLE2: interactive identification of Australian Acdicm. Version2.2. Available at: http://www.lucidcentral. org/en-au/keysl73;/searchforakey.aspx [accessed June 2014], Smith, M. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 139-159 Published online 3 July 2014 Miscellaneous new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from south-west Western Australia Bruce R. Maslin Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Bruce .Maslin@dpaw. wa.gov. au Abstract Maslin, B.R. Miscellaneous new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 139-159 (2014). Six new species endemic to south-west Western Australia are described. Three of the species belong to Acacia Mill. sect. Acacia (formerly sect. Phyllodimae DC.), namely, A. adjutrices Maslin (based on A. insolita subsp. efoliolata Maslin), A. coatesii Maslin and A. thieleana Maslin, one from Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, namely, A. coUegialis Maslin and two from Acacia sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, namely, A. besleyi Maslin md A. fraternalis Maslin. Three of the species have conservation value under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, namely, A. adjutrices (Priority Three), A. besleyi (Priority One) and A. coatesii (Priority One). Introduction Six miscellaneous new species from the south-west of Western Australia are described. These species are referable to Acacia Mill. sect. Acacia (formerly sect. Phyllodineae DC.), sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche, and all are included in the online identification key to Australian acacias (Maslin 2014). Acacia Mill. sect. Acacia Acacia adjutrices Maslin, nom. et stat. nov. Basionynr. Acacia insolita subsp. efoliolata Maslin, Nuytsia 12(3): 362 (1999). Type: near Pingelly [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons]. Western Australia, 6 August 1981, B.R. Maslin 5044 {holo\ PERTH 00168920; iso\ CANB, K, NY, PERTH 00616249). Multi-stemmed, normally QXQCtsub-shrub 0.3-0.7 mtall, sometimes sprawling or prostrate. Stems slender, green, glabrous or sometimes with sparse, minute, appressed to patent hairs in axils of phyllodes or on the terminal, infiorescence-bearing region of stems. New shoots brownish red except tips of young phyllodes distinctively yellow. Stipules 0.5-1 mm long. Bipinnate leaves (on mature plants) absent or rarely a few at base of stems; pinnae 1 pair, 5-12(-l 5) mm long; petiole 15^0 mm long, eglandulose; leaflets 2-3(^) pairs, ±lanceolate, sometimes narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 5-12(-20) mm long, 2-Ai-l) mm wide, fiat, sub-glaucous, glabrous or with minute, appressed hairs on margins. Phyllodes © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 140 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) often superficially resembling the stems, usually linear, 50-150(-l 80) mm long except shorter (mostly 15-40 mm) at ends of stems where infiorescences occur, usually (0.5-)0.8-2 mm wide, ascending to erect, straight or shallowly curved or shallowly sigmoid, green, glabrous, fiat except sometimes ±quadrangular when very narrow; midrib prominent, raised when dry; lateral nerves usually not evident; apices acute with a straight to curved or occasionally uncinate tip; pulvinus 0.5-1 mm long; gland absent. Inflorescences simple, initiated on new shoots within axils of juvenile phyllodes, 1 or 2 per axil, sometimes a few short axillary racemes (1.5-8 mm long) or false racemes at ends of branchlets where phyllodes fail to develop; peduncles 4-10(-12) mm long, sparsely to densely hirtellous, the hairs very short, fine and patent or sometimes sub-appressed; heads globular, 11-19-fiowered, golden. Bracteoles oblong to spathulate, c. 1 mm long, sessile or with a short, oblong stipe, laminae acute. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, \ 12-215 length of corolla, dissected for 1/3-1/2 its length into triangular lobes; calyx tube glabrous to puberulous; corolla glabrous, petals prominently 1-nerved. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-60 mm long, 4^.5 mm wide, not constricted between the seeds and not or scarcely raised over them, flat, crustaceous, straight to slightly curved, greyish brown, often faintly pruinose, glabrous, nerveless or very obscurely reticulately nerved with small nerve-islands, margins thickened and yellow. Seeds longitudinal in pods, rarely a few transverse, normally obloid, sometimes ellipsoid, obliquely truncate on edge adjacent to aril, 3-4 mm long, 2-2.5(-3) mm wide, seated in distinct, oblong, longitudinally oriented depressions 4-5(-6) mm long and c. 3 mm wide, shiny, black or sometimes a few very dark brown; pleurogram continuous; areole elliptic, 1.3-2 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; aril clavate, not folded, cream-coloured. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Multi-stemmed sub-shrub normally 0.3-0.7 m tall. Stems slender, glabrous or sometimes sparsely hairy. New shoots brownish red with tips of young phyllodes yellow. Bipinnate leaves (mature plants) absent or rarely a few at base of stems; pinnae 1 pair, 5-12(-15) mm long; petiole 15^0 mm long, eglandulose; leaflets 2-3(-4) pairs, 5-12(-20) mm long, 2^(-7) mm wide, flat. Phyllodes often resembling the stems, mostly linear, 50-150(-l 80) mm long except shorter (mostly 15-40 mm) where inflorescences occur, usually (0.5-)0.8-2 mm wide, ascending to erect, green, glabrous, flat except sometimes ±quadrangular when very narrow; midrib prominent, raised when dry; gland absent. Inflorescences mostly simple; heads globular, 11-19-flowered, golden. Flowers 5-merous; calyx dissected for 1/3-1/2 its length into triangular lobes; petals prominently 1-nerved. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 30-60 mm long, 4^.5 mm wide, crustaceous, ±straight, greyish brown, often faintly pruinose, glabrous, margins thickened and yellow. Seeds mostly longitudinal in pods, obliquely truncate on edge adjacent to aril, seated in distinct, oblong, longitudinally oriented, depressions; areole elliptic; aril clavate. Selected specimens examined. [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 8 July 1 911, A.S George 14611 (AD, PERTH); 28 Sep. 2000, G.J. Keighery &N. Gibson 4020 (PERTH); 21 Jan. 1960, J. Kelsall45 (PERTH); Aug. 1988,D. Lamonts.n. (PERTH00921270); 12Aug. 1996, B.J. Lepschi 2873 cS: T.R. Lally (AD, CANB, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 6 Aug. 1981, Ri?. Maslin 5044 A (K, PERTH); 7 Aug. 1980, K. Wallace s.n. (BRI, MEE, NSW, PERTH 00168475). Distribution. Occurs in south-west Western Australia in a few, disjunct populations from near Pingelly and Brookton in the south-central wheatbelt, extending north-west of Brookton to Wandoo Conservation Park. Habitat. Grows in loam or clay on laterite hills, in sandplain scrub, normally in association with Eucalyptus wandoo. B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 141 Figure 1. Acacia adjutrices. A - habit; B - stem base showing multi-stemmed base and strong main root; C - flowering branch showing inflorescences simple (lowermost node) or arranged in axillary racemes or false terminal racemes; D - branchlets with linear phyllodes; E - pods. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. Phenology. Flowers in July and August; pods with mature seed have been collected from late November to mid-December. Conservation status. Acacia adjutrices is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name A. insolita subsp. efoliolata. Etymology. The species epithet is derived from the Latin adjutrix (a female helper), and is applied here as a plural noun in apposition. It is with great pleasure that I name this species for Susan (Sue) 142 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Carroll, Meriel F alconer, Evelyn McGough and Kaye Veryard, past and present members of the Western Australian Herbarium ‘database team’. Their excellent work, so willingly and graciously undertaken, in maintaining accurate content for the two Herbarium databases, WAHERB and WACENSUS, has greatly facilitated my work on Acacia for the past two to three decades. Parenthetically it is noted that the word adjutrix was used by Eewis and Short (1879: 38) in an example from the Histories of Tacitus, legiones adjutrices for ‘legions raised by the proconsul in the provinces for the purpose of strengthening the veteran army’, could be loosely adapted here for staff appointed by a Curator in a State for supporting an aged botanist such as myself Common name. Convivial Wattle. Variation. The specimen J. Kelsall 45 is atypical in the lowermost phyllodes on the stems being narrowly elliptic and wider than normal (3-9 mm), with the broadest ones finely penninerved. Affinities. This species is most closely related to A. insolita E.Pritz. within which it was formerly treated as a subspecies (fide Maslin 1999: 362-363). Acacia insolita can be readily distinguished by the persistent and normally conspicuous bipinnate foliage that extends from the base of its stems to the upper fertile region where infiorescences and phyllodes are produced. Apart from being more numerous, these leaves have longer pinnae (mostly 18-50 mm) with more numerous leafiets (mostly 5- 10 pairs) than those of A. adjutrices. The carpological features of the two species are very similar except that in A. insolita the pods are wider (normally 5.5-7 mm), the seeds are normally transverse to oblique and are seated in wider (mostly 4-5 mm) depressions that are ±square, or if oblong, are transversely oriented (the depressions are c. 3 mm wide and longitudinally oriented in A. adjutrices). The infiorescences of the two species are essentially the same, but sometimes the heads of A. insolita are creamy yellow. The main area of occurrence for A. insolita is the forest region from Dwellingup and Marradong south to near Nannup and Manjimup, but it also occurs in the wheatbelt region in the Popanyining-Wickepin-Narrogin area, just south of where A. adjutrices is found. Arevised description of A. insolita, with subsp. efoliolata excised, is provided in Maslin (2014). Acacia adjutrices has a superficial resemblance to A. flagelliformis Court which has consistently racemose infiorescences (the racemes are enclosed when young by conspicuous brown bracts), 6- 9-fiowered heads, nerveless petals and no bracteoles. Acacia flagelliformis occurs in the vicinity of Busselton, well-removed from where A. adjutrices grows. Acacia coatesii Maslin, sp. nov. Type', south of Coolgardie, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 3 September 2012, N. Gibson 6433 {holo\ PERTH 08396183; iso\ CANB, K, MEE, NSW). Acacia sp. Eondonderry (N. Gibson 6433), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Eow-domed, intricately branched, compact, rigid sub-shrub 20^0 cm tall and 0.5-1.5 m across, plants forming hemispherical cushions. Main branches sub-crooked, dividing into many short, straight, rigid, ascending to erect, pungent branchlets that are terete, very obscurely nerved, glabrous, orange-red at tips when young (but aging green then light grey), often lightly pruinose and devoid of phyllodes when old. Stipules caducous or sub-persistent, narrowly triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, erect, brittle, neither rigid nor pungent, brown, glabrous. Phyllodes lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 6-15 mm B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 143 long, (l-)1.5-3 mm wide, 1: w = 3-7, straight or sometimes slightly incurved, wide-spreading to erect, sub-glaucous to dull green, glabrous (or occasionally with a few appressed hairs on margins of young phyllodes); midrib prominent, central to sub-central, yellow; lateral nerves not visible; marginal nerves yellow or (on young phyllodes) reddish or light brown, the upper margin 2-nerved below the gland and 1 -nerved above the gland; apices gradually narrowed to a straight, rigid, slender, subulate, dark brown, pungent to sub-pungent cusp 1-2 mm long; pulvinus distinct, 0.5-1 mm long, terete, yellow, very finely transversely wrinkled when dry. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode 1-2 mm above the pulvinus, sometimes absent, rarely 2 close together, ±circular, c. 0.2 mm diam., neither prominent nor raised. Inflorescences simple and 2 per node or vestigial, binate racemes with axes 0.1-0.2 mm long, a vegetative bud normally initiated in axil between the peduncles at anthesis; peduncles 3^ mm long but may reach 6 mm when in pod, often shallowly recurved in pod, glabrous; basal peduncular bract single, caducous, cucullate, curved and concave, c. 1.5 mm long, brown, glabrous, sessile; heads globular, 8-9-fiowered, 3)-A mm diam. at anthesis when dry, bright golden, showy. Bracteoles spathulate, c. 1 mm long, brown; claws narrowly oblong; laminae about as long as the claws, narrow, sparsely hairy abaxially, acute to short-acuminate. Calyx absent or reduced to a single, linear, short, membranous, glabrous, colourless sepal; petals 5, 1-1.2 mm long, glabrous, nerveless. Pods (immature) oblong, 10-15 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, straight to very slightly curved, fiat, very slightly raised over seeds and not constricted between them, dark-coloured, glabrous, very obscurely reticulate or nerves not visible, obtuse; margins thickened, yellow; abruptly constricted at base to a short stipe c. 1 mm long. Seeds (immature) oblique in pods, funicle expanded into a clavate, white aril. (Figure 2) Figure 2. Acacia coatesii. A - habitat; B - habit showing low-domed, compact growth form; C - flowering branches; D - branches showing short, spinescent branchlets and small, pungent phyllodes; E - pods (small). Photographs by Neil Gibson (B, C) and Bruce Maslin (A, D, E). 144 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Characteristic features. Low-domed, intricately branched, compact, generally glabrous sub-shrub 20-40 cm tall, forming hemispherical cushions. Branches dividing into many short, straight, rigid, ascending to erect, pungent branchlets. Stipules caducous or sub-persistent, not pungent. Phyllodes lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 6-15 mm long, (1-) 1.5-3 mm wide, normally straight, wide-spreading to erect, sub-glaucous to dull green; midrib prominent; lateralnervesnoiVisihlQ', apices pungentto sub-pungent by slender, straight cusp 1-2 mm long; pulvinus 0.5-\ mm long. Inflorescences simple and 2 per node or vestigial, binate racemes; peduncles 3^(-6) mm long; basal peduncular bract single, caducous, cucullate, c. 1.5 mm long; heads globular, 8-9-flowered, small (3-4 mm diam. at anthesis when dry), bright golden, showy. Bracteoles spathulate, c. 1 mm long, brown. Calyx absent or reduced to a single, linear, short, membranous sepal; petals 5, 1-1.2 mm long, 1-nerved but nerve not visible at the apex. Pods (immature) oblong, 10-15 mm long, ?)-A mm wide, ±straight, flat, not constricted between seeds; margins thickened, yellow. Seeds (immature) oblique in pods. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 27 Nov. 2012, J Jackson 255 (PERTH); 8 Dec. 2013, B.R. Maslin 10285 (PERTH); 11 Oct. 2011, R. Meissner & R. Coppen 3720 (PERTH); 8 Sep. 1966, K. Newbey 2556 (PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the goldflelds region of south-west Western Australia where it is presently known from only a single population (containing several hundred plants) south of Coolgardie. This population occurs on Bullabulling Pastoral Eease in an area covered by an existing mining tenement. The paucity of collections of this species is somewhat surprising because the area where it occurs is not especially remote, and has been subject to at least intermittent collecting activity for more than one hundred years (dating back to about the late 19* Century when E.C. Webster collected in the general XQg\on,flde Hall 1978). Habitat. Open woodland dominated by Eucalyptus clelandii and E. lesouefli over open shrubland that includes Acacia erinacea, A. hemiteles, Atriplex nummularia, Eremophila scoparia, Dodonaea stenozyga and Olearia muelleri. Grows in shallow, red, sandy clay on flat or gently sloping ground towards the base of a low greenstone ridge (greenstones are variably metamorphosed maflc to ultramaflc volcanic sequences with associated sedimentary rocks,yz(ie Romano 2012). Phenology. Plants at peak anthesis have been collected in early September and judging from these it is suspected that flowering would extend from about mid-August to early October. Pods with immature seed have been collected in late November and early December; mature seed is likely to be present on plants in mid- to late December. Conservation status. Acacia coatesii is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as Acacia sp. Eondonderry (N. Gibson 6433). Further survey of suitable habitats in the Coolgardie region is needed to determine with greater certainty the frequency of the species. Etymology. It is with much pleasure that I have the opportunity to name this species for Dr David (Dave) Coates, Senior Principal Research Scientist with the Department of Parks and Wildlife, in recognition of his major contribution to science and the conservation ofWestern Australian flora. Furthermore, over the past 30 years or so Dave has given me signiflcant assistance, both scientiflcally and managerially. Common name. Coates’ Cushion Wattle. B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 145 Affinities. The new species is most closely related to yl. intricata^MooxQ. Both are low-domed, compact sub-shrubs with spinescent, glabrous branchlets, small, glabrous, pungent, 1-nerved phyllodes, and small, few-flowered heads on short, glabrous peduncles; furthermore, they share the very unusual attribute of either having no calyx or if present then represented by a single, linear, membranous sepal (that is very difficult to see, even at magniflcation). Acacia intricata is most readily distinguished from the new species by its thicker, more rigid, sessile phyllodes and its curved to openly once-coiled pods that are narrower (2-2.5 mm wide) and variably but discemibly constricted between the seeds which are longitudinally oriented in the pods. Typical representatives of A. intricata have very short phyllodes (2-A mm long); however, a variant from near Southern Cross in the western extremity of the goldflelds region has phyllodes that are within the length range of the new species, namely, 4- 10(-20) mm long. Acacia intricata has a more westerly distribution than that of A. coatesii and, apart from the aforementioned variant, it is largely conflned to the wheatbelt region where it extends from Bencubbin and Jaurdi Station south to Lake Grace and Lake King. Note. This species was first collected by Ken Newbey in September 1966. Acacia thieleana Maslin, sp. nov. Type'. Fox’s Lair reserve on western outskirts of Narrogin, western boundary, c. 0.5 km south of Narrogin-Williams road. Western Australia, 3 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10270 (holo\ PERTH 08517371; Ao: MEL). Acacia sp. PI74 (J.M. Brown 228), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Grass-like, caespitose, multi-stemmed (from a woody rootstock) sub-shrub, either erect and 20-50 cm tall or sprawling/scramblingandiprostrate. Stems gx?iC\\Q, little-divided, green, glabrous or occasionally with microscopic, patent or appressed hairs, rarely loosely pilose, mostly terete to sub-terete or quadrangular, infrequently a few flattened and with a vestigial wing 0.3-0.5(-l) mm wide, smooth or microscopically verrucose. Stipules narrowly triangular to ovate-triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, erect, iscarious. Phyllodes continuous with the stems, normally extremely reduced to form erect, brown appendages 0.5-1.5 mm long that are terete or semi-terete, sometimes further reduced to horizontally flattened scales, sometimes phyllodes clearly-developed (they superficially resemble the stems) and 2-33 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide, erect, straight or shallowly incurved, quadrangular to terete or icompressed, subulate, 4-nerved with abaxial one the most pronounced, innocuous by a straight or curved, brown tip that is shallowly concave (when dry) on abaxial surface. Gland absent. Inflorescences simple (single or occasionally twinned at nodes) or short, 1- or 2-headed racemes; raceme axes 5- 10 mm long, slender, base ebracteate ;peduncles 5-15(-23) mm long, glabrous, smooth or sometimes microscopically verrucose; basal peduncular bracts absent; heads globular, 5-9 mm diam. at anthesis when dry, 15-19-flowered, golden or cream-coloured; buds obtuse. Bracteoles ovate or oblong-elliptic, 0.8-l(-L5) mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, shallowly concave, glabrous, sessile or sub-sessile. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, widely obconic, 2/5-1/2 length of corolla, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at apex, truncate, repand or very shortly dissected into obtuse or broadly triangular, non-thickened lobes; calyx tube glabrous, nerveless; petals 2.5-3 mm long, glabrous, smooth, nerveless. Pods narrowly oblong, prominently rounded over seeds with umbo not quite extending to margins of valves, not constricted between the seeds, 20-35 mm long, 4.5-6.5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, shallowly curved or occasionally sub-straight, brown, glabrous or sparsely pilose, nerveless, margins thickened, gradually narrowed at base to stipe 2-3 mm long. Seeds transverse in pods, ellipsoid to ovoid-ellipsoid, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide, turgid, dull, black; pleurogram continuous; areole 146 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) circular to elliptic, 0.7-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm widQ;funicle folded beneath a fleshy, white aril that is narrowed and dark-coloured at attachment to seed. (Figure 3) Characteristic features. Grass-like, caespitose, multi-stemmed sub-shrub, erect or ±prostrate. Stems gracile, little-divided, green, mostly terete to sub-terete or quadrangular, infrequently a few flattened and with a vestigial wing 0.3-0.5(-l) mm wide. Phyllodes continuous with stems, normally extremely reduced, erect, ±terete, brown appendages 0.5-1.5 mm long, sometimes phyllodes clearly-developed Figure 3. Acacia thieleana. A - grass-like habit; B - multiple stems at ground level; C - flower heads; D - pods. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 147 (superficially resembling stems) and 2-33 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide, erect, quadrangular to terete or icompressed, subulate, 4-nerved with abaxial one the most pronounced, innocuous. Gland absent. Inflorescences simple or 1- or 2-headed racemes 5-10 mm long; peduncles 5-15(-23) mm long, glabrous; heads gXobvXdA, 15-19-flowered, golden or cream-coloured. BracteolesO.^-\{-\ .5)mmlong, 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, 2/5-1/2 length of corolla, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at apex, truncate, repand or very shortly dissected into obtuse or broadly triangular, non-thickened lobes; calyx tube and petals glabrous and nerveless. Pods narrowly oblong, prominently rounded over seeds, short (20-35 mm long), 4.5-6.5 mm wide, normally shallowly curved, margins thickened. Seeds transverse in pods, small (2-2.5 x 1.7-2 mm), black; areole circular to elliptic; aril white, narrowed and dark-coloured at attachment to seed. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: 3 mi (4.8 km) S of Narrogin on the road to Wagin,7Sep. 1970, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge & R. Covg«y3189(NSWw.v.,PERTH); Dryandra State Forest, Eol Gray Block, E of the Wandering-Narrogin Road, 12 Sep. 1985, J.M. Brown 228 (PERTH); 15 kmNE of Narrogin, Yillmilling Nature Reserve, 13 Sep. 1984, J.M. Brown 287 (PERTH); Reserve No. 19738, 1 km along O’Connor Road from Dardadine Road South, 22 Sep. 1996, V. Crowley s.n. (PERTH 04517490); property of N. Penny, Southern Needling Hills Q6, E of York, 3 June 2005, H. Green & A. Sole NP15 (PERTH); site 226, property of C. Kirby, S of Goomalling-Toodyay Road, c. 1 km W of Forrest Road, E of Toodyay, 18 Sep. 2008, M Hislop & P. Lewis WW 226-15 (PERTH); Wongamine Nature Reserve, 18 km E of Toodyay to Goomalling, 5 July 1984, G.J. Keighery 7277 (PERTH); 4.5 km S of Narrogin on the road to Wagin, 7 Oct. 1990, B.R. Maslin 6758 (CANB, K, PERTH); 13 km NE of Toodyay on road to Goomalling, on private property c. 200 m E of Toodyay- Goomalling road, 1 Dec. 2013, B.R. Maslin 10266 (NSW, PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in south-west Western Australia along the south-west margin of the wheatbelt where it has a discontinuous distribution from near Toodyay south to Dardadine (c. 40 km due SW of Narrogin). Within this range it has been recorded from Needling Hills (c. 15 km due E ofYork) and from the general vicinity of Narrogin. This entire region has been extensively cleared for agriculture with much of the remaining vegetation occurring in relatively small nature reserves and sometimes along road verges. Acacia thieleana has been recorded from both private property and in nature reserves (e.g. Wongamine Nature Reserve near Toodyay, and Dryandra Woodland and Yillmilling Nature Reserve near Narrogin) and its frequency, judging from herbarium labels, is both occasional and common. Habitat. Grows in the lower shrub stratum of woodland often dominated by Eucalyptus accedens, E. drummondii, E. wandoo and/or Allocasuarina huegeliana. Occurs in laterite or sandy loam or sandy clay over laterite. Some of the low shrubs that co-occur with A. thieleana bear a superficial resemblance to the new species in their growth form and/or aphyllous branchlets, e.g. Dampiera sacculata (Goodeniaceae) and Tricoryne elatior (Hemerocallidaceae). Phenology. Flowers from August to October; pods with mature seeds have been collected in early December. Conservation status. Not considered rare or endangered. Etymology. This species is named for Dr Kevin Thiele, Curator of the Western Australian Herbarium, in recognition of his significant contribution to Australian botany. One of Kevin’s outstanding achievements was the creation of the Eucid software package (see http://www.lucidcentral.org/) which has been of major assistance to many biologists by enabling the production of electronic identification keys, in 148 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) my case the WATTLE key (Maslin 2014) being the most important. Common name. Thiele’s Wattle. Affinities. This new species is closely related to A. applanata Maslin. Indeed, superficially ^4. thieleana appears to be a gracile form of A. applanata, especially with respect to its stem morphology, but there is a cluster of vegetative, floral, carpological and geographic characters that enable the taxa to be reliably distinguished. As discussed below some of these characters are rather cryptic, but they are judged sufficiently significant to justify the recognition of two species, rather than subspecies of a single variable species. Acacia applanata is distinguished from A. thieleana by its wider pods (7-10 mm) that are normally densely villous, larger seeds (3.5-4 x 2.2-3.5 mm) that are brown and which possess an aril that is not noticeably constricted at the attachment to the seed, smaller bracteoles (c. 0.5 x 0.2-0.4 mm) and smaller calyces (1/4-1/3 the length of the petals, 0.8-1.1 mm wide at apex) which are more deeply dissected into distinct, triangular lobes. The two species are also normally easily distinguished by their vegetative characters. As noted in Maslin (1995:1 60) A. applanata is normally single-stemmed or few- branched at ground level (A. thieleana seemingly always has numerous stems arising from a woody rootstock). Individual stems of A. applanata normally have the appearance of being clearly flattened on account of a discrete wing that extends along the opposite sides of the central core. These wings are normally l-3(-7) mm wide and are formed by the continuous, decurrent bases of the phyllodes; the free portion of the phyllode (i.e. the prolongation of the wing) often appears spur-like, it is triangular or narrowly triangular, 1.5-5(-10) mm long, erect and flattened (although the apical point is ±terete). The stems of A. thieleana on the other hand are normally terete to quadrangular and lack a marginal wing, and as such are narrower and have a more gracile appearance than those of A. applanata. The phyllodes in A. thieleana are commonly vestigial, being reduced to tooth-like, brown appendages that are terete or semi-terete and 0.5-1.5 mm long; these appendages are interpreted as representing the apical points of normal phyllodes. The production of normal phyllodes in A. thieleana is seemingly infrequent, but when they occur they reach to 33 mm long and unlike those of A. applanata, are ±terete to quadrangular with a distinct brown mucro. Notwithstanding the above, there is some variation for vegetative attributes that can potentially confound the distinction between the two species, and careful examination (normally at xlO magnification) is needed in order to apply names correctly. In A. thieleana a few stems are sometimes flattened and possess a vestigial wing 0.3-0.5(-l) mm wide. In A. applanata the stem wing in the region where inflorescences are produced can sometimes be similarly very narrow {c. 0.5 mm wide) and as such the stems may assume a terete/quadrangular appearance similar to that of A. thieleana. Furthermore, in a few extreme cases the phyllodes of A. applanata are so reduced that only the ±terete apical point remains at the nodes and these specimens again may resemble those of A. thieleana, this occurs especially in some specimens from the southern extremity of the species’ geographic range. In all these cases the already-mentioned floral and carpological characters can be employed to reliably distinguish the species. Acacia thieleana is parapatric with A. applanata and is distributed on the north-eastern margin of the geographic range of that species. Acacia applanata has a wide distribution that extends from the Jurien Bay district (c. 200 km N of Perth) to Albany on the south coast. A few specimens extend to the south-west margin of the wheatbelt with two records occurring within the range of A. thieleana, but the two species are not recorded as being sympatric. These two records are: (1) Dardadine townsite, Dardadine Road South, 13 Aug. 1992, V. Crowley 22 (PERTH) and (2) track off Lefroy Street, Narrogin, B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 149 N of cemetery, 3 Oct. 2002, G. Warren & P. Rose 669 (PERTH). Although applanata is commonly found on sandy soils it does sometimes show the same edaphic preferences as the new species. Acacia sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche Acacia collegialis Maslin, sp. nov. Type : Cherry Tree Island on west side of Lake Cowan, c. 5 km west of Norseman on road to Hyden, Western Australia, 7 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10281 {holo: PERTH 08520437 and 08520445; iso: K, MEL). Acacia sp. Norseman (B. Archer 1554). Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Spreading shrub or tree 2.5-6 m tall, crown 2-4 m wide, single-stemmed or with a few main stems arising from ground level. Bark dark grey, fibrous, longitudinally fissured, sometimes exfoliating in long, thin strips. Branchlets terete except slightly angled at extremities, obscurely ribbed, at extremities of some branchlets the ribs are coated with a thick or moderately thick layer of resin, glabrous or (at the reddish brown extremities) sparsely to densely appressed-hairy, aging glabrous and grey. New shoots resinous (but not viscid) and dark reddish brown or rarely green when dry, expanding phyllodes with sparse, silvery, appressed hairs and/or reddish, appressed, linear, glandular trichomes. Stipules triangular, microscopic, early caducous. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic, 5-8.5 cm long (occasionally interspersed with a few c. 4 cm long), 4-7 mm wide, 1: w = 8-21, rather wide-spreading, shallowly to moderately falcately recurved, glabrous, green, shiny (when fresh); longitudinal nerves numerous (5-10 per mm), fine and close together, the central nerve slightly more pronounced than the rest; marginal nerve brown to red-brown, with a ±thin to thick layer of opaque, light grey resin, sometimes yellow and not resinous on oldest phyllodes; apices acute to acuminate, straight to uncinate; pulvinus 1-3 mm long. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode 0-1 mm above the pulvinus, not prominent. Inflorescences simple or rudimentary 1- or 2-branched racemes to c. 1 mm long which grow out while heads are in bud; peduncles (l-)2-6 mm long, densely appressed to sub-appressed puberulous when in fiower, sometimes glabrous or hairs confined to base when in pod; basal peduncular bract single, caducous, c. 1 mm long, light brown; spikes obloid to short-cylindrical, 5-9(-12) mm long, golden, buds slightly resinous. Bracteoles c. 1 mm long, claws narrowly oblong to linear, abruptly expanded into thickened, ±ovate, brown, laminae <0.5 mm wide. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free or united at base, c. 1/2 length of petals, narrowly oblong, glabrous or sparsely puberulous, scarcely expanded at the non-thickened or slightly thickened apices; petals c. 1.5-2 mm long, glabrous, nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 40-80 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, ±thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, not or scarcely constricted between seeds, slightly rounded over seed with umbo extending to margin of valves, straight to shallowly curved, dark brown to dark red-brown (due to dense layer of glandular trichomes within a resin matrix); margins yellow to light brown, not or scarcely thickened and not or scarcely raised above face of valve, the outer edge defiexed to form a fiat, outer edge to the valve 0.5-1 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in pods, obloid to slightly obloid-ellipsoid, (3-)4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, dull or slightly shiny, dark brown to blackish but normally pale brown at base of seed near aril or between the aril and areole, with heart-shaped differentiated tissue at centre of seed surrounding the areole (1.5-2 x 0.8-1 mm, yellowish or light brown, sometimes sub-shiny); pleurogram continuous or with a narrow opening at end facing the aril; areole 1.2-1.3 x 0.7-1 mm; funicle expanded into a once- or twice-folded, creamy white aril beneath the seed. (Figure 4) 150 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 4. Acacia collegialis. A- habit and habitat; B - stem showing longitudinally fissured, fibrous bark; C - fruiting branchlet showing characteristically recurved phyllodes; D - pods red-brown with non-fianged margins; E - seeds showing heart-shaped differentiated tissue surrounding areole. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. Characteristic features. Spreading shrub or tree. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic, mostly 5-8.5 cm long, 4-7 mm wide, 1: w = 8-21, falcately recurved, wide-spreading, acute to acuminate, glabrous, finely multi-striate; marginal nerve brown to red-brown, overlain by a ±thin to thick layer of light grey, opaque resin, sometimes yellow and not resinous on oldest phyllodes. Inflorescences simple or rudimentary racemes to c. 1 mm long; peduncles (\-)2-6 mm long. Spikes obloid to short-cylindrical, 5-9(-12) mm long. Sepals free or united at base. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 4-6 mm wide, ±thinly coriaceous- crustaceous, ±straight-edged, dark brown to dark red-brown (due to dense layer of glandular trichomes within a resin matrix), marginal nerve not or scarcely raised above face of valve. Seeds longitudinal in pods, with heart-shaped differentiated tissue at centre. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: Cherry Island, 4.7 km W of Norseman Post office along the new Hyden Track, 19 Apr. 2000, B. Archer 1554 (K, PERTH), same locality, 18 Nov. 2000, B. Archer 1766 (MEE n.v., PERTH) and 1767 (CANB w.v., PERTH); Toorak Hill, Coolgardie, 19 May 1979, R.J. Gumming 677 (PERTH); site WMC 40, Madoonia Station, Benneringie Road, 55.1 km from East Kambalda on a bearing of 141 degrees, 12Dec. 1997,A.A. Mitchell 5\2\ (PERTH); B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 151 20 km NE of Sinclair Soak, c. 75 km NE of Norseman, 10 Aug. 1980, K. Newbey 7009 (PERTH); 8km E of Karonie which is c. 105 km E of Kalgoorlie, 2 Sep. 1968, RG. Wilson 7600 (AD, PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the Coolgardie IBRA (Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia) region where it extends from Coolgardie east to Karonie {c. 100 km E of Kalgoorlie) and south to the vicinity of Norseman. Herbarium labels record the species as being both common and uncommon in the places where it is found. Habitat. Grows in shallow, sandy clay-loam on rocky hills. The underlying lithology is recorded on herbarium labels as comprising granite, greenstone {fide Romano 2012), dolerite or basalt; R.J. Gumming 677 was collected from a lateritic breakaway. Commonly occurs in open tall shrubland or open low woodland comprising scattered eucalypts, e.g. Eucalyptus griffithsii, E. longicornis, over shrubland comprising Dodonaea lobulata, Ptilotus obovatus, and other species; K. Newbey 7009 occurred in heath dominated by Leptospermum sp. Phenology. Flowers from about mid-April to early August; pods with mature seeds have been collected from early November to mid-December. Conservation status. Not considered rare or endangered. Etymology. The species name is from the Eatin collegialis (collegial). It acknowledges the substantial assistance and/or advice that I have received from the following colleagues at various points in my career: Department of Parks and Wildlife staff Beng Siew Mahon (Eibrarian), Ben Richardson (Senior Technical Officer) and Peter White (Nature Conservation Officer); also David Coultas (Senior Botanist, Woodman Environmental Consulting) and Roger Underwood (former Manager and more recently author of the history of the Western Australian Herbarium, see Underwood 2011). Common name. Southern Rock Wattle. Variant. It is likely thdXAcacia sp. Mt Jackson (B. Ryan 176), which is common on Banded Iron Formation (BIF) ranges about 150-200 km to the north-east of Coolgardie, is conspecific with A. collegialis. It differs most obviously from the new species in the following ways: peduncles normally less densely hairy, phyllodes sometimes straight and having margins that are not often thick-resinous, and pods that are slightly more thick-textured and which have marginal nerves that are sometimes slightly elevated above the face of the valves (but not forming a discrete flange as in A. quadrimarginea F.MuelL). Acacia sp. Mt Jackson is represented at the Western Australian Herbarium by vouchered collections from the Koolyanobbing Range, Windarling Peak, Mt Jackson Range, the Helena and Aurora Range; there are also unvouchered records from Mt Elvire Station, Perrinvale Station, Diemals Station, Mt Manning, Mt Finnerty, the Hunt Range and Die Hardy Range (Geoff Cockerton pers. comm. 2007). Although the morphological differences separating A. collegialis and Acacia sp. Mt Jackson are not great, the taxa are geographically separated and have habitat differences in that A. collegialis is not recorded as occurring on BIF. It therefore seems prudent to keep these taxa separate until further held and laboratory studies can be undertaken to reassess the significance of their differences. Affinities. Acacia collegialis is closely related to A. quadrimarginea and indeed, in the absence of pods care is needed not to confuse them. The most obvious characters shared by these species are their wide-spreading, falcately recurved, finely multi-striate phyllodes with red margins, obloid to cylindrical spikes and free sepals. Acacia quadrimarginea is most readily distinguished from A. collegialis by 152 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) its iwoody pods that are wider (6-13 mm) and which possess an obvious, perpendicular marginal flange (l-)2-4 mm wide, larger seeds (mostly 6-9 x 4.5-6.5 mm) and commonly longer spikes (8-20 mm). Also, the phyllodes of A. quadrimarginea are often longer with a higher 1: w ratio than those of A. collegialis (mostly 6-12 cm long with 1: w = 15^0) and the reddish marginal nerve is not overlain by a layer of opaque, light grey resin. The two species are parapatric with A. quadrimarginea distributed slightly to the north of where A. collegialis occurs. Acacia sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche Acacia besleyi Maslin, sp. nov. Type', south of Ravensthorpe, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 6 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10280 {holo\ PERTH 08518831; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Rounded or obconic, erect, often bushy, resinous shrub 1-3 m tall and to c. 2 m across, dividing near ground level into few to many ascending, ±straight main stems to c. 3 cm diam. Bark stringy and fibrous, longitudinally Assured, grey on exterior but the underlying new bark light brown to reddish brown. Branchlets terete except apices flattened and angled, finely ribbed, smooth or tuberculate, the resin forming a veneer over entire surface (best developed at extremities), glabrous or with ±sparse, short, antrorsely appressed, shallowly incurved, white or sometimes very pale yellow hairs. Stipules triangular, minute (to 0.5 mm long), erect. Phyllodes linear but gradually and discernibly narrowed towards their base, 40-85 mm long, 2-3(-3.5) mm wide, thinly coriaceous, mostly shallowly incurved, some straight or moderately incurved, erect, slightly viscid or not viscid, green or sub-glaucous, glabrous; longitudinal nerves 3-5, not or scarcely raised, widely spaced with the central nerve normally yellow and more evident than the one or two, often impressed, brownish flanking nerves; lateral nerves absent or few and indistinct, longitudinally trending, sometimes a few anastomosing; marginal nerve not thickened; apices normally ±abruptly contracted to a distinct, acute point that is 0.5-1 mm long, straight to shallowly curved, innocuous or coarsely pungent and yellowish orange but aging brown, occasionally sub-uncinate; pulvinus 1-1.5 mm long, yellow, transversely wrinkled when dry. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode (0.5-)l-3 mm above the pulvinus, not prominent, phyllode lamina often slightly swollen about the gland when dry. Inflorescences binate racemes, the 2 peduncles inserted opposite one another at distal end of raceme axis, often a vegetative bud initiated within axil of peduncles at anthesis; raceme axes (l-)2^(-6) mm long, glabrous or occasionally sparsely appressed-hairy as on branchlets; peduncles 5-8 mm long, glabrous or occasionally sparsely appressed-hairy as on branchlets; basal peduncular bract single, triangular, c. 1 mm long; heads globular, 15-22-flowered, c. 5 mm diam. at anthesis when dry, yellow. Bracteoles 0.8-1 mm long, iglabrous, claws linear, abruptly expanded into laminae that are ovate, c. 0.5 x 0.4 mm, concave, curved and acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals narrowly oblong to linear, free or united near their base, c. 2/3 length of petals, ±glabrous, abruptly expanded at apex into a small, ovate lamina; petals 1.2-1.4 mm long, glabrous or with very sparse, minute, appressed, straight hairs, nerveless or very obscurely 1-nerved. Pods narrowly oblong, 10-30 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous- crustaceous, straight to variously curved or sigmoid, often ±undulate, not or scarcely constricted between seeds and gently rounded over them with umbo extending to margins of valves, brown, sparsely to densely short-pilose by white hairs, obscurely openly reticulate, margins thickened. Seeds longitudinal in pods, normally obloid, a few ovoid, 2.8-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, compressed (c. 0.5 mm thick), shiny, dark brown to almost black; areole elongated ‘u’-shaped, open at end facing the aril, 1.5-2 mm long, (0.4-)0.5-0.7 mm sxidQ;funicle Aliform, reflexed below and expanded into a fleshy, clavate, sub-straight to slightly curved, white (aging dull yellow when dry) aril beneath the seed that extends along one edge of the seed for 1/4-1/3 the seed length. (Figure 5) B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 153 Figure 5. Acacia besleyi. A - habit (adolescent plant) and habitat; B - stem base showing multiple stems and stringy bark; C - outer grey bark exfoliating to reveal light brown new bark; D - branch showing long, narrow phyllodes and sparsely hairy pods; E - branch showing short phyllodes and densely hairy pods. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. Characteristic features. Resinous shrub. Bark stringy and fibrous, grey externally, the underlying new bark light brown to reddish brown. Branchlets smooth or tuberculate, glabrous or with ±sparse, short, antrorsely appressed hairs. Phyllodes linear but gradually and discernibly narrowed towards their base, 40-85 mm long, 2-3(-3.5) mm wide, mostly shallowly incurved, erect, glabrous; longitudinal nerves 3-5, not or scarcely raised, widely spaced with the central one normally yellow and more evident than the often impressed, brownish banking nerves; lateral nerves absent or few, longitudinally trending with sometimes a few anastomosing; apices normally ±abruptly contracted to a distinct, acute point. Inflorescences short racemes (l-)2-4(-6) mm long, with 2, opposite peduncles at distal end of raceme axis; peduncles 5-8 mm long, normally glabrous; heads globular, 15-22-fiowered. Bracteoles 0.8-1 mm long, claws linear, abruptly expanded into ovate, concave, curved, acute to short-acuminate laminae 0.5 x 0.4 mm. Flowers 5-merous; sepals narrowly oblong to linear, free or united near their base, iglabrous; petals ±glabrous. Pods narrowly oblong, 10-30 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, straight to variously curved or sigmoid, often ±undulate, sparsely to densely 154 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) short-pilose. Seeds longitudinal in pods, normally obloid, 2.8-3.5 x 1.5-2 mm; areole elongated ‘u’- shaped, 1.5-2 x (0.4-)0.5-0.7 mm; aril clavate, white. Selected specimens examined. [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 24 Oct. 1987, K. Bradby KLB 71 (PERTH); 28 Sep. 2002, G.F. Craig 5719 (CANB, K, PERTH); 17Feb. 2005, G.F. Craig63>6l (PERTH);4Oct. 1901,Z. Z)/eA4890(PERTH); 6Dec. 2013,B.R. Maslin 10279 (BRI, CANB, K, MEE, PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the southern coastal region of south-west Western Australia where it is seemingly confined to the Ravensthorpe Range. Presently known from just three localised populations {c. 20 km apart), one containing several hundreds of plants and the other two each containing less than 100 plants. None of the three populations is contained within a conservation reserve, and one is covered by an existing mining tenement. Improved field knowledge of this species is required by survey to determine its precise geographic range and abundance. Habitat. Grows in undulating country along drainage lines within rocky terrain. The soils comprise brown, loamy clay or red clay over granite or quartz diorite. It occurs in mallee scrub dominated by various species of Eucalyptus (e.g. E. dissimulata, E. flocktoniae, E. phaenophylla, E. phenax, E. proxima, E. sporadica) with a rather dense understory shrub stratum that includes Melaleuca acuminata, M. hamata, M. uncinata and M. undulata. Phenology. Infiorescences are initiated on new shoots during the fruiting period in December with the main flowering flush occurring mainly in October (with a few heads sometimes persisting to the next fruiting period). Pods with mature seed have been collected in December. Conservation status. To be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. This species is named for the late Dr Eaurie Besley (Bes), distinguished scientist with CSIRO in Sydney and subsequently Director of the Australian National Measurement Institute, Sydney. Bes was a man of significant intellect with a humble and dignified nature. He was a valued friend who had a very positive influence on my life. Fisk and Heng (2013) provide a most fitting obituary of Bes. Common name. Bes’ Wattle. Affinities. The precise closest relative of this new species is unknown, but in having short, binate racemose inflorescences, short, often undulate pods and plurinerved phyllodes it seems to have affinities to some members of the A.y7<3vzpz7a A.S.George group (see Cowan & Maslin 1990, 2001a). However, most species of that group have very short phyllodes (to about 30 mm long) that possess numerous anastomosing lateral nerves. There are, however, two species within the A. flavipila group that possess longer phyllodes with few or no anastomosing lateral nerves, namely, A. lanei R.S.Cowan & Maslin and A. vittata R.S.Cowan & Maslin. Neither of these species possess the distinctive stringy and fibrous bark of A. besleyi nor do they occur within its geographic range. Acacia lanei is further distinguished by its densely sericeous peduncles, more numerously-flowered heads (34-38) and its linear, arcuate pods that reach 12 cm in length. This species only rarely has linear phyllodes and it occurs in the Hyden-Eake Grace-Holt Rock area, about 100 km north-west of where A. besleyi grows. Although A. vittata has impressed phyllode nerves and similar pods and seeds to those of A. besleyi its phyllodes are narrowly elliptic and the nerves are more numerous with the central one not more B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 155 pronounced than the rest; it is further recognised by mostly simple (not racemose) inflorescences, basal gland that is located at the distal end of the pulvinus and its 1/2-2/3-united sepals. Acacia vittata is an uncommon species with most collections from the vicinity of Lake Logue (c. 130 km S of Geraldton) in the northern wheatbelt region. Until now most specimens of A. besleyi had erroneously been labelled with the Western Australian Herbarium phrase mmQ Acacia sp. Cape Arid (A.S. Weston 8164). The two species are superficially similar in possessing long, linear phyllodes, very short, binate racemose inflorescences and linear sepals that are basally united. However, A. sp. Cape Arid is most readily distinguished from the new species by its phyllodes that are narrower (1-1.5 mm wide) and 1-nerved and by it pods that are linear, arcuately curved and much longer (to about 7 cm). Furthermore, A. sp. Cape Arid is not obviously resinous as is A. besleyi and it is known only from Mt Ragged which is located 150 km due east-north¬ east of Esperance (i.e. c. 350 km ENE of where the new species grows). The first collection of A. besleyi was that of E. Diels {L. Diels 4890) on October 4* 1901 who provisionally named the specimen as A. heteroneura Benth. under which name it was published in Diels and Pritzel (1904-05: 304). Acacia heteroneura has no particular close affinities to A. besleyi and it is quite possible that Diels used this name in error for A. heteroclita Meisn., a member of sect. Plurinerves that has a scattered distribution in south-west Western Australia, including south coastal areas (where it is recorded for Fitzgerald River National Park, not far south of where A. besleyi grows). Acacia heteroclita is readily distinguished from the new species by its consistently 3-nerved phyllodes, simple (non-racemose) inflorescences and linear pods that reach 8 cm in length. Acacia fraternalis Maslin, sp. nov. Type: Jimberlana Hill, 5.3 km east of Coolgardie-Esperance Highway (from intersection on northern outskirts of Norseman) on Eyre Highway, Western Australia, 7 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10283 Qiolo-. PERTH 08517487; iso\ AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEE, NSW, PERTH 08552274). Acacia sp. Jimberlana Hill (K.R. Newbey 6751), Western Australian Herbarium, inFloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Erect, obconic shrub 1-3(-5) m tall, dividing at or near ground level into few to many, straight, relatively undivided main stems 7-12 cm dbh; crown dense, rounded and (l-)1.5-3(-5) m wide. Bark thin, smooth, grey externally, the underlying new bark pale orange. New shoots glabrous or sub-glabrous, resinous, not viscid (at least when dry). Branchlets slender, terete except flattened and angled at apices (especially on new growth), finely ribbed, brown to reddish brown when dry, sometimes yellow tinged orange when fresh, glabrous except often sparsely and minutely appressed-hairy at apices, the hairs white and straight. Stipules triangular, inconspicuous and minute (0.3-0.5 mm long), early caducous, erect. Phyllodes narrowly linear, terete to sub-terete or sometimes flat, 60-100(-120) mm long, 0.5- 1.5(-2) mm diam./wide, mostly ascending to erect, sometimes ±patent, slender and not rigid, straight or more commonly shallowly incurved, occasionally shallowly wavy, green, glabrous; longitudinal nerves numerous (more than 8), often rather indistinct (especially on terete phyllodes), slightly raised, shallowly and often slightly irregularly furrowed between the nerves, 0.1-0.2 mm apart, of uniform prominence, normally the inter-nerve space the same colour as the nerves; apices narrowed to a short- acuminate, delicate, curved, innocuous, brown point, sometimes ±uncinate; pulvinus l-1.5(-2) mm long. Gland situated on upper margin/edge of phyllode 0-0.5 mm above the pulvinus, microscopic and extremely obscure (easily overlooked), sometimes seemingly absent, circular, not raised. Inflorescences 156 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 1- 2(-3)-headed racemes, initiated on new shoots during the fruiting phase, the peduncles opposite or more commonly alternate and situated on upper half of raceme; raceme axis l-10(-20) mm long, flat to compressed and sparsely to densely appressed white-hairy or glabrous, often with a vegetative bud or growing out at apex when heads in bud, base ebracteate; peduncles 4-9 mm long, sparsely to moderately appressed-hairy, occasionally glabrous; basal peduncular bract caducous, triangular, c. 0.5 mm long, concave, light brown; heads globular, densely 20-30-flowered, 3.5-5 mm diam. at anthesis when dry, light golden, often resinous when in bud. Bracteoles 0.8-0.9 mm long, the claws linear, glabrous or sparsely puberulous abaxially and abruptly expanded into ovate, small laminae (c. 0.2 mm wide) that are ±inflexed, brown, obtuse or apiculate and sparsely puberulous abaxially and/or flmbriolate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals similar to bracteoles, linear to narrowly oblong, scarcely expanded at apices, free, 1/2-2/3 length of petals, membranous; petals 1.3-1.5 mm long, glabrous, nerveless or obscurely 1-nerved. Pods narrowly oblong to broadly linear, 30-60 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, flrmly chartaceous, mostly shallowly curved and often slightly undulate, some ±straight, flat but obviously raised over seeds alternately on either side, not or scarcely constricted between the seeds, mid-brown to dark brown or red-brown, sub-shiny, glabrous or sparsely and minutely appressed white-hairy, nerveless or obscurely transversely nerved with some nerves sparingly anastomosing (but not forming a reticulum); marginal nerve often pale-coloured, not obviously thickened; stipe slender, to c. 4 mm long. Seeds transverse to oblique in pods, obloid to ellipsoid or ovoid, 3-3.5 mm long, 2- 2.8 mm wide, compressed (1-1.5 mm thick), shiny, dark brown to dark greyish brown; pleurogram very obscure; areole ‘u’-shaped or sometimes almost ‘v’-shaped, open at end facing the aril, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm funicle gradually expanded into and reflexed below a thickened, clavate to oblong, sub-straight to shallowly curved, white (aging dull yellow when dry) aril that extends along one edge of the seed for 1/4-1/3(-l/2) the seed length. (Figure 6) Characteristicfeatures. Obconic shrub l-3(-5) m tall. New shoots glabrous or sub-glabrous, resinous. Branchlets glabrous except often sparsely and minutely appressed-hairy at apices. Phyllodes narrowly linear, terete to flat, 60-100(-120) mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2) mm diam./wide, not rigid, normally shallowly incurved, glabrous; longitudinal nerves numerous, often rather indistinct; apices short-acuminate, the tip delicate, curved and innocuous. Inflorescences l-2(-3)-headed racemes l-10(-20) mm long; peduncles 4-9 mm long, normally appressed-hairy; heads globular, densely 20-30-flowered, small (3.5-5 mm diam. at anthesis when dry). Flowers 5-merous; sepals linear to narrowly oblong, free. Pods narrowly oblong to broadly linear, 30-60 mm long, 7-10 mm wide, flrmly chartaceous, mostly shallowly curved, often slightly undulate, obviously raised over seeds alternately on either side, iglabrous, nerveless or obscurely transversely nerved with some nerves sparingly anastomosing. Seeds transverse to oblique in pods, 3-3.5 x 2-2.8 mm; aril clavate to oblong. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: Dundas Hills, Norseman, 7 Nov. 1962, J.S. Beard 2387 (PERTH); W of Cundeelee Mission, N of Zanthus, 9 Nov. 1963, A.S. George 5986 (PERTH); upper slopes of Jimberlana Hill, 5.9 km NE of Norseman, 16 Apr. 1995, B.J. Lepschi & T.R. Lally 1810 (BRI w.v., CANB w.v., PERTH); 5 km S of Higginsville on Coolgardie-Esperance Highway to Norseman (c. 63 km N of Norseman), 26 June 2000, B.R. Maslin 7972 (AD, CANB, K, MEE, NSW, PERTH); 51.3kmfromKambaldaonabearingof 196 degrees, 6 Dec. 1997, A. A. Mitchell 4983 (PERTH); Binaronca Rock, c. 55 km N of Norseman, s. dat, K.R. Newbey 8572 (PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the southern goldflelds region of south-west Western Australia where most collections are from Jimberlana Hill (where it is quite abundant) and the nearby Dundas Hills, and from about 50 km to the north from the general vicinity of the now-abandoned township of Higginsville (about halfway between Widgiemooltha and Norseman). There is also a single record from west of Cundeelee Mission (A.S. George 5986) which is about 120 km due north-east of Higginsville; this B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 157 Figure 6. Acaciafraternalis. A- habitat (Jimberlana Hill); B - habit (with David Seigler, U.S. A.); C - stem base; D - phyllodes; E - pods. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. collection apparently represents a disjunct occurrence of the species. Herbarium labels suggest that A. fraternalis is at least sometimes common in the places where it occurs. Habitat. Appears to most commonly occur in brown or red-brown clay, sandy clay or sandy loam on the slopes of granite and/or basalt hills. The Cundeelee plant referred to above was recorded as growing in red sand. At Jimberlana Hill A. fraternalis occurs in very open low woodland and mallee heath with Triodia ground cover whereas elsewhere it is recorded as occurring in open Eucalyptus woodland (that includes E. lesouefii) and tall shrubland dominated by A. acuminata. Phenology. This species appears to have a long flowering period that extends from about November to June. Pods often co-occur with the inflorescences; immature pods have been collected in April and June, and pods with mature seeds collected in November and December. The plants at Jimberlana Hill have been observed to set large pod crops and these can occur on individuals which are apparently of a young age (i.e. on plants that are about 1 m tall). Conservation status. Not considered rare or endangered. 158 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Etymology. The species epithet is adapted from the Latin fraternus (brotherly) and is named for my brother, John Allan Maslin, who throughout much of my working career generously prepared distribution maps for many of the Western Australian Acacia taxa that I described. A particularly fine example of his cartographic skills is seen in the book by Curry et al. (2002) that he co-authored. Common name. Maz’s Myall. Variation. The phyllodes on specimens from the vicinity of Higginsville are consistently fiat whereas elsewhere they are terete to sub-terete. Affinities. The new species is most closely related to A. warramaba Maslin but it also has affinities with A. papyrocarpa Benth. The more important characters shared by these species include their multi- striate phyllodes with distinctive, delicate, curved, innocuous points, short-racemose infiorescences with globular heads, 5-merous fiowers with ±free sepals and narrowly oblong, firmly chartaceous pods. Acacia warramaba is most readily distinguished from A. fraternalis by its consistently fiat phyllodes that are broader (3-7 mm) and commonly shorter (often 40-60 mm long, but ranging to 100 mm) and its heads that have more numerous fiowers (c. 45). Acacia warramaba has a relatively wide geographic range that extends from the general vicinity of Southern Cross to Kambalda, Peak Charles and east of the Fraser Range. This distribution encompasses that of A. fraternalis and although there are records of both species occurring in the area between Norseman and Higginsville, they are not known to be sympatric. It is possible that future studies may consider that these two taxa would be better treated as subspecies of the one species. Acacia papyrocarpa is distinguished from A. fraternalis by its new shoots which are clearly appressed- puberulous by tolerably long, straight hairs that commonly persist on mature phyllodes and terminal, mature branchlets (hairs absent or microscopic in A. fraternalis), fiat pods that are not or scarcely rounded over the seeds and which are openly reticulately nerved, longitudinal seeds that are larger (4.5-5 mm long) and have an aril that is folded below the seed (not extending along one edge of seed as in A. fraternalis). Also, the phyllodes of A. papyrocarpa are often wider and/or shorter than those of A. fraternalis. The growth form of A. papyrocarpa differs from that of the new species in that the plants are commonly arborescent (3-8 m tall) and possess a dense, neat, spreading, umbrageous canopy which often appears silvery green (due to light refiecting from the above-mentioned hairs). Acacia papyrocarpa has a wide geographic range that extends from Kalgoorlie in Western Australia across the Nullarbor Plain to Mt Irwin Station and the southern Flinders Range in South Australia; it is commonly found on calcareous soils (fide Cowan & Maslin 2001b). Acknowledgements I gratefully acknowledge the field assistance provided by my wife, Thu, in December 2013 when fruiting material of many of the species described here was collected. Gill Craig is thanked for supplying much information and field assistance regarding A. besleyi, and Peter White (Department of Parks and Wildlife) and Doug Sawkins (Narrogin) for providing location details and photographs of A. thieleana atFox’s Lair inNarrogin. Sandra Thomas (Department of Parks andWildlife) is thanked for providing information concerning land tenure in the areas where A. besleyi and A. coatesii grow. Alex George (Perth) is gratefully acknowledged for formulating the name A. adjutrices. B.R.Maslin, New species of Acacia (Fabaceae) from south-west Western Australia 159 References Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (1990). Acacia miscellany 1. Some oligoneurous species of Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: Section Plurinerves) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 7(2): 183-199. Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (2001a). Acacia flavipila. In’. Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IB. pp. 35-36. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (2001b). Acacia papyrocarpa. In’. Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IB. p. 108. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Curry, S., Maslin, B.R. & Maslin, J. (2002). AlanCunningham.’Australiancollectinglocalities. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Diels, E. & Pritzel, E. (1904-05). Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae Occidentalis. Botanische Jahrbucher 35: 1-662. Fisk,P. &FIeng, Y. (2013). Master of measurement sciences: EaurieBesley 1946-2013. The Sydney Morning Herald, 14August 2013. Available at: http://www.smh.com.au/comment/obituaries/master-of-measurement-sciences-20130813-2ru9i.html. Hall, N. (1978). Botanists of the eucalypts: short biographies ofpeople who have named eucalypts, whose names have been given to species or who have collected type material. (CSIRO: Melbourne.) Eewis, C.T. & Short, C. (1879). A Latin dictionary founded on Andrews’ edition of Freund’s Latin dictionary. (Clarendon Press: Oxford, England.) Maslin, B.R. (1995). Acacia miscellany 13. Taxonomy of some Western Australian phyllocladinous and aphyllodinous taxa (Eeguminosae: Mimosoideae). W/yA/a 10(2): 151-179. Maslin, B.R. (1999). Acacia miscellany 16. The taxonomy of fifty-five species of Acacia, primarily Western Australian, in section Phyllodineae (Eeguminosae: Mimosoideae). Nuytsia 12(3): 311-411. Masl in,B.R.(2014).lE4 TTLE2: interactive identification of A ustralian Acac ia. Version 2.2. Available at: http: ll’www. lucidcentral. org/en-au/key s 17 3 ;/searchforakey. aspx Romano, S.S. (2012). Johnston WA Sheet 3033: Geological Survey of Western Australia 1:100000 Geology Series. (Geological Survey of Western Australia: Perth.) 160 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:161-175 Published online 21 August 2014 Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes from south-west Western Australia Bruce R. Maslin Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Bruce.Maslin@dpaw. wa.gov. au Abstract Maslin, B.R. Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes from south-west Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 161-175 (2014). Four new species of Acacia Mill. sect. Acacia are described, namely, A. dilloniorum Maslin, A. keigheryi Maslin, A. kulinensis Maslin and A. parkerae Maslin. Acacia keigheryi, A. parkerae and A. kulinensis occur in the wheatbelt region of the South West Botanical Province; the first two were previously treated as informal variants of A. lullfitziorum Maslin to which they are related, with the latter more distantly related to these species. Acacia dilloniorum occurs in the adjacent Eremaean Botanical Province, in the south-west extremity of the arid zone; it is most closely related to A. kochii W.Fitzg. ex Ewart & Jean White and is not especially close to the other three new species described here. All four new species are classified as Priority taxa under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Notes are provided (under A. parkerae) on A. scabra Benth., a poorly known entity of uncertain taxonomic status that is known only from its type. Introduction The four new species described here belong to Acacia Mill. sect. Acacia (formerly Acacia sect. Phyllodineae DC.). The phyllodes on three of these species (A. keigheryi Maslin, A. kulinensis Maslin and A. parkerae Maslin) are all or mostly grouped at the mature nodes to form distinct, fasciculate, nodose clusters arranged on short shoots (which are often called brachyblasts). While nodose clusters occur in the fourth species (A. dilloniorum Maslin) its phyllodes are more commonly sub-fasciculate. Species with fasciculate phyllodes are not especially common among the Australian acacias with 53 species (representing c. 5% of the genus) recorded as possessing them (Maslin 2014). These species occur in sect. Acacia (29 species, representing 7% of the section), sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche (19 species, representing 7% of the section) and sect. Plurinerves (Benth.) Maiden & Betche (5 species, representing 3% of the section). Fasciculate phyllodes are not known to occur in sect. Lycopodiifoliae Pedley (phyllodes verticillate) or in either of the two bipinnate-leaved groups, sect. Botrycephalae (Benth.) Taub. and sect. Pulchellae (Benth.) Taub. There has been no systematic study of fasciculate phyllodes within the Australian Acacia fiora. Nevertheless, it is clear from the above that this phyllode arrangement occurs in a number of disparate groups within the genus. Also, as evidenced by the following examples, the mode of expression of the fasciculate condition varies among the species. Although brachyblasts are not uncommon, they do © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 162 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) not occur in all species that possess fasciculate phyllodes. In some species, such as A. tetragonophylla F.Muell. (fide Maslin 2001: 394), brachyblasts are common and well-developed. However, there are many examples where phyllodes simply arise from a common point on the main branches without any short-shoot development (e.g. A. conjunctifolia F.Muell,^76?^ NSW 2001, mdA. aptaneura Maslin & KQ\d,jide Maslin & Reid 2012:172). There is also variation among species with respect to the frequency of fascicles. In some species fascicles occur at most mature nodes (e.g. A. keigheryf A. kuUnensis and A. parkerae), whereas in other species the fascicles are fewer and are interspersed (at varying frequencies) with single-phyllode nodes (e.g. A. luUfitziorum Maslin which is discussed below under^. keigheryi and A. hilliana MmdQn,fide NSW 2001a). Sometimes fascicles are confined to the juvenile growth phase of individuals, with the subsequent adults possessing single-phyllode nodes. This occurs, for example, in A. estrophiolata F.Muell. (fide Cowan & Maslin 2001) and in certain members of the Mulga (A. aneura F.Muell. ex Benth.) group (fide Maslin & Reid 2001: 159). Brachyblastic species proliferate their branch system through the development of a new shoot that arises from within the cluster. When first initiated the phyllodes on these new shoots occur singularly at the nodes, but with time secondary phyllodes are often initiated within the axils of these phyllodes and new brachyblasts are formed. Within the brachyblast it is not uncommon to observe phyllodes of different sizes (reflecting their varying ages) and for this reason only presumed mature phyllodes are described in the descriptions below. Macroscopically at least these brachyblastic clusters with their phyllodes of varying sizes appear to be homologous to the primary and secondary leaves described by Ross (1979:12) for the bipinnate-leaved African species of Vachellia Wight & Am. (syn. formex Acacia subgen. Acacia). There is variation among the species regarding the length of time it takes for phyllode clusters to develop on the new shoots. In some species (e.g. A. keigheryi mdA. kuUnensis) secondary phyllode development occurs very quickly at all or most nodes as the new shoot expands so that single-phyllode nodes are infrequent. In other species (e.g. A. tetragonophylla) there is a time-lag before the secondary phyllodes are produced and in these cases single-phyllode nodes occur on new shoots while nodes possessing fascicles occur on mature branchlets. This dimorphism for phyllode disposition can sometimes be misleading, especially when viewing herbarium material. For example, Bentham (1864: 330) described A. genistoides Cunn. ex Benth. as having single-phyllode nodes, based on material collected by Alan Cunningham and others, presumably unaware that the material used in this description was simply the new growth of the brachyblastic species A. tetragonophylla that had been described by Mueller (1863: 3) the year previously (fide Maslin 1980: 319). Of the four new species described below, three (A. keigheryi, A. kuUnensis and A. parkerae) occur in the South West Botanical Province, while the fourth (A. dilloniorum) occurs in the adjacent Eremaean Botanical Province. These four new species are included in the online identification key to Australian acacias (Maslin 2014). Taxonomy Acacia dilloniorum Maslin, sp. nov. Type : Weld Range, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 23 August 2011, D. Coultas, N. Henshaw & J. Grantham WR-05 (holo\ PERTH 08294348; iso\ CANB, K, MEE, NSW). Acacia sp. Wilgie Mia (D. Coultas & G. Woodman AW 03-Opp 1), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 163 Diffuse, intricately branched shrub (0.3-)0.5-1.8 m tall. Bark light grey. Branches terete, ribs not visible, glabrous, reddish brown aging grey, dividing into numerous, short, straight, rigid, divaricate, coarsely pungent lateral branchlets that are often devoid of phyllodes towards their apices. Stipules fused over their entire length, early caducous and falling as a single unit, present only on very young new shoots, c. 1 mm long. Phyllodes occasionally fasciculate in nodose clusters but normally single and crowded on short shoots, often appearing sub-fasciculate, elliptic, oblong-elliptic, obovate or oblanceolate, (5-)7-12(-15)mm long, (2-)3-5(-7)mmwide, l:w=2-3(^), straight, wide-spreading, green, glabrous except for a few appressed hairs when very young; midrib ±prominent, yellow; lateral nerves yellow and variably anastomosing distally near margin of phyllodes; marginal nerve not thickened, yellow; apices asymmetrically narrowed to a rigid, slender, straight, pungent, brown cusp 0.7-1.5 mm long; pulvinus distinct, 0.5-1 mm long, terete, sub-smooth, yellow to light brown. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode 0-0.5 mm above the pulvinus, circular to oblong, very small, 0.1-0.2 mm diam./long, not raised. Inflorescences simple, single within axil of phyllodes; peduncles 8-20 mm long, glabrous, ebracteate; heads globular to obloid, 35-40-flowered, 5-6 mm diam./long when dry, yellow; receptacle glabrous. Bracteoles peltate, 1-1.5 mm long; claws narrowly oblong to linear, colourless, glabrous; laminae circular to oblate, c. 0.8 mm diam., brown or yellowish, glabrous or sparsely minutely ciliolate. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, 1/2 or slightly exceeding 1/2 length of petals, dissected for 1/4-1/3 its length into oblong or broadly triangular, slightly inflexed, glabrous or sparsely and minutely ciliolate lobes, calyx tube sparsely short-puberulous especially at its base; petals 2-2.5 mm long, glabrous, nerveless; ovary glabrous. Pods narrowly oblong, 25-55 mm long, 4.5-5.5 mm wide, flat but slightly raised over the seeds and not constricted between them, coriaceous, slightly undulate, moderately to strongly curved (sometimes into an open circle), slightly shiny, reddish brown, faintly pruinose when young, glabrous, very obscurely openly reticulately nerved, marginal nerve not thickened. Seeds longitudinal to oblique in pods, obloid but noticeably constricted at the hilar end, 3.5^ mm long, 3-3.3 mm wide, black, with a satin lustre, minutely and obscurely pitted except at centre; pleurogram obscure; areole ‘u’-shaped, with a wide opening at end facing the aril, 0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, funicle gradually expanded into a once- or twice-folded, lateral, cream (?white when fresh) aril that extends for 1/3-1/2 down one side of the seed. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Intricately branched shrub with numerous, short, straight, rigid, divaricate, coarsely pungent lateral branchlets. Phyllodes crowded (often appearing sub-fasciculate) on short shoots, normally single at nodes, (5-)7-12(-15) mm long, (2-)3-5(-7) mm wide, midrib ±prominent, lateral nerves anastomosing near phyllode margins; apices asymmetrically narrowed to a slender, pungent cusp; pulvinus distinct, 0.5-1 mm long. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 8-20 mm long, glabrous; heads globular to obloid. Flowers 5-merous; calyx gamosepalous, c. 1/2 length of petals, shortly dissected into oblong or broadly triangular lobes. Pods 25-55 mm long, 4.5-5.5 mm wide, narrowly oblong, curved (sometimes into an open circle), reddish brown, very obscurely reticulately nerved. Seeds longitudinal, obloid but noticeably constricted at the hilar end, 3.5-4 mm long, 3-3.3 mm wide, black, with a satin lustre; aril extending 1/3-1/2 down one side of the seed. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 23 Aug. 2011, D. Coultas, N. Henshaw & J Grantham WR-03 (PERTH); 25 Aug. 2011, D. Coultas, N. Henshaw & J. Grantham WR-10 (PERTH) & WR-12 (PERTH); 26 Aug. 2008, D. Coultas & G. Woodman m 03-Oppl (MEE, PERTH); 15 Oct. 2008, S. Hitchcock s.n. (PERTH 08033587); 23 Oct. 2008, S. Hitchcock s.n. (PERTH 07982917). Distribution. Occurs in the mid-west region of the south-west arid zone in Western Australia where it is known from only the Weld Range, about 60 km north-west of Cue. Acacia dilloniorum occurs over a 20 km linear stretch of the range in a series of relatively small, scattered populations, and 164 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 1. Acacia dilloniorum. A - habit showing intricate branching system; B - portion of branch showing pungent phyllodes on short, rigid, coarsely pungent branchlets, and globular heads. Photographs by David Coultas. is generally quite common in the places where it occurs. As of 2012, nine populations have been recorded, with four of these containing in excess of2,500 individual plants. It seems likely that future survey will reveal additional populations because the range contains hitherto unsurveyed habitats that are similar to those from where the species is currently known. It is probably unlikely, however, that A. dilloniorum would occur outside the Weld Range. All known populations of A. dilloniorum occur on mineral exploration and mining tenements (at least two are on active mining tenements and several on exploration tenements). The above information regarding population details was provided by David Coultas (pers. comm., December 2013). Habitat. Grows in red clay-loam or red-brown silty clay-loam on the middle and upper slopes and crests of low ranges mostly associated with outcropping basalt, but some plants in one of the populations occurred on Banded Iron Formation (BIF) (D. Coultas pers. comm.). It occurs in tall, open shrubland of Acacia sp. Weld Range (A. Markey & S. Dillon 2994) and sometimes A. speckii or members of the Mulga group {A. aneura and its allies) over low shrubland that includes Dodonaea amplisemina, Eremophila mackinlayi subsp. spathulata, Grevillea inconspicua, Heliotropium ovalifolium, Ptilotus obovatus and various species of Senna. Phenology. The few existing collections show A. dilloniorum as flowering in August and possessing pods with mature seed in late October. Conservation status. Acacia dilloniorum is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Acacia sp. Wilgie Mia (D. Coultas & G. Woodman AW 03-Oppl). Etymology. This species is named for Department of Parks and Wildlife employees Steven (Steve) Dillon and his wife Adrienne Markey, in recognition of their excellent work during 2005 and 2008 in connection with surveys of greenstone belts and the BIF ranges in southern Western Australia. The comprehensive Markey and Dillon collections from these surveys, including many species of Acacia, are deposited at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Common name. Wilgie Mia Wattle. Notes. Acacia dilloniorum differs from the other three species described in this work with respect to B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 165 its phyllode arrangement. Although the phyllodes occasionally are grouped in nodose clusters they normally occur singly at the nodes and because they are crowded on short shoots they often assume the appearance of being sub-fasciculate. Affinities. This species is most closely allied to A. kochii W.Fitzg. ex Ewart & Jean White and is not closely related to the other three new species that are described below. Acacia dilloniorum and A. kochii resemble one another in being intricately branched shrubs with short, divaricate, spinescent lateral branchlets and possessing fasciculate or sub-fasciculate, 1-nerved, distinctly pulvinate phyllodes with similar dimensions, having commonly obloid heads on long peduncles and similar flower morphologies. Acacia kochii differs most obviously from A. dilloniorum by its innocuous phyllodes, moniliform to sub-moniliform pods that are larger (to 90 mm long, (4-)5-7 mm wide), prominently raised over the seeds and longitudinally nerved, and larger (5-6 x 3.2^.5 mm), elliptic seeds that are not noticeably constricted at the hilar end and which possess a terminal, conical aril. Although both species often have obloid heads, in A. kochii they vary to shortly cylindrical (to 15 mm long), a condition which does not occur in A. dilloniorum, and are never globular as is sometimes the case in the new species. Acacia kochii occurs in the Mount Gibson-Morawa area, about 250 km to the south of where A. dilloniorum grows. Acacia keigheryi Maslin, sp. nov. Type', south of Ongerup, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 5 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10277 {holo\ PERTH 08520429; iso\ CANB, K, MEE, NSW). Diffuse or low-domed, intricately branched, straggly shrub normally 0.3-0.5 m tall and 0.5-1.7 m across, occasionally prostrate to c. 5 cm tall. Bark smooth, grey. Branches terete, ribs not visible or very obscure, normally with a light grey epidermis that becomes longitudinally Assured with age and ultimately exfoliates to reveal a reddish brown under-surface, puberulous especially towards apices, the hairs short, straight and patent to shallowly curved and retrorsely ±appressed, sometimes dividing into short, wide-spreading, straight, rigid, innocuous or ±coarsely pungent lateral branchlets. Stipules at base of phyllode clusters persistent or sub-persistent, narrowly triangular to linear-triangular, 0.8-2 mm long, erect, straight to shallowly recurved, thickened and sub-indurate on lower half, brittle in upper half, innocuous to slightly pungent, brown, hirsutellous in lower half or glabrous. Phyllodes fasciculate in nodose clusters of 2-5(-8) at mature nodes, single on new shoots that arise from some clusters, oblong to narrowly oblong, oblong-elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, occasionally slightly obovate, symmetric or asymmetric (with upper margin straight to shallowly concave and lower margin shallowly convex), 3-7(-9) mm long, 1-2 mm wide, l:w = 1.5^, straight to shallowly incurved, ±patentto somewhat reflexed, green, glabrous or with short, normally curved and±appressed (or sometimes straight and/or patent) hairs mostly on margins and midrib, occasionally very sparsely puncticulate by scattered, minute, circular, sessile, dull brown, resinous trichomes; midrib central or sub-central, not prominent; lateral nerves not visible or few and indistinct; apices obtuse to sub-acute, innocuous, mucro microscopic (c. 0.1 mm long) or absent; pulvinus c. 0.5 mm long, terete, smooth or obscurely and flnely transversely wrinkled when dry. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode 1-2 mm above the pulvinus, sometimes absent, circular to oblong-elliptic, microscopic, 0.1-0.3 mm diam./long, easily overlooked (even at magnification), sessile, not raised. Inflorescences simple, l-2(-3) per phyllode cluster at terminal nodes; peduncles (4-)5-9 mm long, slender, strongly recurved when in pod, sub-glabrous or with hairs similar to branches (except shorter), rarely with a single bract c. 1 mm long near or above the middle; heads globular, (17-)20-28-flowered, 3-4 mm diam. at anthesis when dry. Bracteoles spathulate, 1 mm long; claws narrowly oblong, 0.3-0.5 mm long; laminae ovate-lanceolate, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, shallowly concave, shallowly indexed, brown, sparsely 166 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) hairy, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free, c. 2/3 length of petals, membranous, glabrous or sub-glabrous, claws narrowly oblong, normally slightly expanded (to c. 0.2 mm wide) at their non-thickened, acute apices; petals 1.2-1.5 mm long, glabrous, nerveless. Pods 10-25 mm long, ?)-A mm wide, narrowly oblong to sub-moniliform, flattened but domed over the seeds with umbo extending to edge of valve, shallowly to moderately constricted between the seeds, slightly undulate, thinly coriaceous, straight to shallowly or strongly curved, pure brown, glabrous or sometimes with very scattered, minute, appressed hairs, nerveless or obscurely reticulate by very flne nerves that are not longitudinally aligned, inner surface of valve marked by a pale-coloured, broad, thin band of tissue that extends the length of the pod; marginal nerve not thickened or slightly thickened, yellow. Seeds longitudinal within the pods, ellipsoid to globose, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, turgid (c. 2 mm thick), dull, dark brown to blackish except dull lighter brown at centre (sometimes only bordering the pleurogram), clearly mottled dull yellow; pleurogram flne; areole broadly ‘u’-shaped with a wide opening at end facing the aril, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide;/w«zc/e expanded into a thickened aril below the seed, the aril dull cream when dry (?white when fresh). (Figure 2) Characteristic features. Diffuse or low-domed shrub 0.3-0.5 m tall, rarely prostrate. Branches puberulous, the hairs patent to retrorsely ±appressed, sometimes dividing into short, wide-spreading, straight, rigid, innocuous or ±coarsely pungent branchlets. Stipules 0.8-2 mm long, innocuous to slightly pungent. Phyllodes fasciculate in nodose clusters at mature nodes, single on new shoots, mostly oblong to narrowly oblong, oblong-elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, 3-7(-9) mm long, 1-2 mm wide, innocuous, midrib not prominent. Inflorescences simple; peduncles (4-)5-9 mm long, slender, strongly recurved in pod, rarely bracteate; heads globular, small (3^ mm diam. at anthesis when dry), (17-)20-28-flowered. Bracteoles 1 mm long, the laminae ovate-lanceolate and c. 0.3 mm wide. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free. Pods small (10-25 x 3-4 mm), narrowly oblong to sub-moniliform, straight to curved, pure brown, normally glabrous, nerveless or obscurely reticulate. Seeds dark brown to blackish and clearly mottled dull yellow. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 29 July 2005, S Barrett 1369 (PERTH); 12 Oct. 2005, S Barrett 1412 (PERTH); 2 Nov. 1986, G.J. Keighery 8893 (PERTH); 5 Dec. 2013, B.R. Maslin 10277 (PERTH); 24 Oct. 1996, J. W Mercer 137 (PERTH); 8 Sep. 1963,^. 930 (PERTH, MEE); 15Nov. 1964, i:. 1508 (PERTH); 24 Sep. 1965, K. Newbey 1794 (PERTH); 29 Aug. 1974, K. Newbey 4319 (PERTH); 8 Dec. 2013, S Oborne 1 & 2 (both PERTH); 20 Sep. 2004, S Oborne 16 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 1999, M.B. Stockwell 19 (PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in south-west Western Australia in a relatively restricted area to the west and north¬ west of the Stirling Range. Most collections are from between Ongerup and the vicinity of Boxwood Hill and north of Cape Riche (a north-south distance of about 70 km). As best can be judged from the current collections A. keigheryi is scattered and not especially uncommon within this area that has been extensively cleared for agriculture. It has been recorded from one nature reserve (no. 13240) within this area (i.e. J. W Mercer 137) and from land adjacent to the Greaves Hill Nature Reserve (i.e. S. Barrett 1412), but it is not known if it occurs within the latter reserve. Habitat. Grows on gentle slopes in often stony, gritty sand, sandy loam, sandy clay or clay over granite or gneiss, in very open Mallee woodland over heath scrub. Phenology. Flowers from mid-August to mid-October. Immature pods have been collected in the first half of November and pods with mature seeds collected from early to mid-December. B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 167 Figure 2. Accaia keigheryi. A- habitat; B - habit showing low-domed growth form; C - branches showing phyllodes fasciculate at mature nodes and single at young nodes near ends of branchlets; D - node showing fasciculate phyllodes in nodose cluster; E - pod. Photographs by Bill and Jane Thompson (A, B) and Bruce Maslin (C-E). Conservation status. Acacia keigheryi is to be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. This species is named for Gregory (Greg) J. Keighery, Senior Principal Research Scientist with the Department of Parks and Wildlife, in recognition of his significant contributions to the botany of Western Australia. Common name. Keighery’s Wattle. Affinities. Acacia keigheryi was noted, as variant number three, in the protologue of A. lullfitziorum Maslin (Maslin 1999: 369-370), but was not included within the circumscription of this species. The two species are closely related as evidenced especially by their fasciculate, 1-nerved, innocuous phyllodes, simple infiorescences, globose heads and free sepals. While carpological characters readily distinguish the species, care is needed with non-fruiting specimens that they not be confused. The pods of A. lullfitziorum differ from those of A. keigheryi in being terete, narrower (2-3 mm wide) and clearly longitudinally reticulate with elongated nerve-islands, and its seeds are not mottled. Non-fruiting specimens of A. lullfitziorum can be distinguished in the following ways: plants seemingly more often truly prostrate, forming ground-hugging, fiat-topped or low-domed mats (further field knowledge of A. keigheryi is needed to confirm that plants of this species are only occasionally similarly prostrate); branches normally glabrous but if hairs are present they are curved and antrorsely ±appressed or 168 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) rarely straight and patent (never retrorsely ±appressed as often occurs in^l. keigheryi), and normally dividing into more numerous, short, rigid lateral branchlets that are more obviously spinose (i.e. sharply pungent or sub-pungent); phyllodes wider (2-6 mm); peduncles commonly with a single bract located at some point along their length (this bract is absent or rare in A. keigheryi). Although both species possess fasciculate phyllodes that occur in nodose, brachyblastic clusters that grow out, in A. keigheryi the clusters very quickly develop within the axils of single phyllodes at all nodes as the new shoots elongate, whereas in A. lullfitziorum not all nodes develop clusters and therefore it is not uncommon to find in this species a mixture of single phyllodes and phyllode-clusters. Acacia lullfitziorum has a wider geographic range than that of A. keigheryi, extending from Badgingarra south to the Stirling Range. This distribution is generally to the west and north of where the new species grows. However, the two species are parapatric in the vicinity of Ongerup (they are not known to be sympatric) with the specimen.^. Newbeys.n. (PERTH 00174718), from 12 miles [19.3 km] west of Ongerup, representing the closest known record of A. lullfitziorum to that of A. keigheryi. The specimen G.J. Keighery 8385 of A. lullfitziorum from the western extremity of the Stirling Range also occurs relatively close to south-western occurrences of A. keigheryi. Acacia kulinensis Maslin, sp. nov. Type', near Kulin, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 2 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10269 {holo\ PERTH 08517363; iso\ AD, BRI, CANB, G, K, MEE, NSW, NY). Acacias^. Kulin(S. Murray 504), Western Australian Herbarium, in http://fiorabase.dpaw. wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. Spreading, intricately branched shrub 0.5-1.5 m tall and 1-2 m wide, the terminal branches sparingly divided. Bark dark grey to mid-grey. Branches terete, ribs not visible or occasionally very obscure, with a light grey, longitudinally fissured epidermis (revealing reddish brown under-surface), puberulous to ihirsute, the hairs patent to sub-appressed and sub-straight. Stipules at base of phyllode clusters persistent, evident, fused at base, 2-3 mm long, wide-spreading, shallowly recurved, slender but rigid, subulate, pungent, normally brittle in upper half (commonly only the lower portion persisting at mature nodes), reddish brown. Phyllodes fasciculate in often short-nodose clusters of 4-10(-12) at mature nodes, single at apex of new shoots but clusters soon developed, oblong to elliptic or obovate, (1.5-)2-3 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, l:w = 2-3, straight, slightly thickened, smooth when fresh but sparingly and shallowly longitudinally rugose when dry, green, glabrous; nerves not visible or midrib very obscure; apices obtuse, mucronulate or mucro wanting; base contracted (sometimes abruptly so) into a distinct, short (0.3-0.5 mm long), yellow pulvinus. Gland absent. Inflorescences simple, 1 or 2 per phyllode cluster; peduncles 4-10 mm long, slender, straight or shallowly curved, glabrous to sparsely hairy, the fine hairs patent to sub-appressed, short and curved to sub-crisped, a single, icaducous bract situated on upper half of flowering peduncles but absent from fruiting peduncles, the bract narrowly oblong to narrowly lanceolate, c. 1 mm long, curved and short-acuminate; heads globular, 17-20-flowered, c. 4 mm diam. at anthesis when dry, bright yellow. Bracteoles spathulate, c. 1 mm long; claws narrowly oblong to linear, glabrous; laminae narrowly oblong-lanceolate, 0.7-0.8 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, shallowly curved, shallowly concave, light brown, sub-glabrous, short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free, 2/3 length of petals, linear-spathulate, the laminae c. 0.2 mm wide, sub-glabrous and obtuse or acute; petals 1.3-1.5 mm long, glabrous, nerveless. Pods sub-moniliform, clearly raised over seed with umbo extending to edge of valves, shallowly but discernibly constricted between the seeds, 20-50 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous, shallowly or more commonly strongly curved (sometimes into an open circle), curved/twisted or coiled (sometimes ±irregularly so) upon dehiscence, light brown, sparsely appressed-hairy, margins B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 169 not thickened, gradually narrowed at base. Seed longitudinal in pods, obloid to ellipsoid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, turgid (1.5-2 mm thick), shiny except dull at centre, very dark brown to black; pleurogram obscure; areole widely ‘u’-shaped and open at end facing the aril, 0.2-0.3 mm long, c. 0.4 mm ^'\d&\fumcle expanded into a fleshy, thickened, normally once-folded, cream (when fresh) aril that partially sheaths the base of the seed. (Figure 3) Characteristic features. Intricately branched, prickly shrub 0.5-1.5 m tall. Stipules evident below phyllode clusters, 2-3 mm long, slender but rigid and pungent, shallowly recurved. Phyllodes fasciculate in often short-nodose clusters, oblong to elliptic or obovate, (1.5-)2-3 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, glabrous; nerves not visible or midrib very obscure; apices obtuse; pulvinus short (0.3-0.5 mm long) but distinct. Gland absent. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 4-10 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hairy; heads globular, 17-20- flowered, small (c. 4 mm diam. at anthesis when dry), bright yellow. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free, linear-spathulate. Pods sub-moniliform, clearly raised over seeds and shallowly constricted between them, 3-3.5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous, mostly strongly curved, light brown. Seed small (2.5-3.5 x 2-2.5 mm), very dark brown to black; aril partially sheathing base of seed. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 6 Dec. 2007, T Erickson & T Clifton TEE 251 (PERTH); 21 Sep. 2002, J.P Francis 90 (K, MEE, PERTH); 12 Aug. 2004, K. Kershaw & S Murray KK 2446 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 2001, S Murray 504 (PERTHy Figure 3. Acacia kulinensis. A -habiX (foreground plant) and habitat; B - habit showing sparingly divided terminal branches; C - portion of branchlet showing fasciculate, small phyllodes and recurved, spiny stipules; D - flowering branch showing bright golden heads; E - pods. Photographs by Todd Erickson (A), Debbie Scrivener, (B, D) and Bruce Maslin (C, E). 170 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Distribution. Occurs in the south-central wheatbelt region of south-west Western Australia where it is known from only a very restricted area in the vicinity of Kulin. Existing collections are from disturbed areas within a water catchment reserve and from the adjacent, degraded road verge. A single plant is also known from a disturbed site about 3 km from the reserve but this may not represent a natural occurrence (S. Murray pers. comm.). It is not known if A. kulinensis occurs in the relatively large, undisturbed stand of natural vegetation that is contained within the water reserve. The general region in which the species occurs has been extensively cleared for agriculture with most of the remaining natural vegetation existing as remnants, either along (often highly disturbed) road verges or in small nature reserves. Somewhat surprisingly the first collection of this species occurred only a decade ago, by Sandra Murray. Habitat. The reserve where most collections are from is a disturbed site that was graded and shallowly contoured some years ago for water conservation purposes. Most collections are from the graded area that has now regenerated with a dense, low shrubland dominated by Baeckea crispiflora, Cryptandra sp., Gastrolobium spinosum, Hypocalymma angustifolium, Grevillea hookeriana and Leptospermum erubescens. Acacia kulinensis is common in this shrubland. The soil comprises brown or yellow-brown, often gravelly sand or sandy loam over clay. Along the degraded road verge adjacent to the water reserve A. kulinensis is scattered on gravely brown sand with Leptospermum erubescens, Dryandra sp. and the introduced Capeweed (Arctotheca calendula). Phenology. Determining a comprehensive phenology for this species is not possible because of the paucity of collections. However, plants at full anthesis have been collected in late September and pods with mature seed in early December. Conservation status. Acacia kulinensis is listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Acacia sp. Kulin (S. Murray 504). Etymology. The species is named for the township, Kulin, from near where the species is found. Common name. Kulin Wattle. Affinities. This is a very distinctive species on account of its spiny stipules and more particularly its fasciculate phyllodes that are very small, obtuse and shortly but distinctly pulvinate. It probably has affinities with A. nodiflora Benth., which also possesses spiny stipules and fasciculate phyllodes, in addition to globular heads and free sepals that are found in the new species; however, this relationship is not especially close. Acacia nodiflora is readily distinguished from A. kulinensis by its linear phyllodes that are 7-13 mm long, longer peduncles (10-20 mm), larger heads with 25-50 flowers, narrowly oblong pods 7-8 mm wide and larger seeds (c. 5 x 3.5 mm). Acacia nodiflora is an uncommon, geographically restricted species that occurs in the northern wheatbelt about 400 km to the north-west of where A. kulinensis grows. Acacia parkerae Maslin, sp. nov. Type', west-south-west of Kojonup, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 3 December 2013, B.R. Maslin 10274 {holo\ PERTH 08520348; iso\ AD, CANB, K, MEE, NSW, NY, PERTH 08520356). B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 171 Prostrate, intricately branched, often sprawling shrub to c. 1 m across, branches sometimes erect and reaching c. 0.2 m high. Bark grey. Branches terete, ribs not visible or obscure, often developing a light grey epidermis that becomes longitudinally fissured with age and ultimately exfoliates to reveal a reddish brown under-surface, puberulous by normally antrorsely appressed, short, straight or antrorsely shallowly curved hairs, the hairs rarely patent or retrorsely ±appressed, rarely dividing into a few short, straight, wide-spreading, rigid, ±coarsely pungent lateral branchlets. Stipules at base of phyllode clusters persistent except on oldest clusters where they are absent or only basal portion remaining, narrowly triangular to linear-triangular or (especially when young) lanceolate, 2-3(-4) mm long, slender, erect, straight or sometimes very shallowly recurved, thickened and sub-indurate on lower half, brittle on upper half which commonly breaks off, ±scarious when young, innocuous to slightly pungent when mature, dark red-brown or (when young) light brown, ciliolate on lower half or glabrous. Phyllodes fasciculate in nodose clusters of 2-5(-9) at mature nodes, single on new shoots that arise from within some clusters, shape and size variable, commonly narrowly oblong-oblanceolate or obovate but ranging to narrowly oblong-elliptic, oblong or narrowly oblong, asymmetric with upper margin straightto shallowly concave and lower margin shallowly to moderately convex, (8-) 10-25 mm long, (2-)3-5(-6) mm wide, l:w = 3-5(-6), normally shallowly incurved (curving uniformly over entire length or on upper 1/3 only), sometimes straight, ±patent to ascending, rarely refiexed on new shoots, thinly coriaceous, dark green, with short, fine, appressed hairs on margins and sometimes midrib, otherwise glabrous, puncticulate by scattered (often very sparse), small, circular, sessile, dull brown resinous trichomes; midrib central or sub-central, often yellow when dry; lateral nerves indistinct; marginal nerve thin and not prominent; apices obtuse, innocuous, mucro centric or sub¬ centric, straight or hooked and 0.1-0.3 mm long; pulvinus 0.5-1 mm long, ±smooth. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode 0.5-3(-8) mm above the pulvinus, sometimes absent from a few phyllodes, oblong-elliptic, 0.4-0.5 mm long, sessile, fiat (not raised), central pore shallow. Inflorescences simple, 1-3 per phyllode cluster; peduncles (7-) 10-30(^0) mm long, slender, often shallowly curved or wavy when dry, some recurved when in pod, red on surface facing sun when fresh and yellowish green on opposite surface, sparsely to moderately (rarely densely) hairy, the hairs straight or shallowly curved and iappressed or sometimes patent, rarely with a single, lanceolate, brown bract c. 1.5 mm long near or above the middle, a single flower or a pedunculate head sometimes arising within axil of this bract; heads globular, 22-25-fiowered, 4-6 mm diam. at anthesis when dry, yellow. Bracteoles spathulate, 1.5-2 mm long, often slightly exserted in mature buds, glabrous or sub-glabrous; claws narrowly oblong, 0.5-0.6 mm long; laminae triangular-lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, flat or shallowly concave, dark brown, sparsely hairy, acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals free or very shortly united at base, 3/5-2/3 the length of petals, claws narrowly oblong and expanded at apex into small, acute laminae c. 0.3 mm wide, glabrous or sub-glabrous; petals 2 mm long, glabrous or sub- glabrous, nerveless. tightly and sometimes irregularly spirally coiled, 5-15 mm long (unexpanded length), 3^(-5) mm wide, thinly coriaceous, domed over the seeds with umbo extending to edge of valve, brown, sub-glabrous to sparsely appressed-puberulous with very short, shallowly curved hairs, nerves not visible or obscurely openly reticulate by fine nerves; marginal nerve thickened, often pale. Seeds longitudinal within the pods, obloid, occasionally ovoid, 3-4 mm long, 2.5-2.7 mm wide, turgid (c. 2 mm thick), dull to sub-shiny, dark brown to blackish except dull yellow or light brown at centre, sometimes very obscurely mottled dull yellow; pleurogram fine; areole ‘u’-shaped with a wide opening at end facing the aril, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm ^idQ;funicle filiform and c. 1 mm long, expanded into a sub-straight or shallowly curved, white aril that is once-folded at the attachment to the seed, attachment sub-lateral. (Figure 4) Characteristic features. Prostrate shrub. Branches puberulous, the hairs normally antrorsely appressed, rarely dividing into a few short, straight, wide-spreading, rigid, ±coarsely pungent lateral branchlets. Stipules 2-3(^) mm long, innocuous to slightly pungent. Phyllodes fasciculate in nodose clusters at mature nodes, single on new shoots, shape and size variable, commonly asymmetrically narrowly 172 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) oblong-oblanceolate or obovate, (8-) 10-25 mm long, (2-)3-5(-6) mm wide, l:w = 3-5(-6), normally shallowly incurved, 1-nerved, innocuous. Inflorescences simple,peduncles (7-)10-30(-40) mm long, slender, rarely bracteate; heads globular, 22-25-flowered. Bracteoles 1.5-2 mm long, often slightly exserted in mature buds, the laminae triangular-lanceolate and acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals ifree. Pods tightly and sometimes irregularly spirally coiled, 3^(-5) mm wide, ±nerveless. Seeds not mottled or sometimes very obscurely mottled. Figure 4. Acacia parkerae. A - prostrate growth form (with Thu Maslin); B - fruiting branch; C - distinctively tightly coiled pods; D - nodes showing fasciculate phyllodes. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 173 Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 30 Sep. \91\,A.S. George 11063 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); 3 Oct. 1978,^.5. George 15255 (PERTH); 16 Oct. 1996, C.M. Lewis 119 (PERTH); 10 Oct. 1998, C.M. Lewis All (PERTH); 11 Nov. 2000, C.M. Lewis 508 (PERTH); 20 Sep. 1988, P. Luscombe 121 (AD, K, NSW, PERTH); 3 Dec. 2013, B.R. Maslin 10274 (PERTH); 4 Dec. 2013, B.R. Maslin 10275 (PERTH) & 10275A(MEE, PERTH); 28 Feb. 1989, G.S. McCutcheon 1991 (PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in south-west Western Australia in a somewhat restricted area near Kojonup, straddling the boundary of the wheatbelt and forest regions. Most gatherings of this rather poorly collected species are from scattered populations in the forest region to the west and south of Kojonup. A majority of these collections are roadside gatherings and it is possible that further sampling of suitable habitats within the region will show the species to be more common than currently known. The wheatbelt specimen of A. parkerae that was collected in 1971 (i.e. A.S. George 11063) represents the first gathering of the species. A recent (December 2013) investigation of this site by the author showed that no plants survive in this population which was located on a narrow road verge in a landscape extensively cleared for agriculture. Habitat. Grows in brown loam, clay or clay loam (normally not lateritic), typically in association with Eucalyptus wandoo. Phenology. Flowers in September and October. Pods with mature seed occur in early December. Conservation status. Acacia parkerae is to be listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. This species is named for Cheryl Parker, Technical Officer at the Western Australian Herbarium. The competent technical assistance that Cheryl has so graciously provided to Herbarium staff, including myself, over the past 35 years has been greatly appreciated and it is therefore a pleasure to commemorate her in this plant name. Common name. Parker’s Wattle. Affinities. The two collections, A.S. George 11063 and 15255, that were noted in the protologue of A. lullfitziorum (Maslin 1999: 369-370), but not included within the circumscription of that species, are A. parkerae. These two species are related, as evidenced especially by their fasciculate, 1-nerved, innocuous phyllodes, simple inflorescences, globose heads and free sepals. Also, plants of A. lullfitziorum are often completely prostrate, forming ground-hugging mats like those of A. parkerae. Acacia lullfitziorum is very easily distinguished from the new species by its pods that are terete, straight to shallow curved and clearly longitudinally reticulately nerved. The distinctive spirally coiled pods of A. parkerae were unknown at the time A. lullfitziorum was described. Other characters that enable A. lullfitziorum to be distinguished from A. parkerae include its possession of numerous, short, wide- spreading, straight, rigid, pungent or sub-pungent lateral branchlets, more consistently fasciculate phyllodes that are commonly shorter (normally 5-13 mm long), normally shorter peduncles (mostly 5-10 mm long) that often possess a single bract at some point along their length (this bract is rarely present in A. parkeri) and shorter bracteoles (c. 1 mm long) with smaller, acute or obtuse laminae. Although the geographic range of A. parkerae partially intersects that of the more widespread A. lullfitziorum (which extends from Badgingarra south to the Stirling Range), the two species are not known to be sympatric. 174 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Acacia parkerae sometimes superficially resembles the more distantly related A. cuneifolia Maslin which is readily distinguished by its short, gamosepalous calyx, small, acute to sub-acute bracteoles, curved to loosely and openly coiled pods and normally dimidiately cuneate phyllodes with a ±pungent mucro and which are not often fasciculately arranged. Acacia cuneifolia is an erect shrub 1.5-3 m tall that occurs on granite rocks to the north of where A. parkerae grows (fide Maslin 1999: 340). It is appropriate here to comment briefiy on^l. scabra Benth., a poorly known entity that was provisionally treated as conspecific with^f. nodiflora by Maslin (2001a: 553), but which is now included by Maslin (2014) in the WATTLE key to Australian Aspecies as a separate entity. Acacia scabra is known only from its type, namely, J. Drummond (?collection 2) no. 162, which comprises specimens in young pod and a few detached heads. While A. scabra is probably most closely related to A. nodiflora (as noted by Maslin loc. cit.) its type does resemble A. parkerae in a number of ways, namely: main branches lack short, rigid, spinescent lateral branchlets; phyllodes 10-20 mm long, 2-3 mm wide (which is at the lower end of the width range for A. parkerae), 1 -nerved, innocuous, and with at least some arranged in fascicles; peduncles 13-20 mm long; sepals free. Despite these similarities the two species are not conspecific because there is no evidence at all that the pods on the type of A. scabra are coiled, which is one of the diagnostic features of A. parkerae. Furthermore, the phyllodes of A. scabra are different from those of A. parkerae in being symmetrically narrowly oblong to oblong-elliptic, straight to shallowly sigmoid, sparsely to moderately hispidulous (hairs patent) and excentrically mucronulate. While some of these attributes are occasionally found on specimens of A. parkerae they are not combined as in the type of A. scabra. Acknowledgements David Coultas (Woodman Environmental Consulting Pty Etd) is gratefully acknowledged for providing distribution and habitat information for A. dilloniorum. Ongerup residents Sue Oborne and Bill and Jane Thompson are thanked for assistance in acquiring specimens and photographs of A. keigheryi, and Sarah Barrett (Department of Parks and Wildlife, Albany) for providing personal observations on the field occurrence of the species. Sandra Murray from Kulin is thanked for field assistance, specimen acquisition and local knowledge relating to A. kulinensis. Joan Francis (Brookton) and her sister, Debbie Scrivener, are thanked for providing photographs of A. kulinensis. My wife, Thu, is thanked for assistance provided in the field in December 2013 when pods were collected of all species described here, except A. dilloniorum. Alex George is thanked for checking the formulation of the new names contained in this work. References Bentham, G. (1864). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 2: 1-521. (Lovell Reeve and Co.: London.) Cowan, R.S. & Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia estrophiolata. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IIB. p. 128. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Maslin, B.R. (1980). Acacia (Leguminosae-Mimosoideae): A contribution to the Flora of Central Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2(4): 301-321. Maslin, B.R. (1999). Acacia miscellany 16. The taxonomy of fifty-five species of Acacia, primarily Western Australian, in section Phyllodineae (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Nuytsia 12(3): 311-411. Maslin, B.R. (2001). Acacia tetragonophylla. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. 11 A. pp. 392, 394. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Maslin,B.R. (lOOia). Acacianodiflora. In: Orchard,A.E. &Wilson,A.J.G. {eds) FI ora of Australia. Vol. IIA. p. 553. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Masl in, B. R. (2014). 1L4 TTLE2: interactive identification of A ustralian Acacia. Vers ion 2.2. Available at: http: llwww. lucidcentral. org/en-au/keys 173;/searchforakey.aspx B.R.Maslin, Four new species of Acacia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with fasciculate phyllodes 175 Maslin, B.R. & Reid, J.E. (2012). A taxonomic revision of Mulga {Acacia aneuramA its close relatives: Fabaceae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(4): 129-267. Mueller, F.J.H. (1863). Fragmentaphytographiae Australiae 4: 1-195. (Government Printer: Melbourne.) NSW (2001). Acacia conjunctifolia. In’. Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. 1 IB. p. 222. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) {200\2l). Acacia hilliana. In’. Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. {Qds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IIB. pp. 227-228. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Ross, J.H. (1979). A conspectus of the Afncdin Acacia species. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa 44: 1-155. 176 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:177-185 Published online 21 August 2014 Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae), a new species from Western and Central Australia, with notes on the status of S, sp. Helena & Aurora Range Kevin R. Thiele^ and Kelly A. Shepherd Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 'Corresponding author, email: Kevin.Thiele@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Thiele, K.R. & Shepherd, K.A. Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae: Chloantheae), a new species from Western and Central Australia, with notes on the status of S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range. Nuytsia 24:177-185 (2014). Morphological assessment of the informally named Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range (RG. Armstrong 155-109) shows it is not distinct from Western Australian populations of 5'./>wZ)erM/a(F.Muell.) Maiden&Betche. However, Qy^miindlionofS-puberulas. lat. shows that Western and Central Australian populations are morphologically distinct from typical populations in eastern Australia. Accordingly, S. canescens K.R. Thiele & K.A. Sheph. is newly described to accommodate these atypical populations. A revised description of S. puberula and a modified key for the genus are provided. Introduction Spartothamnella Briq. (Lamiaceae: subfam. Prostantheroideae Luerss.: tribe Chloantheae Benth. & Hook.f) is a small genus endemic to the Australian mainland. When it was last revised by Munir (1976), three species were recognised: S.juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Briq. from south-west of Cairns (Qld) to Condobolin (NSW); S. teucriiflora (F.Muell.) Moldenke from Shark Bay (WA) to Gunnedah (NSW); and S. puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden & Betche from three disjunct areas in the Pilbara (WA), Central Australia and eastern Australia (Figure 1). Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range (PG. Armstrong 155-109) was erected in 2004 (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) by Malcolm Trudgen to accommodate a small number of specimens brought to his attention by Shapelle McNee, collected from the foothills and upper slopes of Banded Iron Formations on the Blue Hill Range south of Yalgoo and the Helena and Aurora Range north-east of Koolyanobbing (WA). Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range was regarded as distinct from S. puberula in having ‘much larger calyx lobes and the leaves being tightly revolute (rather than the margins only being revolute)’ (M. Trudgen, in sched). It was also considered at the time to have a more southerly distribution, occurring c. 900 km south of the nearest known populations of S. puberula. Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range is currently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013). In the ten years since the phrase name was proposed, new populations referable or similar to the Helena and Aurora Range plants and to S. puberula have been collected from scattered localities in the © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 178 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Coolgardie and Yalgoo bioregions (F igure 1). This broader range of material has allowed a more thorough assessment of variation within and between populations assigned to S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range and S. puberula from Western Australia, and between populations of S. puberula throughout its range. Methods All specimens of S. puberula and S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range held at PERTH, BRI, CANB, DNA and NSW were examined. Specimens from Western Australia and the Northern Territory were examined in detail for a morphometric analysis of characters used by M. Trudgen to separate S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range from S. puberula. Three leaves were measured per specimen, recording leaf length and apparent width at midpoint. ‘Apparent’ width refers to the projected width of the leaf, whether flat or recurved; the width of leaves with a strongly recurved lamina would be substantially broader if flattened. A calyx lobe from each of three separate flowers was measured per specimen. For consistency, calyx lobes enclosing mature fruits were used, as the calyx lobes in Spartothamnella are accrescent. Corolla measurements in descriptions are from rehydrated flowers; all other measurements are from dried material. The distribution map is based on specimen records from A ustralia’s Virtual Herbarium (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2014); bioregions are based on the Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (Department of the Environment 2013). Results No significant differences are apparent in leaf dimensions (Figure 2) and indumentum or in flower characters including the length and width of calyx lobes (Figure 3) between plants determined as S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range and those determined as S. puberula from elsewhere in Western and Central Australia. In most (though not all) plants of S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range, the leaf margins are revolute nearly to the midrib, resulting in a linear to narrowly elliptic leaf outline and obscured abaxial surface. In contrast, most (though not all) plants of S. puberula from elsewhere in Western Australia and in Central Australia exhibit leaf margins that are narrowly revolute, resulting in an elliptic leaf outline and exposed abaxial surface. However, the degree of recurvation on a single specimen differs depending on the stage and strength of growth or degree of shading. Young or shaded leaves exhibiting strong growth are generally flatter and less recurved than leaves on more exposed or slower-growing branches. Calyx lobes were not different between the populations. The observed differences between S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range and Western Australian and Central Australian populations of S. puberula are not considered sufficient to warrant recognition of the former as a distinct taxon. However, morphological assessment of specimens of S. puberula from throughout its range revealed a significant and consistent indumentum difference between populations in Western and Central Australia on one hand, and eastern Australian plants on the other, with each variant morphologically quite uniform throughout its range. The type of Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell. (the basionym of S. puberula) is of the eastern variant. Accordingly, the Western and Central Australian populations are here recognised as a distinct new species, S. canescens K.R.Thiele & K.A.Sheph. K.R. Thiele & K. A. Shepherd, Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae), a new species 179 Figure 1. Distribution of Spartothamnella puberula prior to recircumscription (•), showing three disjunct areas of occurrence in Western, Central and eastern Australia, and S', sp. Helena & Aurora Range (P.G. Armstrong 155-109)(o), circled populations represent the distribution of the newly recognised S. canescens in Western and Central Australia. S n- .♦..♦.O'. .♦.♦.♦.♦.#.♦.^.o.0 . 0 .#.♦.^.. 0 . .®.#.^.#..#.0.0. ♦ ♦. ®^00 . 0 .. 0 ® 0 - 4 -. 0 .♦. ♦ S. puberula O S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range 0 H-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Leaf length (mm) Figure 2. Scatter plot of leaf length and apparent width at midpoint of all PERTH specimens of Spartothamnella puberula and S. sp. Helena & Aurora Range, and representative Central Australian specimens of S. puberula from DNA. Each symbol represents a single leaf 180 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) E E 0) o x; CO O 1.6 1.4 1.2 1 O.S 0.6 0.4 0.2 0 o- o .#.♦.O'^O-.o.♦■'O.o.o.♦. o m ^ .♦..#■■■♦.o.+■■■■♦.’•©.o. 12855 (PERTH); Blue Hill Range, 22Nov. 1992, R.J. Craw>W8587A(PERTH); proposed Jaurdi Conservation Park, 14 July 2009, J. Jackson 33 (PERTH); adjacent to track that goes S-W from Hospital Rocks, off the Evanston to Menzies Road, c. 1.5 km SW from Hospital Rocks, c. 90 km WSW of Menzies, 13 Apr. 2011, S. Reiffer SRE 621 (PERTH); Silvergrass East, 64 km NW of Tom Price, 4 Sep. 2007, E. Thoma ET 1355 (PERTH); at base of cliffs half way up S side of Mount Bruce, Hamersley Range National Park, 22 June 1975, M.E. Trudgen 1319 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Remlap Station site 1761, 23 Oct. 1993, S. Van Vreeswyk 30090 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers andfmits almost throughout the year, with an apparent peak from May to November. Distribution and habitat. Spartothamnella canescens occurs in three widely disjunct areas (Figure 1), one in the southern Northern Territory in the MacDonnell Ranges, Burt Plain and adjacent parts of the Great Sandy Desert bioregions, and two in Western Australia (the Pilbara, and in scattered localities between Mount Gibson and Koolyanobbing in the Yalgoo and Coolgardie and adjacent parts of the Murchison and Avon Wheatbelt bioregions). Throughout its range it occurs in rocky hills, gorges and on scree slopes, often in sheltered locations such as on south-facing slopes, at the bases of cliffs and in gorges, sometimes on flatter and more exposed locations in the Yalgoo and Coolgardie bioregions. Central Australian plants mostly occur on sandstone or quartzite. Western Australian ones on or near banded ironstone. Conservation status. Spartothamnella canescens is widely distributed and common in both Western and Central Australia, and is not considered under threat. Some specimen labels note that it only occurs in fire-sheltered sites; many describe it as locally rare with few individuals seen at any locality. 182 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 4. Spartothamnella canescens. A - mature plant in situ\ B - flower (G. Cockerton LCS 12853, PERTH 7492316); C - branchlet with glossy orange-red fruits and persistent calyces, with moderately canescent leaves and stems. Images: A- Jennifer Jackson, B - Kevin Thiele, C - Melanie Smith. Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin canescens (becoming grey or greyish), in reference to the distinctive grey-hoary indumentum evident on the stems and leaves. Affinities. Spartothamnella canescens is closely related to S. puberula. The latter has a sparse indumentum of short (to 0.25 mm long), branched hairs on stems (Figure 5B), calyces, on the edges of the leaf lamina and on the midrib and major leaf-veins beneath. The adaxial leaf lamina mostly bears short, simple or once-branched hairs except on the margins, while the abaxial lamina is generally very sparsely hairy (sometimes almost glabrous) between the veins. The underlying surface is clearly visible beneath the indumentum on all parts, and is generally green, giving the plant an overall green appearance. By contrast, in S. canescens the indumentum on all parts is significantly more dense, comprising longer (to 0.4 mm long) hairs which ± obscure the underlying surface (Figure 5A), which is more grey-green in colour. Adaxial and abaxial leaf surfaces bear a mid-dense to dense indumentum of branched hairs throughout. Both the indumentum and surface colour result in a greyer overall K.R. Thiele & K. A. Shepherd, Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae), a new species 183 Figure 5. Stem indumentum. A-Spartothamnella canescens (J. Jackson 33, PERTH 8295859); B-S'. puberula (W Baeuerlen s.«.,BRIAQ538974). appearance for S. canescens than S. puberula. Leaves are generally larger in S. canescens (to 45 mm) than in S. puberula (to 22 mm). Judging from descriptions on specimen labels, S. canescens is a taller, more openly branched shrub than S. puberula, specimens of the latter are often described as ‘herbs’ or subshrubs and as abundantly multi-branched from a woody base. It is likely that S. puberula is a fire-tolerant resprouter, while S. canescens is single-stemmed at base, fire-killed and restricted to fire-sheltered sites. Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden&Betche, CensusN.S.WPI. : 177(1916). Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 (1882). Type citation'. ‘It is known to me only from near the Cape River, Suttor River, Maranoa and Warrego’ (lecto'. from near the Suttor River, Queensland, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 6S,S>72\), fide A.A. Munir, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 1(1): 9 (1976); isolecto'. K). Sub-shrubs 0.2-0.8 m high, sometimes taller to 1.5 m, often multi-stemmed from base; stems grey- green to green, acutely 4-angled, longitudinally striate, with sparse to moderately dense, short branched hairs to 0.25 mm long and scattered sessile, globular glands, the surface clearly visible beneath the indumentum. Leaves sessile, (5-)10-15(-22) mm long, (l-)2^(-6) mm broad, narrowly ovate to ovate to elliptic, attenuate to base, the apex obtuse to acute, sparsely to moderately pubescent adaxially with mostly simple hairs (often with a few branched hairs near the margins), very sparsely to (rarely) moderately pubescent to almost glabrous abaxially except for moderately densely arranged, sessile, globular glands, the hairs when present simple to few-branched and mostly restricted to veins; margins narrowly revolute. Flowers sessile to shortly pedicellate, solitary in the axils of leaf-like bracts towards the ends of branches; bracteoles similar in shape and indumentum to the leaves and bract, 1.5-5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm broad. Calyx exceeding the corolla, accrescent; tube ribbed, c. 1 mm long, glabrous inside, canescent outside with simple and branched hairs and sessile glands; lobes narrowly triangular with a distinct midrib and revolute margins, spreading, 1.5-3.0 mm long at anthesis, 3-5 mm long in fruit, canescent outside with simple and branched hairs and sessile glands. Corolla white, glabrous outside at base otherwise pubescent with simple to sparsely branched hairs, glabrous inside except for the villous throat; tube ±cylindrical, 0.8-1.1 mm long; lobes spreading at anthesis; anterior lobe ± elliptic-oblong, 1.4-1.6 mm long; lateral and posterior lobes ± equal, similar in size and shape to the anterior lobe but slightly shorter. Stamens shortly exserted; filaments villous towards the base; 184 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) anthers ± reniform, with sessile, globular glands on the back of the connective. Ovary globose, faintly 4-lobed when young, sparsely to densely covered with sessile, globular glands in the upper half Style exserted, filiform, glabrous except for some sessile, globular glands towards the base, 2-branched at apex. Fruit globular, glossy orange-red, shorter than or scarcely exceeding the persistent open calyx, ?)-A mm diam., glabrous or with scattered sessile, globular glands in the upper half (Figure 5B) Selected specimens. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nyngan, Nov. 1899, W. Baeuerlen s.n. (BRI, CANB, MO, NSW); Boppy Mount, Cobar District, 1903, W. Baeuerlen s.n. (MEL, NSW); Gulargambone, 6 Oct. 1886, E. Betche (MEL, NSW). QUEENSLAND: Milmerran-Goondiwindi Road, 51.2 km from Milmerran, 22 Feb. 1996, A.R. Bean 9929 (BRI, MEL, NSW); c. 41 km along Shirlo Road, NW of Bollon, 18 Mar. 2001, H.R Bean 17542 (BRI); northern end of ‘Havelock’, c. 58 km N of Mitchell, 23 Nov. 2007, A.R. Bean 26916 (BRI); 14.5 km W of Charters Towers town centre towards Pentland, 12 June 2003, R.J. Gumming 21610 (BRI); Precipice National Park, catchment of Cables Creek, 26 Sep. 1996, P.I. Forster PIF19762 (BRI); Thomby Range, W of‘Glen Fosslyn’, 41km SE of Surat, 3 July 2003, P.I. Forster PIF29429 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Idalia National Park headquarters, 113 km SW of Blackall, Penelope Radio Tracking Tower, 10 May 1999, S. Nicholls SN038; Idalia National Park, 113 km SW of Blackall, Dead Wallaroo Road, 5 June 2000, S. Nicholls SN219 (BRI); 2.5 km towards Moranbah from Mt Coolon-Clermont Road, 22 Jan. 1998, S. Thompson 492 & I. Fox (BRI, NSW); Roma, 24 Oct. 1941, C.E White 9461 (BRI). Phenology. Flowers and fruits almost throughout the year, with an apparent peak from June to N ovember. Distribution and habitat. Spartothamnella puberula occurs widely in Queensland andNew South Wales west of the Great Dividing Range, from Charters Towers south to Toowoomba (Qld) and Condobolin (NSW) and west to Wilcannia (NSW), in the Brigalow Belt North, Brigalow Belt South, Mulga Lands and Cobar Peneplain bioregions (Figure 1). Conservation status. Spartothamnella puberula is widely distributed, and is not considered under threat, although it is often recorded as sparse to uncommon at any given site. Some specimen labels indicate that it appears to be sensitive to grazing by stock and native animals. Affinities. See notes under S. canescens. Three specimens are somewhat unusual. S. Nicholls 38 (BRI AQ668382) and S. Nicholls 219 (BRI AQ718645) from Idalia National Park (Qld) have a somewhat more dense and longer indumentum than is typical for the species, approaching that of S. canescens. In both cases some hairs in the adaxial leaf surface indumentum are few-branched. A.R. Bean 26916 (BRI AQ729428) from 58 km N of Mitchell (Qld) has unusually short leaves and sepals and an unusually dense indumentum. The hairs on the adaxial leaf surface are mostly simple with some branched hairs evident. These specimens, while approaching in some ways S. canescens, nevertheless differ from that species and may be clearly ascribed to S. puberula. Key to species of Spartothamnella (Modified from Munir 1976) 1. Stems with branched hairs; leaves usually persistent; flowers sessile or very shortly pedicellate; calyx longer than corolla 2. Stems and leaves grey-hoary with abundant branched hairs, the underlying surface obscured or nearly so by the indumentum; leaf adaxial surface with sparse to dense branched hairs; whole plant greyish in aspect. S. canescens K.R. Thiele & K. A. Shepherd, Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae), a new species 185 2: Stems and leaves with scattered branched hairs, the surface clearly visible beneath the indumentum; leaf adaxial surface with simple or very sparingly branched hairs, with scattered branched hairs on the margin only; whole plant with a green aspect.S. puberula 1: Stems glabrous or with simple hairs; leaves caducous; flowers pedicellate; calyx shorter than corolla 3. Plant glabrous; stems acutely 4-angled, longitudinally striate; pedicel and calyx glabrous.S. juncea 3: Plant grey-puberulous when young, glabrescent; stems obtusely 4-angled, non-striate; pedicel and calyx grey-puberulous.S. teucriiflora Acknowledgements We thank Jennifer Jackson and Geoff Cockerton for bringing to our attention the need for a resolution of the status of Spartothamnella sp. Helena & Aurora Range, and the Directors and staff of BRI, DNA, MEL and CANB for access to material. Jennifer Jackson and Melanie Smith are thanked for supplying images. References Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria {2Q\A). Australia’s Virtual Herbarium, http://avh.chah.org.au [accessed 14 January 2014], Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7. Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 14 January 2014]. Munir, A. A. (1976). A taxonomic revision of the genus Spartothamnella (Chloanthaceae). Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 1(1): 3-25. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 14 January 2014], 186 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:187-192 Published online 21 August 2014 Acacia mackenziei, a new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from the east Kimberley region in northern Western Australia Bruce R. Maslin^ '^ and Russell L. Barrett^’^’^ 'Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority, Fraser Avenue, West Perth, Western Australia 6005 ^School of Plant Biology, Faculty of Science, The University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia 6009 "Corresponding author, email: Bruce.Maslin@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Maslin, B.R. & Barrett, R.L. Acacia mackenziei, a new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) with conservation significance from the east Kimberley region in northern Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 187-192 (2014). Studies of Acacia Mill. sect. Lycopodiifoliae Pedley have resulted in the recognition of a new species, A. mackenziei Maslin & R.L.Barrett, which is most closely related to A. anasilla A.S.George. The new species occurs in the east Kimberley region of Western Australia where it is restricted to a single sandstone range near Kununurra. Acacia mackenziei is classified as a Priority One taxon under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. Introduction The species described here belongs to Acacia Mill. sect. Lycopodiifoliae Pedley, a group of 23 species that predominate in tropical and sub-tropical Australia from Western Australia eastwards through the Northern Territory to Queensland; a few species extend south to the adjacent arid zone (George 2001). These distinctive species are most easily recognised by their innocuous phyllodes that are arranged in regular whorls at the nodes. Section Lycopodiifoliae was revised by Pedley (1972) and subsequently reviewed by George (1999, 2001); four additional species belonging to the section were recently described by Maslin et al. (2013) and Maslin and Cowie (2014). The description of this new species adds to the increasing number of taxa recognised as endemic to east Kimberley sandstone ranges, and further surveys in this region may well identify more (Barker 1990; Dunlop & Done 1992; Lazarides 1995,1997; Duretto 1997; Halford 1997; Craven etal. 2003; Barrett et al. 2005; Barrett 2007; Barrett & Barrett 2011; Maslin et al. 2013; R. & M. Barrett, unpubl. data). The new species has been included in the online identification key to Australian acacias (Maslin 2014). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 188 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Taxonomy Acacia mackenziei Maslin & R.L.Barrett, sp. nov. Type: south-east of Kununurra, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 8 April 2013, R.L. Barrett, M.D. Barrett & B. Anderson 7850 {holo\ PERTH 08552282; iso\ BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL, PERTH 08552304 & 08552290). Spindly, single-stemmed, sparingly and openly branched, erect shrub 1-2 m tall, with slender stems and branches. Branchlets terete, obscurely ribbed or ribs not evident, densely pubescent, the hairs short, straight or shallowly curved, patent or slightly retrorse, soft and white. Stipules setaceous to linear-triangular, (l-)1.5-2.5(-3) mm long, erect, straight to shallowly incurved, shiny resinous, light brown but aging yellow, glabrous. Phyllodes in regular whorls 2-12 mm apart, 14-20 per whorl, linear but gradually narrowed towards the base, 4-10 mm long (excluding mucro), 0.4-0.7 mm wide, ascending to erect or patent, straight to shallowly recurved (curving over entire length or only near apex), mostly horizontally flattened to compressed, slightly thickened, obscurely longitudinally furrowed or wrinkled when dry, green, sparsely to moderately pubescent, the fine hairs not prominent, very short (to c. 0.1 mm long), wide-spreading, straight to shallowly curved and white; with 1 or 3 longitudinal nerves on lower surface, midrib the most pronounced when 3-nerved, the nerves not especially prominent, nerveless on upper surface; apex abruptly contracted to a distinct, setose mucro 1-1.5 mm long, the mucro straight to shallowly curved and light brown except yellow when young; pulvinus indistinct. Gland not visible. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 10-17 mm long, pubescent with hairs similar to those on branchlets except less dense, base ebracteate; heads globular, c. 7 mm diam. (when dry), yellow, 35^5-flowered. BracteolesndiXxosNXy lanceolate, 2.5-3.5 mm long, slightly exserted beyond flowers in buds; claws oblong and short; laminae 0.3-0.5 mm wide, shiny resinous, light brown, glabrous, striate, long-acuminate to caudate. Calyx 1/3-2/5 length of corolla, glabrous, shortly dissected (1/4-1/3 its length) into 5-10, linear to narrowly triangular lobes. Corolla 2-2.5 mm long, the petals 5, striate but sometimes obscurely so and glabrous or with a few, short hairs at their apices. Pods narrowly oblong, 25-50 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, dehiscing unilaterally, flat but raised over seeds along midline, not constricted between seeds, thinly coriaceous, straight or a few shallowly curved, dark red-brown, glabrous, reticulately nerved, abruptly narrowed at base to a short stipe 1 mm long; marginal nerve thickened. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, irregularly obloid to cubic or widely ellipsoid, 4^.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, black, slightly shiny with a satin lustre; pleurogram obscure; areole small (0.5-0.7 x 0.4-0.6 mm), elliptic or widely elliptic, open or not open at end facing the dLx'\\,funicle expanded into a clavate, cream (perhaps white when fresh) aril. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Spindly, single-stemmed, sparingly branched, QXQCtshrub l-2mtall. Branchlets densely pubescent with short, patent or slightly retrorse hairs. Stipules setaceous to linear-triangular, mostly 1.5-2.5 mm long, light brown aging yellow. Phyllodes 14-20 per whorl, 4-10 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, ascending to erect to patent, mostly flat, straight to shallowly recurved, green, pubescent by fine, very short hairs (to c. 0.1 mm long),with 1 or 3 longitudinal nerves on lower surface; apex terminated by a setose point 1-1.5 mm long. Peduncles 10-17 mm long. Bracteoles narrowly lanceolate, 2.5-3.5 mm long, slightly exserted in buds, glabrous, long-acuminate to caudate. Calyx 1/3-2/5 length of corolla, shortly dissected into 5-10, linear to narrowly triangular lobes. Petals 5, striate, glabrous or sparsely short-hairy at apices. Pods narrowly oblong, 6-7 mm wide, flat but raised over seeds along midline, stipe 1 mm long; marginal nerve thickened. Seeds longitudinal, irregularly obloid to cubic or widely ellipsoid, black, slightly shiny. B.R. Maslin & R.L. Barrett, Acacia mackenziei, a new species from the Kimberley 189 Figure 1. Acacia mackenziei. A - habitat at type location with Ben Anderson holding top of mature plant; B - habit on sandstone slope; C - flowering and fruiting branchlet with compact and well-spaced phyllodes; D - straight phyllodes with short mucro; E - fruiting branchlet with compact phyllodes; F - recurved phyllodes with longer mucro. Voucher: R.L. Barrett, M.D. Barrett & B. Anderson 7850. Images by R.L. Barrett. 190 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Other specimens examined. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 8 Apr. 2013, R.L. Barrett, M.D. Barrett & B. Anderson 7848 (PERTH); 29 Jan. 1982, K.F. Kenneally s.n. (BRI, PERTH 07883358 & 07925360). Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the east Kimberley region of northern Western Australia to the south-east of Kununurra. It is presently known from only a single sandstone range where the population occurs on both sides of a high ridge dissected by a narrow gorge. Two sub-populations were located about 1 km apart, with about 40 plants in the first and about 20 plants in the second. Phenology. The paucity of collections prevents a comprehensive assessment of phenology. However, existing specimens show flowering as commencing in the late ‘wet season’ at the end of January, and continuing until at least early April. Pods with mature seeds often occur on plants withflowers at anthesis. Conservation status. Acacia mackenziei is to be listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (A. Jones pers. comm.). Etymology. It is a great pleasure to name this new species for Norman (Norm) McKenzie, Senior Principal Research Scientist with the Western Australian Department of Parks and Wildlife. Norm has devoted 40 years to studying the biogeography of Western Australia, including the Kimberley region. His work has underpinned knowledge of the State’s biological assets and its conservation priorities, and has been pivotal in the establishment of a comprehensive conservation reserve system. Although primarily a mammalogist. Norm always incorporated a botanical component to biological surveys and worked closely with the botanists on his teams. Common name. Norm’s Whorled Wattle. Variation. Phyllode length, curvature, orientation and disposition in this species vary considerably, probably related to seasonal growth conditions. For example, on the type collection the phyllodes range from long (10 mm), straight and erect with whorls 7-12 mm apart to short (5 mm), shallowly recurved and somewhat spreading with whorls 2-3 mm apart. Because of this variation the general facies of different branchlets, or parts of branchlets, can appear somewhat dissimilar with respect to their foliage. Affinities. Acaciamackenziei '\smostc\osQ\yxQ\ditQditoA. (3W(3!^z7/(a!A.S.George. Thesignificantcharacters shared by these two species include the following: phyllodes 14-20 per whorl with nerves visible on lower surface (at least when dry) and the mucro distinct and setose, bracteoles narrowly lanceolate and long-acuminate, calyx shorter than 1/2 length of corolla and shortly dissected into linear to narrowly triangular lobes, petals striate, pods more or less sessile and relatively narrow, and seeds irregularly shaped and longitudinally oriented within the pods. Furthermore, both these species are normally erect, sparingly branched, somewhat spindly shrubs 1-2 m tall and as such are unusual within sect. Lycopodiifoliae where most other taxa are of lower stature and/or more extensively branched. Although the differences between A. anasilla and A. mackenziei are not especially great they are such that the overall facies of the species appears very different (especially insofar as their branchlet and phyllode indumentum is concerned; see discussion below). While it could be argued that these taxa might be better treated as subspecies, the differences between them are subjectively judged as being at least as significant as those used by George (1999) to separated, anasilla from its highly polymorphic close relative, A. lycopodiifolia A.Cmm. ex Hook. B.R. Maslin & R.L. Barrett, Acacia mackenziei, a new species from the Kimberley 191 Acacia anasilla is distinguished from A. mackenziei by its branchlet indumentum being denser and more conspicuous, peduncles longer (17-30 mm), calyx generally shorter (c. 1/4 the length of the petals) and petal apices consistently and more obviously hairy (the indumentum denser and hairs longer). The phyllodes of A. anasilla differ most obviously from those of A. mackenziei in having longer apical setae (1.5^ mm) and a more conspicuous indumentum of longer hairs (0.2-0.4 mm). Indeed, because of the density and length of these phyllode hairs A. anasilla characteristically presents as having smoky grey foliage, whereas ^4. mackenziei with its shorter, less obvious phyllode indumentum presents as having green foliage. The phyllodes of A. anasilla further differ than those of A. mackenziei in being slightly narrower (0.3-0.4 mm wide) and vary from sub-terete to flat; although the basic phyllode nervature is the same in both species, in A. anasilla the phyllodes are only rarely (incipiently) 3-nerved on their lower surface. Acacia anasilla is scattered in the Kimberley region with populations occurring north of Fitzroy Crossing and in the general vicinity of Turkey Creek, about 200 km to the east. Acacia mackenziei is currently known from a single population located about 150 km to the north of Turkey Creek. Acacia mackenziei also has affinities with A. perryi Pedley and A. prolata Maslin, M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett but both these species differ in having normally nerveless phyllodes (rarely obscurely 1-nerved on their lower surface). Acacia perryi is further distinguished from A. mackenziei by its phyllodes, which possess longer hairs (0.2-0.3 mm) and anon-setose mucro that is somewhat thickened, subulate and more or less sub-rigid, and by its petals, which have a denser indumentum of longer hairs. Acacia perryi has a widespread, scattered distribution in sub-tropical Australia, extending from Mornington Station (north of Fitzroy Crossing) east to central Northern Territory. The closest known populations of A. perryi to those of A. mackenziei are from Purnululu National Park in Western Australia (about 150 km to the south) and Gregory National Park in the Northern Territory (about 150 km to the south-east). Acacia prolata is further distinguished from the new species by its normally free sepals that are 1/2 or slightly more than 1/2 the length of the petals. This species occurs in the far north-west Kimberley region (Maslin et al. 2013) about 500 km to the west of where A. mackenziei grows. References Barker, W.R. (1990). New names and combinations in Lindernia, Peplidium, Stemodia, and Striga (Scrophularaceae) mainly of the Kimberley region. Western Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 13: 79-93. Barrett, R.L. (2007). Corymbia cadophora subsp. polychroma (Myrtaceae): a new subspecies from the east Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 17: 31-36. Barrett, R.L. & Barrett, M.D. (2011). Two new species of Triodia (Poaceae: Triodieae) from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Telopea 13: 51-61. Barrett, R.L., Wells, G.B. & Dixon, K.W. (2005). Triodiafissura. ln\ Mallett, K. {yd.) Flora of Australia. Vol. 44B. pp. 207-208, 458-459. Craven, L.A., Wilson, F.D. & Fryxell, P.A. (2003). A taxonomic review of Hibiscus sect. Furcaria (Malvaceae) in Western Australia and the Northern Territory. Australian Systematic Botany 16:185-218. Dunlop, C.R. & Done, C.C. (1992). Eucalyptus ordiana (Myrtaceae), a new species from the Kimberley, Western Australia. Nuytsia^'. 195-199. Duretto, M.F. (1997). Taxonomic notes on Boronia species of north-western Australia, including a revision of the Boronia lanuginosa group {Boronia section Valvatae: Rutaceae). Nuytsia 11: 301-346. George, A.S. (1999). Seven new species of Acacia section Lycopodiifolia (Mimosaceae). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 82: 67-74. George, A.S. (2001). Lycopodiifoliae species descriptions. In: Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) Flora of Australia. Vol. IIB. pp. 388-402. Halford, D.A. (1997). Notes on Tiliaceae in Australia, 3: A revision of the genus Triumfetta L. Austrobaileya 4: 495-587. Lazarides, M. (1995). The genus Eriachne (Eriachneae, Poaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 8: 355-452. 192 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Lazarides, M. (1997). A revision of Triodia including Plectrachne (Poaceae, Eragrostideae, Triodiinae). Australian Systematic Botany 10: 381-489. Pedley, L. (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia A. Cunn. ex Hook, and its allies. Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium 11: 1-23. Maslin, B.R. (2014). WATTLE2: interactive identification of Australian AcdLc'm. Version2.2. http://www.lucidcentral.org/en-au/ keysl73;/searchforakey.aspx [accessed June 2014]. Maslin, B- R- & Cowie, I. (201 A). Acacia equisetifolia, a rare, new species of Acacia sect. Lycopodiifoliae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the Top End of the Northern Territory. Nuytsia 24: 1-5. Maslin, B.R., Barrett, M.D. & Barrett, R.E. (2013). A baker’s dozen of new wattles highlights significant (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) diversity and endemism in the north-west Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 23: 543-587. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:193-205 Published online 21 August 2014 Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the arid zone in Western Australia Bruce R. Maslin Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Bruce.Maslin@dpaw. wa.gov. au Abstract Maslin, B.R. Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the arid zone in Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 193-205 (2014). Four new species from Acacia Mill. sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche are described, namely, A. curryana Maslin, A. doreta Maslin, A. lapidosa Maslin and A. petricola Maslin. Apart from A. doreta which extends into the Northern Territory and South Australia these species are endemic in Western Australia. Three of the species have conservation value under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, namely, A. curryana (Priority One), A. lapidosa (Priority One) and A. petricola (Priority Two). Introduction Four new species that occur in the arid zone of Western Australia are described, with one extending to south-central Northern Territory and north-west South Australia. These species belong to Acacia Mill. sect. Juliflorae (Benth.) Maiden & Betche and all are included in the online identification key to Australian acacias (Maslin 2014). Taxonomy Acacia curryana Maslin, sp. nov. Type: near Minnie Creek Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 7 October 2007, B.R. Maslin, J. Miller & J.E. Rezf/BRM 9177 {holo: PERTH 07778635). Acacia sp. Minnie Creek (B.R. Maslin 5217), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// fiorabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed April 2014]. Obconic or rounded, multi-stemmed, spreading shrub 1.5-2.5 m tall, crown 3-4 m wide and dense (but becoming sparse on oldest plants), stems and main branches ±contorted. Bark grey, rough and longitudinally fissured on stems, ±smooth on upper branches. Branchlets terete, obscurely ribbed, sericeous at extremities but glabrous with age, the light grey epidermis normally fracturing into rectangular, exfoliating plates. Stipules early caducous, triangular, c. 1 mm long, scarious. Phyllodes © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 194 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) elliptic to obovate, (15-)20-30(-35) mm long, 10-20 mm wide, 1: w = 1.5-2(-2.5), coriaceous, straight, dark green with a silvery sheen (when fresh), sericeous with minute, closely appressed, straight, silvery white hairs that are dense on new shoots but becoming sparse on oldest phyllodes; longitudinal nerves numerous, fine, close together, 5-8 per mm, of uniform prominence or the central nerve and normally one nerve on either side of it slightly more pronounced than the rest, free to base (nerves neither confluent with one another or with the lower margin), anastomoses absent or very occasional; marginal nerve discrete, resinous, light brown to dark red-brown; apices rounded, occasionally sub-retuse, mucronulate, innocuous; pulvinus 1.5-2 mm long, scarcely wrinkled. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode at distal end of pulvinus, not prominent. Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)4-8 mm long, with sparse to moderately dense, spreading to appressed, straight to shallowly curved, short, white hairs; spikes (judging from fruiting receptacles which are 5-7 mm long) short-cylindrical. Flowers not seen. Pods broadly oblong, 30-70 mm long, 11-18 mm wide, not or scarcely constricted between the seeds, flat but slightly rounded over seeds, crustaceous to ±sub-woody, straight to variously curved, sometimes irregularly sigmoid, sessile, light brown, densely villous, the hairs golden on young pods but becoming white or tinged golden with age, margins thickened. Seeds oblique in the pods, widely ellipsoid or sometimes obloid, 8-9 mm long, 6-7.5 mm wide, flattened (2.5-4 mm thick), brown except dull yellow at centre, dull with a very slight sheen, minutely rugose; pleurogram fine and obscure; areole ‘u’-shaped, open at end facing the aril, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide; funicle expanded into a thickened, sub-clavate or sub-conic aril 2.5-3 mm long situated at end of seed. (Figure 1) Characteristic features. Obconic or rounded, multi-stemmed shrubs 1.5-2.5 m tall, crown dense, stems and main branches ±contorted. Phyllodes elliptic to obovate, (15-)20-30(-35) mm long, 10-20 mm wide, 1: w = 1.5-2(-2.5), coriaceous, sericeous with hairs densest on new shoots; longitudinal nerves numerous, fine, of uniform prominence or 1-3 slightly more pronounced than the rest, anastomoses absent or occasional; marginal nerve discrete, resinous, light brown to dark red-brown; apices rounded, innocuous. Peduncles (3-)4-8 mm long; spikes short-cylindrical. Pods broadly oblong, 11-18 mm wide, crustaceous to ±sub-woody, straight to variously curved, densely villous, the hairs golden on young pods but aging white or tinged golden. Seeds large (8-9 X 6-7.5 mm), flattened, brown except dull yellow at centre, minutely rugose. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 10 Aug. 1981, R.J. Cranfield 1875 (PERTH); 9 May 1982, B.R. Maslin 5214 (MEE, PERTH) & 5217 (CANB, K, NSW, PERTH). Distribution. Occurs in the western extremity of the Gascoyne bioregion in Western Australia, where it is known from only a very few populations on Minnie Creek and Williambury Stations (about 60 km apart), which are located about 200 km north-east of Carnarvon. This area, which is in the watershed region of the Minilya and Eyons Rivers, is rather poorly collected and it is therefore quite possible that future survey will reveal more populations. Habitat. Grows on low granite hills in skeletal, brown, clayey loam where it favours water- gaining sites such as diffuse drainage channels. It is often locally abundant where it grows but seemingly does not form dense populations. Phenology. All but one of the existing collections are sterile or with old pods. Only the type, which was collected in early October, has mature seed. B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 195 Figure 1. Acacia currayana. A - habit; B - small and obtuse phyllodes. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. Conservation status. Acacia curryana was recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Acacia sp. Minnie Creek (B.R. Maslin 5217) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Although known populations of A. curryana occur close to (and between) Kennedy Range National Park and Mount Augustus National Park, the species is not recorded as occurring in any conservation reserve. Etymology. This species is named for Suzanne Curry and is a long-overdue acknowledgement for her exemplary work as my Research Assistant between 1980 and 1988. During this period Suzanne provided invaluable and competent support in the laboratory, the field and on a number of interstate herbarium visits. Her organisational skills and attention to detail were especially appreciated during the preparation of the Acacia treatment for the Flora of Australia volumes (Orchard & Wilson 2001, 2001 a). A by-product of this work was a book detailing the Australian collecting localities of Allan Cunningham (Curry et al. 2002). It is additionally fitting that this species be named for Suzanne because she was present when B.R. Maslin 5217, the voucher for the phrase name Acacia sp. Minnie Creek, was collected, and because she coordinated the compilation of the draft management plan for Kennedy Range National Park, which is located to the immediate west of where the species grows (DEC/CCWA 2008). Common name. Suzanne’s Golden-pod Wattle. Affinities. Acacia curryana is a very distinctive species on account of its relatively small but broad, elliptic to obovate, obtuse, sericeous phyllodes with light brown to dark red-brown, resinous margins, and its broad, densely villous pods that are golden-hairy when young. It is related to the more easterly distributed A. xanthocarpa Cowan & Maslin which also has multi-striate phyllodes, short peduncles supporting non-globular heads, and most particularly, golden-hairy young pods. However, A. xanthocarpa is readily recognised by its terete phyllodes that are 6-9.5 cm long. Sterile specimens of A. curryana may superficially resemble members of the Mulga group (Maslin & Reid 2012) that have short, broad phyllodes, especially A. craspedocarpa F.Muell. (which is readily distinguished by its reticulately veined phyllodes) and A. mulganeura Maslin & J.E.Reid (which is readily distinguished by its branchlet ribs being covered by a thick layer of resin that is absent from the new species). However, these Mulga species are not especially closely related to the new species. 196 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Acacia doreta Maslin, sp. nov. Type'. Little Sandy Desert, c. 6.5 to 7 km along the track from H Dowd Water Hole to Clay Hole, 210 km south and 80 km east of Newman, Western Australia, 31 May 2012, M. Stone & S. Colwill 34381 {holo: PERTH 08400830; iso: K, MEL). Obconic, multi-stemmed shrub or small tree 1.5-5 m tall and 1.5-3 m or more wide, crown ±flat- topped to sub-rounded (more rounded on young plants), ±openly branched with foliage normally not especially dense, the upper branches sometimes wide-spreading, main stems normally a little contorted. Bark ‘Minni Ritchi’ (i.e. red to red-brown and exfoliating in narrow shavings that curl retrorsely from each end), commonly extending to the upper branchlets. Branchlets terete, ribs not visible or scarcely visible, with variably thick, resin-ridges (not viscid, at least when dry) at the normally yellowish or light brown extremities, the resin transversely fractured and often segmented with age, often scurfy between the resin ridges, glabrous but young growth with scattered, microscopic, circular, sessile, red- brown glandular trichomes. Stipules early caducous, triangular, microscopic (c. 0.5 mm long), erect, yellow. Phyllodes terete or sometimes sub-terete, infrequently interspersed with a few compressed to flat, (15-)20-60(-70) mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm diam., shallowly to strongly incurved (curving either from the base or along entire length of phyllode), sometimes a few straight, often crowded on and conflned to relatively short terminal branchlets, sub-rigid, ascending to erect, green, glabrous or occasionally ±sparsely hairy between the nerves, resinous, not viscid (at least when dry); flnely multi- striate, the nerves not raised and often obscured by resin; apices terminated by an acute or sub-acute, hard, innocuous point; pulvinus 1-1.5 mm long. Gland inconspicuous (easily overlooked), situated on upper edge of phyllode at distal end of pulvinus. Inflorescences simple, 1-3 per axil, often with a vegetative bud arising from base of peduncles at anthesis; peduncles (6-)8-22 mm long, glabrous but sometimes with scattered red-brown, sessile glandular trichomes as on branchlets; basal peduncular single, caducous, 0.5-1 mm long; flowers densely arranged in±resinous, light golden, (globular-) obloid heads or cylindrical spikes, 5-22 mm long at anthesis when dry. Bracteoles c. 1 mm long, claws linear, abruptly expanded at apex into small, inflexed, abaxially thickened laminae. Flowers 5-merous; calyx 1/2-3/4 length of petals, gamosepalous, shortly dissected into triangular lobes; calyx tube glabrous or ±sparsely puberulous; petals 1.5-2 mm long, 1 -nerved. Pods narrowly oblong to linear, 15-50(-70) mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, straight to shallowly curved, flat but slightly raised over seeds along midline, not or scarcely constricted between the seeds, light brown to mid-brown, glabrous, nerves few and obscure, valves deflexed along their outer rim to form a narrow (0.3-0.4(-0.6) mm wide) flat edge perpendicular to the face of the valve, the edge the same colour as face of valve. Seeds longitudinal to oblique in the pods, obloid to ellipsoid, 2^(-5) mm long, 1.5-2(-2.5) mm wide, dark brown to black, sometimes obscurely mottled dull yellow, normally dull yellow at or near centre of seed associated with the areole, ±shiny; pleurogram very obscure; areole ‘u’-shaped, open at end facing the aril, very small (0.3-0.4 mm long); aril once-folded, cream coloured (?white when fresh). (Figure 2) Characteristic features. Multi-stemmed shrub or small tree with ‘Minni Ritchi’ bark. Phyllodes normally terete or sometimes sub-terete, (15-)20-60(-70) mm long, shallowly to strongly incurved, sub-rigid, ascending to erect, resinous, flnely multi-striate with ±obscure nerves, the apices terminated by a hard, innocuous point. Inflorescences simple; peduncles mostly 8-22 mm long; flowers in globular or obloid heads or cylindrical spikes. Calyx 1/2-3/4 length of petals, gamosepalous, shortly dissected into triangular lobes. Pods narrowly oblong to linear, 15-50(-70) mm long, 2.5-5 mm wide, thinly coriaceous-crustaceous, flat, brown, valves deflexed along outer rim to form a narrow, perpendicular edge which is the same colour as the valve face. Seeds 2-4(-5) mm long, 1.5-2(-2.5) mm wide, arillate. B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 197 Figure 2. Acacia doreta. A - habit; B - stem base showing ‘Minni Ritchi’ bark; C - ‘Minni Ritchi’ bark; D - flowering branchlet showing short-cylindrical heads and short, terete phyllodes; E - pods. Photographs by Bruce Maslin (A, B, C, E); Western Botanical (D). Selected specimens Mt Margaret, 31 Aug. 1948, Clelands.n. (AD w. V., BRI n.v., PERTH 02525100); on flat S of Lake Mason Homestead, 17 Sep. 2004, DJ. Edinger 6 G. Marsh DIE 4853 (PERTH); Carnarvon Range, Blue Hills area, 11 Aug. 2012, N. Gibson, S. van Leeuwen, M.A. Langley & K. Brown NG 6715 (AD, CANB, K, MEL, NT, PERTH); Coolbro Creek, just off track from Telfer to Rudall River, June 1981, E.M Goble-Garratt 139 (BRI, PERTH); near Well 24 on Canning Stock Route, N of Lake Disappointment, 12 Sep. 1971, B.R. Maslin 2268 (BRI, K, NSW, PERTH, US); 19.5 km NE of Carnegie Homestead on Gunbarrel Highway to Warburton, 7 Sep. 1984, B.R. Maslin 5637 (PERTH); Lorna Glen Conservation Park (c. 150 km ENE ofWiluna), on track 2 km N of No. 9 Well, 15 km due SW of old homestead building, 23 Oct. 2007, B.R. Maslin, J. Miller & J.E. Reid BRM 9316 (AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 76.5 km E of Leonora on road to Laverton, 27 Oct. 2007, B.R. Maslin, J. Miller & J.E. Reid BRM 9336 (PERTH); salt lake in Plumridge Lake Nature Reserve, 13 May 2008, W.A. Thompson 345 (CANB, PERTH); N of Queen Victoria Spring Nature Reserve in Mulga Rock area. Officer Basin, c. 200 km ENE of Kalgoorlie, 17-26 June 1985, A.S. Weston 14926 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Mt Capitor, 20 km ENE of Santa Teresa, 30 Aug. 1995, D.E. Albrecht 6898 & P.K. Latz (DNA n.v., NT n.v., PERTH); 198 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) old telegraph station, Tennant Creek, 5 May 1987, P. Blackwood s.n. (DNA n.v., NT w.v., PERTH 00814563); 1 km SE of Kathleen Spring, 18 July 1981, EX. Latz 8738 (CANB w.v., NT w.v, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRAEIA: far north-west, c. 50 km S of Cheesman Peak, 1966, R.B. Major 33 (AD n.v ). Distribution. Scattered mainly in the eastern desert regions of Western Australia, ranging eastwards to south-central Northern Territory and far north-west South Australia. In Western Australia it occurs from the southern extremity of the Great Victoria Desert near Queen Victoria Spring Nature Reserve (c. 200 km east of Kalgoorlie) north to the northern edge of the Gibson Desert and Tittle Sandy Desert, in the general vicinity of Rudall River National Park (c. 200 km north-east of Newman) and eastwards. In the southern part of its range it extends to the south-western edge of the Murchison bioregion, especially in the general vicinity of Eeinster; the most westerly known occurrence is from Take Mason, c. 100 km west of Eeinster (D.J. Edinger & G. Marsh DJE 4853). Habitat. Occurs in a variety of habitats but often in skeletal soil on the slopes of rocky hills (of sandstone, granite. Banded Iron Formation or quartz schist lithology) or on plains in (often stony or lateritic) sandy loam; sometimes occurs over calcrete or in sand near salt lakes. Seemingly often in Mulga (A. aneura and relatives) shrubland. Acacia doreta commonly forms monotypic stands. Phenology. As with many plurinerved acacias from the arid zone the flowering and fruiting in this species is probably influenced by the timing and intensity of rainfall events. Plants of A. doreta with flowers at anthesis have been collected from early April to mid-September while those with mature seed have been collected in August, October and late May. Conservation status. Not considered rare or endangered. Etymology. The species name is derived from the Greek doretos (generous, freely given). This species is dedicated to the team of volunteers at the Western Australian Herbarium who so generously and graciously give of their time and skills to assist the institution in a range of tasks, particularly specimen mounting and identification, and image manipulation. While not intending in any way to detract from any individual’s effort, recognition is given to volunteers Gilbert Marsh and Daphne Edinger, who provided additional, invaluable held assistance to the author during the Understanding Mulga project (Maslin & Reid 2012). Common name. Vollies’ Minni Ritchi. Variation. This species shows an unusually wide range of variation for inflorescence shape. In the western part of its geographic range the flowers most commonly occur in obloid or sometimes globular heads; however, in some specimens from the Gibson Desert and Tittle Sandy Desert in Western Australia and those from the Northern Territory and South Australia, they occur in clearly cylindrical spikes. There is also a considerable range of variation in phyllode length. On some specimens the phyllodes are consistently short (about 15-30 mm long), whereas on others they reach 50-70 mm. There does not seem to be any particular geographic correlation for phyllode length although specimens with the shortest phyllodes are often found on the ex-pastoral lease of Eorna Glen (east of Wiluna) and in the Carnarvon Range area. While most specimens possess terete phyllodes there are a few where some of the phyllodes range to flattish, e.g. B.R. Maslin 2268, B.R. Maslin etal. 9316 mdA.S. Weston 14926. As noted below, it is possible that in some cases at least these specimens with a mixture of terete and flattish phyllodes may possibly suggest introgression with A. rhodophloia Maslin. B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 199 Affinities. Acacia doreta is a member of Acacia sect. Juliflorae and is related to A. grasbyi Maiden and more particularly, to A. rhodophloia. These species are shrubs or small trees that possess the highly distinctive ‘Minni Ritchi’ bark (see description); they also share finely multi-striate, relatively short, innocuous phyllodes and gamosepalous calyces that are at least 1/2 the length of the corolla and which are shortly dissected into triangular lobes. Acacia rhodophloia can be distinguished from A. doreta by its fiat phyllodes that are (2-)4-l 0(-l 3) mm wide, and these are the only characters that will reliably separate the species. Although these are seemingly rather trivial differences upon which to erect a new species, there are practical reasons for doing so. Acacia doreta and A. rhodophloia are broadly sympatric over a wide area of the arid zone and although both have been quite well-collected there is limited evidence of introgression between them. While A. doreta could be treated as an infraspecific taxon of A. rhodophloia such an action would serve to compound the large amount of variation within this species, thus making it more difficult to intuitively distinguish A. rhodophloia from related ‘Minni Ritchi’ species, especially A. grasbyi. At present A. doreta and A. grasbyi are easily distinguished from A. rhodophloia by their terete phyllodes. As currently defined A. rhodophloia is very polymorphic; it undoubtedly comprises more than one species and is in need of critical review. It is within the context of such a revision that the status of A. doreta will need to be re-assessed where attributes like habit, habitat and phyllode dimensions will probably prove most important in discriminating entities. However, undertaking this research is likely to prove troublesome, costly and time-consuming because the species are widespread over a large geographic area that is often difficult to access, and their flowering and fruiting will most likely be dependent upon the incidence and intensity of rainfall (which in the arid zone is notoriously variable, patchy and unreliable). It may therefore be some time before any review will be undertaken. In the meantime it is prudent and practical to recognise A. doreta as a separate species. Acacia doreta is clearly distinguished from A. grasbyi by its carpological features and by having a more easterly geographic range. Although these species sometimes exhibit inflorescence, phyllode or habit differences, these characters alone will not always reliably distinguish them. Indeed, in the absence of pods they can sometimes be difficult to separate, unless it is known from where the specimen was collected. Acacia grasbyi has clearly larger seeds than those of A. doreta, i.e. 5-8(-9) mm long and 4- 5(-7.5) mm wide, and this is the one character that will always reliably separate the species, even in the few cases where their pod width is the same. The pods of A. grasbyi are also different in being of a harder texture (crustaceous-coriaceous to sub-woody), longer and/or wider (50-100(-150) mm long, 5- 8(-10) mm wide) and often having dissimilar margins. In both species the pod valves are defiexed along their outer rim to form a fiat edge that is perpendicular to the face of the valves. In A. grasbyi this edge is quite well-developed (0.4-1.5 mm wide), is yellow to light brown and as such is normally paler-coloured than the face of the valve. In A. doreta on the other hand the edge is generally less well- developed (commonly 0.3-0.4 mm wide) and is the same brown colour as the face of the valve. These pod margin attributes can be helpful in separating the species when specimens are in young pod. In A. grasbyi the flowers are normally arranged in cylindrical spikes (10-30 mm long at anthesis when dry), only rarely do they occur in shorter, obloid heads. The flowers of A. doreta on the other hand are often arranged in globular to obloid heads; however, in some areas they form cylindrical spikes (see above). The normally terete phyllodes of A. grasbyi are 30-100 mm long, thus sometimes longer than, and never as short as, the new species. Although habit information for both species is somewhat sketchy it is possible that the new species more commonly has a shrubby growth form with more numerous main stems arising from ground level. In the past specimens of A. doreta had commonly been treated as A. grasbyi. For example, the account of A. grasbyi in Flora of Australia (Orchard & Wilson 2001) included elements of both taxa, with all information pertaining to the Northern Territory, South Australia and the eastern deserts of Western Australia applying to the new species. A revised treatment of A. grasbyi is available through WATTLE2 (Maslin 2014). 200 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Acacia lapidosa Maslin, sp. nov. Type', north of Mount Magnet, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 2 June 1994, B.R. Maslin 7339 {holo\ PERTH 03585344; iso\ K). Acacia sp. Diorite (B.R. Maslin 7329), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase. dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed April 2014]. Erect, iobconic or rounded, multi-stemmed (stems few to many), ±gnarledshrub 1-3.5 m tall, with spreading, flat-topped to sub-rounded, dense crown to c. 3 m across and occupying the upper 20^0% of the plant, main stems and branches Hwisted and contorted. Bark grey, flbrous and longitudinally Assured to upper branches. Branchlets terete (slightly angled at extremities), obscurely ribbed (ribs not evident on mature branchlets), the ribs rarely coated with a layer of opaque, light grey resin, glabrous except sparsely sericeous at extremities (hairs short, straight, appressed and silvery white), brown or reddish brown and often partially covered with a light grey epidermis, aging grey. Phyllodes narrowly linear, (5-)6-9.5 cm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, flat to compressed or sub-terete, straight to shallowly incurved or shallowly sigmoid, erect. Arm but not especially rigid, slightly shiny, glabrous or (especially when young) sparsely silvery white appressed-hairy, green; longitudinal nerves numerous, flne and close together, the nerves of uniform prominence or the central one slightly more pronounced than the rest; marginal nerves not prominent, yellow and not resinous or sometimes red-brown and resinous; apices acuminate with delicate, ^shallowly curved, innocuous tips; pulvinus 2-3 mm long, often sparsely to moderately appressed-hairy. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode, 0-0.5 mm above pulvinus, not prominent. Flowers not seen but judging from fruiting receptacle (to 4 mm long) would be arranged in obloid heads or possibly short spikes. Peduncles (fruiting) 3-5 mm long, glabrous to sparsely appressed-hairy. Pods narrowly oblong to broadly linear, 4-13 cm long, 7-9.5 mm wide, rounded over seeds with umbo extending to the edge of valves, straight-edged to moderately or rarely strongly constricted between seeds, flrmly coriaceous-crustaceous to ±sub-woody, sub-straight to shallowly curved, greyish mid-brown to very dark brown (almost black), sparsely to moderately appressed-hairy with the silvery white hairs densest on young pods (mature pods sometimes almost glabrous), very obscurely nerved; marginal nerve not thickened, valves deflexed along their outer rim to form a narrow (c. 0.7 mm wide), flat edge ±perpendicular to the face of the valve, the edge same colour as face of valve or a paler brown. Seeds longitudinal in pods, obloid to ellipsoid, (7-)8-10 mm long, 5-7.5 mm wide, compressed (3-3.5 mm thick), shallowly concave at centre, dull to slightly shiny (satin lustre), dark brown to black except sometimes light brown at centre; pleurogram continuous or open at end facing the aril; areole ‘u’-shaped or (when pleurogram is continuous) narrowly oblong to elliptic, l-2(-2.5) mm long, (0.8-)l-l .5 mm wide, sometimes minutely pitted;/wwzc/e short, expanded into a small, dull yellow to pale orange (when dry) aril beneath the seed. (Figure 3) Characteristic features. Multi-stemmed shrubs with ±twisted and contorted main stems and branches. Phyllodes narrowly linear, (5-)6-9.5 cm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, straight to shallowly incurved or shallowly sigmoid, erect, flat to compressed or sub-terete, flnely multi-nerved; apices delicately acuminate by ±shaflowly curved, innocuous tips. Peduncles (fruiting) 3-5 mm long. Pods 7-9.5 mm wide, rounded over seeds, greyish mid-brown to very dark brown (almost black), flrmly coriaceous- crustaceous to ±sub-woody; marginal nerve not thickened, rim of valve deflexed to form an outer, flat edge c. 0.7 mm wide. Seeds large (mostly 8-10 x 5-7.5 mm), shallowly concave at centre, dark brown to black; aril small. B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 201 yestern Justra PERTH 03585344 Acacia C- DETERMINAVIT: B.R. Maslin_^^^ Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH) 916 (PERTH); 1 June 1994, B.R. Maslin 7329 (PERTH); 14 Oct. 1999, B.R. Maslin, J Miller, L. Sweedman &B. Cole BRM7895 (PERTH); Oct. 1993, T. McKenzie 2 (PERTH); 25 Sep. 1993, H. Pringle 3972 (MEE; PERTH). Distribution. Known only from a few populations in the vicinity of Mt Magnet, in the Murchison bioregion of Western Australia. It is seemingly common in the places where it grows. Habitat. Occurs in skeletal soils on diorite hills and ridges or gabbro plains (both diorite and gabbro are igneous rocks derived from plutonic magmas). Grows in open shrubland in association with a range of Acacia species, including A. umbraculiformis Maslin & Buscumb. Phenology. Pods with mature seeds have been collected in early June (perhaps resulting from a summer flowering event) and late September to October (perhaps resulting from a winter flowering event). It is possible that flowering and fruiting in this species is dependent on the timing and intensity of rainfall events. Conservation status. Acacia lapidosa was recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Acacia sp. Diorite (B.R. Maslin 7329) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Etymology. The species name is derived from the Eatin lapidosus (stony) in allusion to the habitat of the species. Common name. Mount Magnet Rock Wattle. Affinities. Acacia lapidosa is a distinctive species on account of its narrowly linear, acuminate, innocuous phyllodes and large pods and seeds. Its carpological characters, phyllode nervature and probable obloid heads indicate that A. lapidosa is most closely related to A. umbraculiformis. These two species are at least sometimes sympatric and seemingly occasionally hybridise (see Acacia umbraculiformis is readily distinguished from A. lapidosa by its characteristically wide-spreading, falcately recurved, broader phyllodes (mostly 3-7.5 mm wide); it also has a different habit, growing to shapely, obconic trees with normally a single trunk. The pods of A. umbraculiformis differ slightly from those of A. lapidosa in one respect, namely, they are either glabrous or possess microscopic, reddish glandular trichomes that are embedded in a thin, patchy layer of resin. In A. lapidiosa the pods are not resinous and glandular trichomes are absent; the pods, however, normally possess (sometimes sparse) conventional, white, appressed hairs. Hybridity. One population located just north of Mt Magnet containing both A. lapidosa and A. umbraculiformis also possessed occasional plants deemed, from morphological criteria, to represent a hybrid between the two species (e.g. B.R. Maslin 8938; PERTH, MEE). This putative hybrid has very narrow, straight phyllodes (like those of A. lapidosa) but resinous pods with glandular trichomes (like some plants of A. umbraculiformis). The growth form of B.R. Maslin 8938 is similar to that of A. lapidosa except that the plant was single-stemmed. Acacia petricola Maslin, sp. nov. Type'. Mount Augustus, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 6 July 2005, J.E. Wajon 1284 {holo\ PERTH 07431600). B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 203 Acacia sp. Mt Augustus (S.D. Hopper 3181), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed April 2014]. Erect, multi-stemmed, rounded or obconic shrub 2-3(-5) m tall, the spreading crown open or dense and 3-6(-8) m wide, main stems rather contorted. BarkddA^. grey, thick and Assured. Branchlets terete, finely ribbed, glabrous, rarely sparsely appressed-hairy (at extremities), commonly red-brown (often partially covered with a light grey, ±flaking, waxy epidermis) aging grey. New shoots resinous, not viscid (at least when dry), brown, young phyllodes densely silvery sericeous. Stipules early caducous, 1-2 mm long, scarious, brown. Phyllodes narrowly elliptic to oblong-elliptic, (3-)4-8 cm long, 8-20 mm wide, straight, often slightly twisted or undulate, green, glabrous or with minute, appressed, silvery, straight hairs; longitudinal nerves numerous, very fine and close together, 5-10 per mm, anastomoses absent or few, the central nerve and often a sub-central nerve on either side of it slightly more prominent than the rest; marginal nerve discrete, light yellow (aging light brown), sometimes scurfy white; apices acute to obtuse, innocuous; pulvinus 1.5-3 mm long. Gland situated on upper margin of phyllode at distal end of pulvinus. Inflorescences simple, 1 or 2 per axil; peduncles 2-A mm long, glabrous or with sparse, appressed, white hairs, often resinous; spikes 10-20 mm long, light golden. Bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous, claws linear and expanded into a short, narrow, ±thickened, distinct laminae. Flowers 5-merous, ±resinous; sepals free or shortly united near base, c. 1 mm long, 1/2-2/3 the length of petals, glabrous or sparsely ciliolate, claws linear to narrowly oblong, slightly expanded at apices into very narrow, slightly thickened laminae (less prominent than bracteole laminae); petals 2 mm long, glabrous, nerveless or obscurely 1-nerved. Pods narrowly oblong, 5.5-7.5 cm long, 8-11 mm wide, straight edged, not or scarcely raised over the seeds, sub-straight to shallowly curved, valves twisted following dehiscence, nerveless or obscurely and openly reticulately nerved, firmly crustaceous to iwoody, glabrous or with occasional, white, appressed hairs and microscopic red glandular trichomes (juvenile pods resinous, but not viscid when dry, with microscopic red glandular trichomes embedded within the resin matrix), shiny; margins with a vertical flange 2-A mm wide perpendicular to face of valve (as in A. quadrimarginea). Seeds oblique in the pods, widely ellipsoid to obloid, 4.5-5 mm long, 3.5^ mm wide, slightly shiny, dark brown, flattened; areole ‘u’-shaped, open at end facing the aril, 0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, not raised; pleurogram bordered externally by a narrow but distinct yellowish band of tissue;/ww/c/e to 5 mm long, expanding into a moderately developed white to cream aril. (Figure 4) Characteristic features. Multi-stemmed shrub 2-3(-5) m tall, 3-6(-8) m wide, main stems rather contorted. Branchlets normally glabrous. New shoots resinous, young phyllodes silvery sericeous. Phyllodes (3-)4-8 cm long, 8-20 mm wide, straight; multi-striate by numerous, very fine, parallel, non-anastomosing nerves; marginal nerve discrete, light yellow aging light brown, sometimes scurfy white; apices acute to obtuse, innocuous. Inflorescences simple; peduncles 2-A mm long; spikes 10- 20 mm long. Bracteoles with linear claws and short, distinct, ±thickened laminae. Flowers 5-merous, iresinous; sepals ±free. Pods 8-11 mm wide, firmly crustaceous to ±woody, normally glabrous; margins with a vertical flange 2-A mm wide. Seeds oblique, 4.5-5 mm long, 3.5^ mm wide, dark brown except yellowish bordering pleurogram; aril white to cream. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 2 Aug. 1991, B. Briggs 8791 & L.A.S Johnson (PERTH); 8 July 2003, G. Byrne 130 (PERTH); 22 July 1986, M.G. Corrick9^63 (PERTH); 19 Aug. 1983, S.D. Hopper 31U (PERTH); 8 Oct. 2007, B.R. Maslin, J. Miller & J.E. 9190 (PERTH). Distribution. Known only from Mt Augustus, 195 km north-east of Gascoyne Junction in the Gascoyne bioregion. Judging from specimen label information the species is reasonably common on the steep. 204 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 4. Acaciapetricola. A - habit (old plant); B - habit (adolescent plant); C - contorted branches; D - phyllodes. Photographs by Bruce Maslin. rocky slopes of this edifice. Most collections are from within Mount Augustus National Park but a single one is from just outside the park boundary, on the rocky apron at the base of Mt Augustus. Habitat. Grows in skeletal, sandy soil on granite slopes in low open shrubland over Spinifex (TrzW/h! sp.). Phenology. The relatively few available collections show this species as fiowering in July and possessing pods with mature or near-mature seeds in August and September. However, further information is needed to determine the full range of its fiowering and fruiting phenology (which is likely to be influenced by the timing and intensity of rainfall). Conservation status. Acacia petricola was recently listed as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the ndimQ Acacia sp. Mt Augustus (S.D. Hopper 3181) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Etymology. The species name is derived from the Latin petra (a rock) and -cola (dweller, inhabitant) in reference to the habitat of the species. Common name. Mount Augustus Rock Wattle. Affinities. The finely multi-striate phyllodes, spicate inflorescences, ±free sepals, and especially the marginally Hanged, hard-textured pods show A. petricola as being related to A. quadrimarginea F.Muell. Acacia quadrimarginea is most readily distinguished from the new species by its narrower B.R. Maslin, Four new species of Acacia section Juliflorae (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) 205 phyllodes (2-5 mm wide) that are shallowly to strongly falcately recurved, never obtuse, and which possess a red or brown marginal nerve (but yellow or light brown on oldest phyllodes); it also has larger seeds (mostly 6-8 x 4.5-6.5 mm) that are longitudinally orientated within the pods. Acacia quadrimarginea is widely distributed to the south-east of where A. petricola occurs (extending from near Meekatharra east to Lorna Glen, south to near Kalgoorlie and east to the Great Victoria Desert). Acacia petricolaxQSQmhXQS some forms of A. kempeanaV.MuQW., especially insofar as phyllode shape, size and nervature, but the two species are not especially closely related. Acacia kempeana is most readily distinguished by its longer peduncles (5-12 mm), clearly united sepals and chartaceous pods that are not flanged on their margins. Acacia kempeana is widespread in arid areas of Australia; it occurs in the vicinity of Mt Augustus, including the plains around the base of the mount, but there are no records of it growing on the rocky slopes of Mt Augustus itself As presently defined A. kempeana is a very polymorphic species in need of critical revision (Maslin 2014). Acknowledgements Martin O’Leary (State Herbarium of South Australia, Adelaide) and Peter Jobson (Northern Territory Herbarium, Alice Springs) are thanked for providing information concerning the South Australian and Northern Territory occurrences of A. doreta. Alex George is thanked for checking the formulation of the new names contained in this work. References Curry, S., Maslin, B.R. & Maslin, J.A. (2002). Allan Cunningham. Australian collecting localities. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) DEC/CCWA (2008). Kennedy Range National Park and proposed additions 2008, management plan No. 59. (Department of Environment and Conservation and the Conservation Commission of Western Australia: Perth.) Maslin, B.R. (2014). WATTLE2: interactive identification of Australian Acncin. Version 2.2. http://www.lucidcentral.org/en-au/ keysl73;/searchforakey.aspx [accessed June 2014], Maslin, B.R. & Reid, J.E. (2012). A taxonomic revision of Mulga {Acacia aneura and its close relatives: Fabaceae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(4): 129—294. Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (2001). Flora of Australia. Vol. 11 A. pp. 1—673. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (2001a). Flora of Australia. Vol. IIB. pp. 1—536. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-)- FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed June 2014]. 206 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:207-214 Published online 21 August 2014 Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species from the Midwest of Western Australia Frank J. Obbens c/o Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: frank.obbens@aapt.net.au Abstract Obbens, F. J. Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species from the Midwest of Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 207-214 (2014). Two new species of Calandrinia Kunth. SQCt. PseudodianthoideaeVoQWn. are described: C. butcherensis ObbrnsandC. rubrisabulosaObbms. Images of the taxa and a distribution map are provided. Introduction The current paper is the latest in a series (Obbens 2011, 2012, 2014) describing new species of Calandrinia Kunth. from Western Australia. Calandrinia butcherensis Obbens and C. rubrisabulosa Obbens, described below, are respectively a geographically restricted and a habitat specific species from sect. Pseudodianthoideae Poelln. Methods Methods used are the same as those described in Obbens (2011). It is worth noting, however, that C. rubrisabulosa has variable plant architecture and in some plants it is difficult to differentiate between stems and scapes. The term ‘collicula’ (pi. ‘colliculi’) is herein used to describe the individual domed protuberances characteristic of a colliculate seed surface pattern commonly seen in many Calandrinia species. SEM images were produced at the Biodiversity Conservation Centre, Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority (BGPA), using aNeoScope JCM-5000 scanning electron microscope, operating at 1 OKv and working distance of 45 mm. Seeds were coated with gold before scanning. Images were subsequently processed using Photoshop 2.0. The bioregions referred to in describing species distributions and as also indicated on the map are from Interim Biogeographical Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) Version 7.0 (Department of the Environment 2013). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 208 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Taxonomy Calandrinia butcherensis Obbens, sp. nov. Type : Yalardy Station, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 12 October 2011, A Obbens & G. Marsh FO 14/11 {holo\ PERTH 08336474 & 08336482; iso\ AD, CANB, MEL). Calandrinia Butchers Track (L.S.J. Sweedman6608), WestemAustralianHerbarium, inFloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed February 2014]. Annual herbs', semi-erect to erect, 100-400 mm tall, 50-380 mm wide, glabrous, the root system comprising a weak to moderately-sized taproot with several laterals. Basal leaves^iQshy, narrowly linear to narrowly obovate, occasionally broader, 5.2-52.3 mm long, 1.1-5.1 mm wide, most with a shallow medial groove on adaxial surface, green to reddish grey-brown. Stems usually 1-10,18-145 mm long, radiating from base. Stem leaves fleshy, narrowly linear to narrowly obovate, occasionally broader, 3.3-25 mm long, 0.7-3.8 mm wide, alternate, occasionally sub-opposite or as leaf clusters at stem ends. Scapes 40-105 mm long, often with a few or more residual leaves and/or bracts scattered along the scape, occasionally once-branched. Inflorescence axis 45-260 mm long, bare except for 3 or more ± scarious bracts, mostly opposite particularly on the upper axis, generally forming a loose cyme. Inflorescence axis bracts appressedto ± spreading, triangular, 2.3-6.3 mm long, 1.2-3.9 mm wide, with a long-acuminate apex. Pedicels 5-21 mm long, to 30 mm long in fruit, moderately to strongly reflexed. Flowers 25-30 mm diam. Sepals thick, ovate to broadly ovate, 3.7-6.8 mm long, 1.2-5.9 mm wide, free to base, mucronate, with a strong midvein and several other prominent veins and some reticulation. Petals 5, mid- to dark pink, obovate to broadly obovate with a shallowly depressed apex, 8.5-17.2 mm long, 6.9-12.2 mm wide, free to base. Stamens 33-77 in 2 or 3 ill-deflned rows with longer inner and shorter outer series; filaments free, 1.2^.0 mm long, attached to the top of basal ring beneath ovary, papillose on lower basal adaxial portion; anthers oblong to broadly oblong in outline, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, versatile, extrorse, dehiscing longitudinally. Ovary obovoid, 1.0-1.9 mm diam., brown. Stigmata 3, squat-triangular, lengthening, spreading somewhat, linear to narrowly triangular at maturity, 0.7-2.4 mm long, free to base, with a dense covering of long stigma trichomes. Capsule ovoid to broadly ovoid, 3.7-6.4 mm long, 2.3-3.6 mm wide, the apex obtuse; usually level with the sepals occasionally slightly shorter or longer; valves 3, splitting from apex to base with age. Seeds 48-123, brown-tan, dull, sometimes semi-glossy, sub-reniform to reniform, 0.5-0.65 mm long, 0.45-0.6 mm wide, 0.3-0.45 mm thick, surface strongly patterned and often micro-punctate overall, in plan view the surface with distinctly domed and somewhat elongated colliculi, the apex of each dome generally not central within collicula, sometimes the colliculi more elongated with a smaller dome or papilla centrally while in dorsal view the colliculi are always elongated each with a broad, raised papilla generally at one end (in closely spaced rows and forming ridge-like structures). (Figures 1; 2) Diagnostic features. Calandrinia butcherensis has distinctive dull seeds due in part to the micro- punctate ‘frosting’. The seed surface pattern is also distinctive consisting of elongated and closely packed colliculi, each with a relatively large, flngertip-like dome. The domes may be occasionally smaller, like broad, raised papillae, and be more centrally positioned within collicula. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 21 Aug. 2008, F Obbens, FHort&J. HortTO 29/08 (PERTH, 2 sheets); 28 Sep. 2005, L.S.J. Sweedman 6608 (PERTH); 10 Oct. 2011, L.S.J. Sweedman 8330 (KPBG). F.J. Obbens, Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species 209 Figure 1. Calandrinia butcherensis whole plant and insert of close-up of flower, F. Obbens, F. Hort & J. Hort FO 29/08, PERTH. Images by F. & J. Hort. Figure 2. Calandrinia butcherensis seeds. A - plan view; B - dorsal view; C - surface pattern at higher magnification; D - plan view, E - dorsal view, F - surface pattern at higher magnification. Images A-C from type specimen, F. Obbens & G. Marsh FO 14/11, PERTH; images D-F from southern-most population, L. Sweedman 8330, KPBG. 210 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Phenology. Flowers and fruits from mid-August to early October. Distribution and habitat. The occurrence of C. butcherensis extends approximately 125 km from the Byro-Woodleigh Road in the north (Carnarvon bioregion) southwards to south of the Murchison settlement (in the western part of the Murchison bioregion) (Figure 3). The few existing collections of C. butcherensis have generally been found in similar landforms and habitats. Three locations were in undulating sandplain with the fourth occurring on the slopes of a small dune, while all grew in red sand or red sandy loam. Calandrinia butcherensis has so far only been collected from tall, open shrubland over open shrubs and herbs sNiih Acacia ramulosa and A. aneura s. lat. often present. Other associated species include Ptilotus polystachus, P. obovatus, Grevillea ?levis, Goodenia sp., Stylobasium spathulatum, Erodium cygnorum, Monachatherparadoxus. Senna sp., Aristida holathera and numerous annuals. Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Calandrinia sp. Butchers Track (L. S. J. Sweedman 6608) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Calandrinia butcherensis is probably under-collected throughout its narrow range. There are three PERTH collections, two of which are from almost the same location on Butchers Track, while the fourth, in KPBG (Kings Park and Botanic Garden herbarium), is the southern¬ most collection. Future targeted surveys could extend the range of C. butcherensis, but a precautionary conservation status is recommended as most of the present distribution lies within pastoral lease. It is possible that C. butcherensis occurs within the nearby and extensive Muggon Conservation Park. Etymology. The epithet is derived from the name Butchers Track where it was first collected. Notes. L. Sweedman made the first collection of C. butcherensis under the name C. polyandra Benth. Calandrinia butcherensis is only superficially like C. polyandra in being a medium to large-sized plant with five petals and three stigmata, like several other calandrinias in sect. Pseudodianthoideae, but the seeds of these two species are very different. Calandrinia polyandra has slightly glossy, brown seeds with a moderately colliculate surface pattern of shallowly domed colliculi. In contrast, C. butcherensis has dull, brown-tan seeds, with a coarser surface pattern of distinctly domed colliculi and also elongated colliculi with rows of broad papillae on the dorsal surface. Calandrinia rubrisabulosa is suggested here as a possible close relative to C. butcherensis because both have a somewhat similar seed surface pattern and micro-punctate ‘frosting’ on their seeds (see Figures 2; 4). However, the southern-most collection of C. butcherensis has seeds without micro-punctate ‘frosting’, has semi-glossy rather than dull seeds and also has a seed surface pattern which differs somewhat to the other collections (Figure 2 D-F), but in general characteristics matches this taxon. To date, with so few specimens studied to determine the variability of C. butcherensis, the above collection still appears best placed here unless further research proves otherwise. Calandrinia rubrisabnlosa Obbens, sp. nov. Type : east-south-east of Carnarvon townsite. Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 14 October 2011, A Obbens & G. Marsh FO 20/11 {holo\ PERTH; iso\ AD, CANB, MEE). Calandrinia sp. Red sand dunes (F. Obbens & G. Marsh FO 20/11), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed February 2014]. F.J. Obbens, Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species 211 Figure 3. Distribution of Calandrinia butcherensis A and C. rubrisabulosa □ in Western Australia. Annual herbs', semi-erect to erect, 50-360 mm tall, 20-450 mm wide, glabrous, the root system comprising a moderately-sized taproot with several laterals. Basal leaves fleshy, narrowly linear to linear, 11-42 mm long, 1-5.4 mm wide, with a strong medial groove on adaxial surface and a raised midvein abaxially, surface tuberculate overall, pale reddish white to light reddish brown. Stems usually 1-8, 12-190 mm long, radiating from and slightly thickened nearer base, occasionally with a much more thickened central trunk from which several branches originate, often well-spaced. Stem leaves fleshy, linear, 4.3—36 mm long, 0.7^. 1 mm wide, alternate or as leaf clusters at stem ends, surface tuberculate overall. Scapes 30-200 mm long, often with 1-3 bracts scattered along the scape, occasionally twice-branched or more. Inflorescence axis 24-175 mm long, bare except for 3 to several ± scarious bracts, mostly opposite particularly on the upper axis, generally forming a loose cyme. Inflorescence axis bracts appressed to ± spreading, triangular, 1.9-6.3 mm long, 0.6-2.5 mm wide, often with a long, thin mucro at the apex. Pedicels 7-22.5 mm long, to 32.5 mm long in fruit, moderately to strongly reflexed. Flowers 18-34 mm diam. Sepals thick, ovate to broadly ovate. 212 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 3.6-6 mm long, 2.5-6.1 mm wide, free to base, mucronate, with a relatively prominent midvein and several other less prominent veins. Petals 5, mid-pink or darker, obovate to very broadly obovate, apex shallowly emarginate, 8.5-16.5 mm long, 5.5-12 mm wide, free to base. Stamens 21-64 either in one row with a few offset stamens for the occasional smaller flower, but usually in 2 or 3 ill-deflned rows with longer inner and shorter outer series; filaments free, 1-3.1 mm long, attached to top of basal ring beneath ovary, papillose on lower basal adaxial portion; anthers oblong to broadly oblong in outline, 0.55-0.9 mm long, 0.4-0.65 mm wide, versatile, extrorse, dehiscing longitudinally. Ovary spheroid to obovoid, 1.0-1.3 mm diam., brown. Stigmata 3, squat-triangular, lengthening, spreading somewhat and becoming narrowly triangular with maturity, 0.85-2.7 mm long, free to base, with a dense covering of stigma trichomes. Capsule ovoid to broadly ovoid, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2^.5 mm wide, the apex obtuse; usually slightly shorter or longer than the sepals; valves 3, splitting from apex to base with age. Seeds 36-125, brown-tan, glossy or varnished in appearance, occasionally duller, sub-reniform, 0.65-0.7 mm long, 0.55-0.65 mm wide, 0.3-0.4 mm thick, surface strongly patterned and micro-punctate overall with colliculate structure consisting of strongly elongated colliculi with a broad raised papilla at one end of each collicula (in widely spaced rows and forming ridge-like structures) both in plan and dorsal view. (Figures 4) Diagnostic features. Calandrinia rubrisabulosa has thickened lower stems, tuberculate leaves and is habitat-restricted to the crests and upper slopes of red sand dunes. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 29 Oct. 1980, H. Demarz 8487 (KPBG); 23 Sep. 2013, F. Obbens & R. Davis FO 16/13 (PERTH); 23 Sep. 20\3,F Obbens&R. Davism 17/13 (PERTH); 13 Oct. 2011,F Obbens&G. Marshm 15/11 (PERTH); 140ct. 2011, F Obbens & G. MarshVO 24/n (PERTH, 2 sheets); 150ct. 2011,FObbens & G. Marsh FO 25/11 (PERTH); 11 Aug. 2009, B. Sadlo BS 116 (PERTH). Phenology. Flowers and fruits from mid-September to late October. The August collection above was of old plant material with some retained seeds from the previous year. Distribution and habitat. Calandrinia rubrisabulosa occurs in the Carnarvon bioregion of the Eremaean Botanical Province. It occurs from the Byro-Woodleigh Road in the south to the Mardathuna Road in the north (Figure 3). Calandrinia rubrisabulosa has only been found on the crests down to the mid¬ slopes of red sand dunes. These dunes also extend further north and south of the above locations so its distribution may increase with targeted collecting. Open shrubland, often tall, over open shrubs and herbs is the usual habitat of C. rubrisabulosa with at least one or two of the foWoWmgAcacia species present as the main overstorey species: A. ramulosa var. linophylla,A. murrayana and A. anastema. Other associated species include Crotalaria cunninghamii, Ptilotuspolystachyus. Senna artemisioides subsp. helmsii, Pileanthus sp., Stylobasium spathulatum, Eremophila sp.. Quay a loxocarya, Eriachne aristidea, Aristida holathera, Waitzia acuminata and other annuals. Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as Calandrinia sp. Red sand dunes (F. Obbens & G. Marsh FO 20/11) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). There are seven PERTH collections and one KPBG collection of C. rubrisabulosa and it is probably under-collected over its fairly substantial distribution. Even though this species is habitat speciflc, red sand dunes abound in this area and further surveying will almost certainly increase the distribution. It is probable that it may occur in the Pimbee F.J. Obbens, Calandrinia butcherensis and C. rubrisabulosa (Portulacaceae), new species 213 Figure 4. Calandrinia rubrisabulosa seed. A - plan view; B - dorsal view; C - surface pattern at higher magnification. Images from type specimen, F. Obbens & G. Marsh FO 20/11, PERTH. Conservation Park or in western parts of the Kennedy Range National Park, while the remaining distribution is all within pastoral lease. Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin rubri- (red-) and sabulosum (sandy place), in reference to the species’ specific habitat. Notes. Calandrinia rubrisabulosa was first collected in 1980 by H. Demarz and was labelled 'Calandrinia sp.’. Most C. rubrisabulosa plants have slightly thickened stems nearer the base, but a few plants display an excessively thickened central trunk from which other stems originate (often well-spaced). Calandrinia rubrisabulosa, like C. butcherensis, can be placed in amongst a group of other Calandrinia species in sect. Pseudodianthoideae that are superficially like C. polyandra, but the thickened lower stems, tuberculate leaves and specific habitat preference of this species distinguish it from many of the above. Also, as previously mentioned, C. rubrisabulosa is probably related to C. butcherensis (refer to Notes under that species). It is worth noting that C. rubrisabulosa only occurs on red sand dunes while widespread species such as C. polyandra and C. remota J.M.Black have also been recorded from this habitat among many others. One collection of C. butcherensis was also found on a small red sand dune. Acknowledgements Thanks to Mike Hislop, Bob Chinnock, Terry Macfarlane and Ryonen Butcher for reviewing earlier drafts of this paper. Also thanks to Matthew and Russell Barrett from the Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority for helping with the SEM seed images and Luke Sweedman (BGPA) for supplying field and collection information. Once again, thanks to Fred and Jean Hort for fieldwork support for Calandrinia butcherensis and for providing the excellent image for Figure 1. My thanks to Gilbert Marsh, Rob Davis and Steve Toole for fieldwork support for C. rubrisabulosa. And finally, thanks to the many colleagues and volunteers at the Western Australian Herbarium (Department of Parks and Wildlife) who have helped in some way with this voluntary project and for the use of facilities at that institution. References Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7. Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed February 2014]. Obbens, F.J. (2011). Five new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from Western Australia with additional information on morphological observations. Nuytsia 21(1): 1-23. 214 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Obbens, F.J. (2012). Three new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from the Eremaean and Southwest Botanical Provinces of Western Australia. Nuytsia 22(6): 351-362. Obbens, F.J. (2014). Two new species of Calandrinia (Portulacaceae) from southern Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 37-43. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed February 2014]. Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:215-247 Published online 21 August 2014 An account of the reed triggerplants {Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) Juliet A. Wege Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, WA 6983 Email: Juliet.Wege@dpaw.wa.gov.au Abstract Wege, J.A. An account of the reed triggerplants {Stylidium sect. Junceae\ Stylidiaceae). Nuytsia 24: 215-247 (2014). This taxonomic review of Stylidium sect. Junceae Mildbr. recognises eight species endemic to south-western Western Australia and presents a new circumscription for S.junceum R.Br., the original description of which was based on a mixed gathering comprising three distinct taxa. A lectotype is designated in order to fix the application of the name S.junceum to one of these, a species with a diminutive habit, pale creamy yellow to apricot-pink corolla lobes, and a column morphology that is unique within the genus. A neotype is designated for S. junceum subsp. brevius (E.Pritz.) Carlquist, which is not recognised as distinct. Stylidium scariosum DC. is reinstated and S. hesperium Wege, S. hygrophilum Wege, S. paludicola Wege and S. thryonides Wege described as new. Revised descriptions are provided for S. squamosotuberosum Carlquist and S. laciniatum C.A.Gardner, with S. junceum var. volubile F.Muell. lectotypified and placed into synonymy under the latter species. Descriptions, distribution maps, illustrations and photographs are supplied for each species, and an identification key provided. Stylidium hygrophilum has a highly localised distribution on the Blackwood Plateau south of Busselton and may warrant listing as Threatened. Stylidium paludicola, a species confined to swamps on the Swan Coastal Plain, is also listed as being of conservation concern, with targeted surveys required to better understand its conservation status. Introduction A small group of triggerplants {Stylidium Sw.: Stylidiaceae) endemic to south-western Australia possess an unusual reed-like growth form with slender scapes arising from a thickened stem stock, leaves absent in mature plants or confined to a comparatively small basal rosette or tuft, and flowers in dense terminal racemes (Figure 1). Species belonging to this group often provide striking floral displays when in full bloom but can be difficult to detect when sterile, especially when growing through dense vegetation, since the flowering scapes are the dominant feature. The scapes of some species in the group have elongated, photosynthetic palisade cells in the outer cortex (Bums 1900; Wege 2001) and comprise the principal photo synthetic organ of the plant. On the basis of this distinctive habit, combined with the presence of scarious, basally-spurred inflorescence bracts and flowers with free basal placentation, Mildbraed (1908) erected sect. Junceae Mildbr. and included a single species, S.junceum R.Br. (Brown 1810). Since Mildbraed’s revision, two additional species have been described: S. laciniatum C.A.Gardner (Gardner 1942) and S. squamosotuberosum Carlquist (Carlquist 1969). Stylidium laciniatum is arguably the most distinctive and spectacular of all species in the genus, having © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 216 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) large, laciniate corolla lobes and an extraordinary twining habit (Figure IB) with scapes up to three metres high. Stylidium squamosotuberosum is also highly distinctive on account of its well-developed rhizome (Figure 1C, inset) and morphologically unique flowers. The circumscription of S. junceum, however, is less clear. Brown’s description is based on material he collected in December 1801 from King George Sound in Albany, during Flinders’ Investigator expedition. Sonder (1845), Bentham (1868) and Mildbraed (1908) subsequently applied this name to a range of morphologically variable collections across a wide geographic range from Albany to Perth (and potentially as far north as Mogumber), treating the morphologically distinct S. scariosum DC. (de Candolle 1839) as conspeciflc. Subsequent authors (Erickson 1958; Carlquist in sched. ; Wheeler 1987; Paczkowska & Chapman 2000; Wheeler et al 2002) maintained a broad circumscription of S. junceum and expanded it to incorporate collections extending north to the Eneabba vicinity. Pritzel described a diminutive variety of S. junceum, collected from the Stirling Range and at the mouth of the Swan River during a botanical expedition to Western Australia with Diels, as S. junceum var. brevius E.Pritz. (Diels & Pritzel 1905). No additional diagnostic features were provided nor were any specimens cited. Mildbraed (1908) maintained this taxon as a variety of S. junceum, citing a Diels collection from north of Albany {L. Diels 5521). Carlquist (1969: 32) elevated this taxon to a subspecies on the basis of its diminished height and south coast distribution; however, he did not provide a revised description nor did he cite type material or refer to Pritzel’s protologue, which indicated a broader geographical concept. Due to inadequacies in its circumscription, the name S. junceum subsp. brevius has since been applied to specimens of small stature from throughout the geographic range of the species complex. Increased collection effort throughout south-western Australia has resulted in significantly more herbarium specimens of reed triggerplants (>460) becoming available for taxonomic study at the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH). Close examination of these collections, in conjunction with held observations, shows that sect. Junceae comprises eight species. Of these, seven were collected during early botanical exploration of the south-west region and sent to various destinations in Europe. Both Bentham (1868) and Mildbraed (1908) viewed material of more taxa than they recognised; however, with relatively few specimens at their disposal and without the aid of held observations, their respective concepts of S. junceum were understandably broad. Stylidium is notoriously difficult to work with in a dried state and the reed triggerplants, even with the aid of field observations, have proven to be particularly taxonomically challenging. These difficulties are underscored by Brown’s type gathering of S. junceum, which consists of three distinct species, a fact hitherto overlooked. Typification of Stylidium junceum Three species from sect. Junceae occur in the vicinity of King George Sound in Albany, the type locality of S. junceum, all of which have been recorded flowering in the Albany region during December (the month of Brown’s type collection). The first (Figure lA) is a delicate, pale-flowered taxon with diminutive scapes, persistent basal leaves, a creamy yellow to pale apricot-pink corolla, and a short column (5.8-7 mm long) with narrow anther locules, yellow pollen and a prominently stalked stigma. This species is referable to Mildbraed’s (1908) concept of S. junceum var. brevior [sic] and Carlquist’s (1969) S. junceum subsp. brevius. In the Albany region it favours lateritic hillslopes and coastal granitic hills, often growing with jarrah, marri or sheoak. Herbarium records from the Albany region include populations on Mt Clarence (e.g. PERTH 07889259), Mt Adelaide (PERTH 04529898) and in Gull Rock National Park (e.g. PERTH 05669103, PERTH 04433378). J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 217 Figure 1. Habit variation in sect. Junceae. A -t\\Q diminutive habit of Stylidium junceum, as recircumscribed herein (J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1867); B - the twining scapes of S. laciniatum (J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1510); C - the rhizomatous S. squamosotuberosum (J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1577; rhizome inset from J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1906); D - the reed-like habit of S. scariosum showing the relatively small leaf rosette (J.A. Wege & WS. Armbruster JAW 1707); E - the reed-like habit of S. thryonides (J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1905). 218 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) The second species, named by Carlquist (1969) as S. squamosotuberosum (Figure 1C), is a leafless, rhizomatous taxon with robust scapes, prominently caudate and very unequal calyx lobes, medium to deep purple-pink corolla lobes with distinctive, mottled throat markings, and a long column (10.5- 14 mm) with greenish pollen and a broad, sessile stigma. Stylidium squamosotuberosum prefers peaty, waterlogged depressions and seasonally wet drainage lines, and tends to grow in dense shrublands, thickets and sedgelands, and in dense coastal heath with sedges and pockets ofAgonisflexuosa. Records from the Albany region include collections from Gull Rock National Park (e.g. PERTH 06941907), Torndirrup National Park (e.g. PERTH 08541019) and Mt Clarence (e.g. PERTH 06941877). At the type locality near Nornalup (west of Albany), Carlquist (1969: 34) noted S. squamosotuberosum growing with S. junceum subsp. brevius (i.e. the delicate, pale-flowered taxon). Whilst the latter is occasionally recorded in swampy habitats (e.g. PERTH 02857863), I have not observed these two species growing together. It is possible that they were growing in close proximity at Carlquist’s site but in different vegetation units—^the region is known for its diverse and complex, fine-scale vegetation patterning (Sandiford & Barrett 2010). The third species occurring in the Albany region (Figure IE), not recognised in previous taxonomic works, has a compact, somewhat lignotuberous, leafy or leafless stem stock, acute to acuminate and subequal calyx lobes, medium pink corolla lobes with dark pink or purplish pink throat markings, and a column of intermediate length (7-9.5 mm) with yellow pollen and a shortly stalked stigma. This taxon grows on coastal dune systems in association with Agonis flexuosa, either in low woodland or dense coastal heath. There are herbarium records from south of the township (e.g. PERTH 03124487, PERTH 06962513), including a recently discovered site in Torndirrup National Park where it grows intermixed with S. squamosotuberosum (PERTH 08541027) without hybridisation. I have located and examined type material of S. junceum at BM, E, FI, K and P. Individuals of the delicate, pale-flowered taxon are clearly identifiable on BM 000812596 (Figure 2) and K 000060236 by the presence of basal leaves, relatively short, delicate scapes, and the highly distinctive floral columns. Brown also collected taller individuals with longer columns; however, confidently assigning this material to either S. squamosotuberosum or to the medium pink-flowered taxon is difficult in view of their similarity once pressed, the age of the material, and the fact that some of it is fragmentary (i.e. lacking the diagnostic stem stock). Moreover, I have not had the opportunity to directly compare the types housed at these different institutions, having instead viewed them in a piecemeal fashion over a number of years. Nonetheless, I have come to the opinion that Brown gathered material of both taxa. The left hand individual on BM 000812584, and the individuals and fragments on FI-W 113157, E 00208676 and E 00208675 appear referable to the medium pink-flowered taxon on account of their small, compact stem stock, persistent leaves and acute to acuminate and subequal calyx lobes. I am inclined to refer the two individuals and scape fragment on K 000355053 (mounted to the left of K 00060236, a specimen of the pale-flowered taxon) to S. squamosotuberosum due to the prominently caudate calyx lobes. The rhizomes are somewhat poorly developed for this species (although the rhizome of the left hand individual appears to have been incompletely sampled). I am also confident that the two scape fragments on BM 000812596 with developing capsules are S. squamosotuberosum on the basis of the capsule shape (capsules in this species are more or less ellipsoid to obloid while those in the medium-pink flowered taxon are ovoid to deltoid). I have also tentatively referred the scape fragments on P 00313152 and the central fragment and right hand individual on BM 000812584 to S. squamosotuberosum. It is worth noting that Ferdinand Bauer, artist on board the Flinders’ expedition, also made a gathering of S. squamosotuberosum (K 000060233). Brown’s (1810) description of S. junceum is short and mentions features characteristic of all three species including the glabrous scapes with adnate bracts, laciniate calyx lobes, glandular-hairy throat J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 219 Figure 2. Part of Robert Brown’s type gathering of Stylidium junceum (BM 000812596). The three individuals herein designated as the lectotype of S. junceum are indicated with a black arrow head. The left hand specimen is treated as an isolectotype while the two remaining scape fragments have been referred to S. squamosotuberosum. 220 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) appendages and the lack of lateral appendages on the labellum. He describes the leaves as basal and linear (a feature that is at odds with S. squamosotuberosum, which is usually leafless at maturity, and with his fragmentary collections). Brown’s descriptive slip for S.junceum, housed in the botany library of the Natural History Museum London, was examined for additional information; however, this was of little use since the handwriting was partly illegible. I have chosen to apply the name S. junceum to the delicate, pale-flowered taxon due to the relatively certain identity of those specimens and my uncertainty in interpreting some of the remaining specimens collected by Brown. Three individuals on BM 000812596 have been chosen as the lectotype (Figure 2). The left hand individual, which is in fruit, bears a separate label and is annotated as ‘Stylidium junceum?’ by Brown and is herein treated as an isolectotype. With S.junceum thus deflned, S.junceum subsp. brevius can be treated as a synonym (typiflcation notes are provided below under S.junceum), S. squamosotuberosum remains valid, and the medium pink-flowered taxon requires a name (treated below as S. thryonides Wege). This treatment also recognises De Candolle’s S. scariosum as well as a further three new species: S. hesperium Wege, S. hygrophilum Wege and S. paludicola Wege. Methods This study is based on examination of herbarium specimens, spirit collections and wild populations. Habit and foliage characters and gross inflorescence features (e.g. scape height, bract length, flower number) were mostly coded from material housed at PERTH. Flowers preserved in 70% ethanol were dissected for accurate measurement of floral features from the following J.A. Wege collection numbers: 5. hesperium-924, 1080,1225,1132,1135,1207,1218,1261,1262;5'. hygrophilum-\\3\, 1263; S.junceum-83, 784, 808, 821, 1068,1138, 1234,1272, 1276,1802; 5. laciniatum - 458, 864; S. paludicola - 1081, 1130, 1246c, 1383, 1475; S. scariosum - 652, 671, 736, 936, 911, 1085, 1102, 1106;5. squamosotuberosum-806, 841,856,1310,1326,1906;5. thryonides-\309, 1323,1328,1905. Sorting of herbarium collections at PERTH was hindered by the difficulties associated with interpreting pressed material. Diagnostic floral characteristics such as shape and colour of the corolla lobes and throat markings, column length and morphology, and stigma dimensions are difficult or impossible to accurately discern from herbarium specimens. Furthermore, it is not uncommon for collectors to sample the upper portion of the scape whilst leaving the diagnostic stem stock in situ (e.g. herbarium specimens of S. squamosotuberosum often lack the characteristic rhizome that is buried to a depth of up to 10 cm). In some instances, specimen identiflcation was aided by applying knowledge gleaned from held work. The eight taxa recognised herein each have a combination of morphological characters or features that is unique within Stylidium. Column morphology is of taxonomic utility, including overall length (from base to tip when fully extended), length of the anther locules (measured when full of pollen), width of the column head (the tissue at the tip of the column which is connected to the anthers and stigma), morphology and size of the stigma (the measurements given are the dimensions of the stigmatic surface at maturity), and whether there is a line of demarcation between the main axis of the column and the head (present to varying degrees in three of the taxa and a unique feature within the genus, to my knowledge). Column morphology is normally very consistent within species of Stylidium. Species boundaries make sense ecologically, both in terms of distribution patterns and habitat preferences. Distribution maps are based on PERTH specimen data and include Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia (IBRA) bioregions (Department of the Environment 2013). J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 221 Key to Stylidium junceum and allies 1 . Scapes twining, 1.5-3 m high; corolla lobes laciniate; column 17-24 mm long [Warren and adjacent Southern Jarrah Forest].S. ladniatum 1 : Scapes erect, suberect or ascending, <1.5 m high; corolla lobes entire; column <14 mm long 2. Stems elongated and rhizomatous, usually well-buried; basal leaves absent (very rarely present) 3. Corolla pale pink to apricot-pink, suffused darker pink at margins, with discrete pinkish red throat markings and a white or yellow throat; calyx lobes with a hyaline border for all or at least 3/4 of their length, greenish with red flecks with the longest lobes acuminate; pollen yellow [Southern Jarrah Forest].S. hygrophilum 3: Corolla medium to deep purple-pink with a white throat and red or mauve mottled markings; calyx lobes with a hyaline border for the lower 1/2-3/4 of their length, usually dark reddish black (rarely greenish red), the longest lobes strongly caudate; pollen greenish [Warren, Southern Jarrah Forest].S. squamosotuberosum 2: Stems compact, situated above ground level or shallowly buried but never forming an elongated rhizome; basal leaves present (sometimes caducous, particularly in older individuals) 4 . Calyx lobes caudate, with the hyaline border not extending beyond the lower 3/4 of the lobe; column 9-10.5 mm long [Swan Coastal Plain and adjacent Southern Jarrah Forest].S. paludicola 4 : Calyx lobes attenuate or acuminate, with a hyaline border for all or at least 3/4 of their length; column <9 mm long 5. Calyx lobes subequal, the two external lobes to 1.3 mm longer than the three axial lobes 6. Corolla creamy yellow to apricot-pink, usually suffused darker at the margins; column with a sharp line of demarcation between the axis and the head; anther locules 0.2-0.4 mm wide; stigma 0.1-0.2 xO.1-0.15 mm [Fitzgerald, Warren, Jarrah Forest, southern tip of Swan Coastal Plain].S. junceum 6: Corolla pale to medium pink; column with a faint line or no demarcation between the axis and the head; anther locules 0.4-0.7 mm wide; stigma >0.2 x 0.2 mm 7. The two larger calyx lobes 3-6 mm long and usually 1-2 mm longer than the 3 smaller lobes; mature stigma 0.2-0.3 x 0.15-0.2 mm; column with a faint line of demarcation between the axis and the head; corolla commonly pale pink, or medium pink [Swan Coastal Plain, Warren (Leeuwin-Naturaliste ridge)].S. hesperium 7: The two larger calyx lobes 3.5-4.2 mm long and <1(-1.3) mm longer than the 3 smaller lobes; mature stigma 0.4-0.6 x 0.3-0.5 mm; column with no line of demarcation between the axis and the head; corolla medium pink [Warren, Southern Jarrah Forest near Albany].S. thryouides 5: Calyx lobes markedly unequal, the two external lobes 1.5-3 mm longer than the three axial lobes 222 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 8. Inflorescence with an overall markedly scarious appearance due to the broad hyaline borders on the floral bracts and calyx lobes, the apex of the 3 smaller lobes obtuse or obcordate; column dilated distally, with a sharp line of demarcation between the axis and the head [Lesueur Sandplain, Swan Coastal Plain, Northern Jarrah Forest].S. scariosum 8: Inflorescence scarious but less so than above, the hyaline border of the 3 smaller calyx lobes tapering to the apex or stopping a little below the apex; column tapering from the main bend to the tip, with a very faint line of demarcation between the axis and the head [Lesueur Sandplain, Swan Coastal Plain, Warren (Leeuwin-Naturaliste ridge)].S. hesperium Taxonomy Stylidium hesperium Wege, sp. nov. Type', c. 1.5 km east along Jurien Bay Road from Indian Ocean Drive, Western Australia, 1 October 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherdim 1218 (holotype: PERTH 07212305; isotypes: CANB, MEL). [Stylidiumjunceum auct. non R.Br.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 4: 9 (1868),/?./?.; J. Mildbraed, in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 51 (1908),/?./?.; J.R. Wheeler in N. Marchant et al., FI. Perth Region 2: 619(1987),/?./?.] Reed-like perennial herb 10-70 cm high, with a compact stem often positioned at or just above soil level or occasionally shallowly buried; stilt roots often present. Glandular trichomes 0.15-0.4 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid or obloid heads. Leaves in a basal rosette or tuft, persistent throughout flowering or caducous, subulate to linear or narrowly oblanceolate, 1-3.5 cm long, 0.7-2.5 mm wide, acute and usually shortly mucronate, entire, glabrous (rarely minutely papillose). Scapes 2-30 per individual, erect to suberect or ascending, unbranched (rarely with tendril-like lateral branches), 10-70 cm high, 0.5-2 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for the glandular hairs above the lowest flower; sterile bracts 2.5-8 mm long, with a basal spur 1-3 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense, head-like or shortly elongate raceme, 3^0-flowered, 1^.5 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 4-9 mm long, 1.8-2.8 mm wide, attenuate, hyaline to Just below the apex with the hyaline border ± entire or erose and 0.4-0.8 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.5-2.5 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate or subulate, 3-5 mm long, 0.6-1.4 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy (rarely glabrous); pedicels 1.5-3 mm long, glandular-hairy (the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side). Hypanthium ovate to elliptic, usually slightly arcuate on axial side, 2.3^ mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, glandular-hairy (the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side). Calyx lobes free, unequal in length, attenuate or acuminate, hyaline throughout or to just below the apex with the hyaline portion entire or somewhat erose and 0.1-0.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy or occasionally glabrous; the larger (external) two lobes 3.5-6 mm long, 1-2 mm longer than the three smaller (axial) lobes which are 2.5^.2 mm long. Corolla tube 1-2 mm long; lobes very pale to medium pink, darker on the reverse, with pink throat markings and a yellow or white throat, paired laterally with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, elliptic to obovate, 4.5-6.8 mm long, 2.8^.8 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate, 0.7-1.1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.1-0.6 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy on the margin and/or abaxial surface; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi-circle, to 0.3 mm high. Column with a single bend at the throat of the flower when poised, sometimes slightly upturned at the apex, with a slight lateral curve when extended, tapering from the main bend to the head, with a J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 223 faint line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head and sometimes with a faint constriction, yellow near the base and pinkish red or purplish pink distally with a purplish maroon marking usually present immediately above the hinge, 6.5-8.8 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules yellow fading to yellow-brown, c. 0.9-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma stalked, 0.2-0.3 mm long, 0.15-0.2 mm wide. Capsule ovoid to deltoid, usually slightly arcuate on axial side, 2.5-6 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figure 3) Diagnostic features. The following features differentiate S. hesperium from the other species in sect. Junceae'. three smaller (axial) calyx lobes with a membranous border that tapers to an attenuate apex or stops a little below (forming an acuminate apex); two larger (external) calyx lobes 3.5-6 mm long and 1-2 mm longer than the three smaller lobes; a column 6.5-8.5 mm long with a faint line of demarcation between the axis and the head; a stalked stigma (0.2-0.3 mm x 0.15-0.2 mm); pale to medium pink corolla lobes that are usually a darker shade on the undersurface (and therefore in bud); a compact stem stock (shallowly buried or not so) with persistent or caducous basal leaves. Selected specimens. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: near Bunker Bay, E of Cape Naturaliste, 30 Oct. 1983, MG. Corrick^9^9 (MEE, PERTH); boundary Eesueur/Drovers, EesueurNational Park, 18 Sep. 1993, B. Evans WE 691 (PERTH); Cockleshell Gully, 15 Oct. 1946, C.A. Gardner 8414 (PERTH); N side of Hooley Rd, c. 1 km from beach, Eeeuwin-Naturaliste National Park (Plot: hr3), 28 Nov. 1989, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 258 (PERTH); Redemptora Rd, Naval Base, Perth to Rockingham, 25 Oct. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9227 (PERTH); Nambung National Park, 110 miles N of Perth, 9 Oct. 1971, R.D. Royce 911A (PERTH); 2.9 km E on Eneabba - Coolimba Rd from Indian Ocean Drive, 8 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege 924 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); W end ofWhite Hill Rd, Yalgorup National Park, 6 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1080 (PERTH); Sugar Eoaf Rock Rd, Eeeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, 15 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1135 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); c. 400 m N of track to Illawong, Indian Ocean Drive, N of Eeeman, 29 Sep. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd 1207 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); 600 m E on Forest Grove Rd from Caves Rd, Eeeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, 3 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege 1262 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); Cape Naturaliste, 5 Nov. 1974, D.J.E. Whibley 5024 (AD, PERTH). Proposed vernacular name. Western Reed Triggerplant. Phenology. Flowers from August to November, with peak flowering in September and early October in the north of its range, and late October to mid-November in the south of its range. Distribution andhabitat. Occurs on sandy soils in limestone habitats in the Eesueur Sandplain subregion, and the Swan Coastal Plain and Warren bioregions, from Dongara to the Eeeuwin-Naturaliste ridge (Figure 3J). South of Perth, it has mostly been recorded from coastal scrub or heath. Eucalyptus gomphocephala or Agonis flexuosa woodland, and low Melaleuca shrubland with scattered Agonis mdNuytsia. There is an isolated record from mixed Eucalyptus forest south-east of Margaret River. In the Perth region and north thereof, S. hesperium is mostly known from mallee heath, low coastal heath or coastal scrub. A possible record of S. hesperium from clay soils in a seasonal wetland south-east of the Pinnacles (PERTH 06378633) requires held validation since it may be referable to S. paludicola. Conservation status. Eocally common within conservation reserves at several sites across its range. No conservation code is warranted. Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a chromosome number of n = 16 from a population near Margaret River, as S.junceum suhs^.junceum (PERTH 02858088). 224 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 3. Stylidium hesperium. A - hypanthium and calyx lobes with subtending floral bract and paired prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - side view of column apex showing developing stigma; F - head of column showing the faint line of demarcation with the main axis; G - capsule; H - infloresence; I - flower with the column triggered; J - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Scale bars at 1 mm. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 924 with scale bars at 1 mm; photographs from J.A. Wege 1207. Etymology. The epithet is derived from the Latin hesperius (western), and reflects the west coast distribution of this species. Affinities. Stylidium hesperium may be confused with S. scariosum. The most obvious difference between these two species is the hyaline border of the calyx lobes and bracts, which tends to be less prominent in S. hesperium, tapering evenly to the tip of the three smaller calyx lobes or stopping a little below the apex. In contrast, the margin is broadly hyaline at the apex of the three smaller calyx J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 225 lobes in S. scariosum and shaped to form an obtuse to obcordate rather than attenuate or acuminate apex. Columns of the two species differ in morphology (although these differences are very difficult to detect on pressed material). In S. hesperium, the column tapers evenly from the main hinge to the head of the column and there is a faint line of demarcation between the axis of the column and the head (Figure 3D, F, I). In S. scariosum, the column is a little dilated distally (see Figure 81) and has a strong line of demarcation between the axis and the head (see Figure 8F). Stylidium hesperium prefers coastal limestone habitats and has a more westerly distribution to that of S. scariosum. On the Swan Coastal Plain, S. paludicola may also be confused with S. hesperium, although it is confined to swampy habitats. Stylidium paludicola is most readily differentiated from S. hesperium by the apices of the longest calyx lobes, which are prominently caudate rather than attenuate or acuminate (i.e. the membranous margin stops well below the apex). It also has a longer column (9-10.5 mm cf. 6.5-8.5 mm in S. hesperium) with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, and a larger stigma (0.4-0.8 x 0.3-0.5 mm cf. 0.2-0.3 x 0.15-0.2 mm in S. hesperium) and usually has corolla lobes that are a deeper shade of pink and with more prominent throat appendages. Stylidium thryonides differs from S. hesperium in column morphology, with no line of demarcation evident between the column axis and head, and a larger stigma (0.4-0.6 x 0.3-0.5 mm). The difference between the two longest and three shortest lobes tends to be less pronounced in S. thryonides (usually <1 mm). Stylidium thryonides is restricted to the south coast and does not overlap in distribution with S. hesperium. Notes. Stylidium hesperium can exhibit quite a stunted habit, particularly in windswept areas along the coast. A specimen from such a habitat is likely to have been included by Pritzel under his concept of S. junceum var. brevius (refer to the typification section under S. junceum). Historical collections of S. hesperium include those by Hiigel (K 000060232!, Wl), Drummond (K 0000602241), Collie (K 000355067!) and Mangles (CGE!). Stylidium hygrophilum Wege, sp. nov. Type', south of Busselton, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation purposes], 14 November 2003, J.A. Wege 1131 (holotype: PERTH 06962505; isotypes: CANB, MEE). [Stylidium junceum auct. non R.Br.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 4: 9 (1868),p.p.] Reed-like perennial herb 20-70 cm high, with a well-buried, rhizomatous stem, stilt roots absent. Glandular trichomes 0.2-0.6 mm long, with reddish black or black, ellipsoid or obloid heads. Leaves reduced to small, reddish brown scales on the rhizome and sometimes on the lower portion of the scape. Scapes l-3(-9) per individual, erect, unbranched or branched in lower portion, 20-70 cm long, 1.2-3.2 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowest fiower; sterile bracts 4-9 mm long, with a basal spur 1.7-4.5 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense, head-like or shortly elongate raceme, 3-30-fiowered, 2-8 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 5.5-10 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, attenuate to acuminate, the lower 3/4 of the margin with a ± entire or faintly erose hyaline border 0.3-0.6 mm wide, with a basal spur 1.2-5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular- hairy; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 3-4.5 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; pedicels 1-3.5 mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium narrowly elliptic to oblong, slightly arcuate on axial side, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 1.5-2.3 mm wide, glandular-hairy. Calyx lobes free, unequal in length, attenuate to acuminate, hyaline for all or at least 3/4 of the length with the hyaline portion ± entire to faintly erose and 0.1-0.4 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy; the 226 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) larger (external) two lobes 3.5-5.5 mm long, 1-1.7 mm longer than the three shorter (axial) lobes which are 2.5-3.8 mm long. Corolla tube 1.5-2.5 mm long; lobes pale pink or apricot-pink, usually suffused a darker shade at margins and on the reverse, with pinkish red throat markings and a white or yellow throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, narrowly elliptic to oblong, 5-8.2 mm long, 3^. 5 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.3-0.8 mm long, glabrous; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi-circle, to c. 0.2 mm high. Column sigmoid when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering from the main bend to the head and with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, yellow near the base and dark pinkish red distally with a reddish maroon marking immediately above the hinge, 11-13 mm long, 1.4-2 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules yellowish brown fading to brownish black, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma sessile, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide. Capsules obloid, slightly arcuate on axial side, 7-11.5 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds not seen. (Figure 4) Diagnostic features. The following features can be used to differentiate S. hygrophilum from the other species in sect. Junceae\ a leafless, rhizomatous habit; pale pink or apricot-pink corolla lobes that are usually suffused a darker shade at the margins and on the undersurface; calyx lobes with a membranous border for all or at least 3/4 of their length; a long column (11-13 mm) with yellow pollen and a large, sessile stigma; obloid capsules. Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation purposes] 16 Nov. 2001, Cra^e/6? 17512 (PERTH); dat., J. Drummond \ 33 (MEL); s. dat.,J. Drummonds.n. (K); [1859-1863],A Oldfields.n. (K); 3Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege 1263 (PERTH); 14Nov. 2013, J.A. Wege & A. Webb JAW 1931 (PERTH). Proposed vernacular name. Blackwood Reed Triggerplant. Phenology. Flowering has been recorded in November. Distribution and habitat. Known from a small number of sites on the Blackwood River Plateau, south of Busselton in the Southern Jarrah Forest (Figure 4J). Grows in seasonally wet swamp flats in shallow white-grey peaty sand over clay in open Taxandria fragrans or T. linearifolia shrubland (occasionally extending into forest ecotones under Corymbia calophylla) or in sedgeland with very open Melaleuca preissiana. Additional indicator species include Melanostachya ustulata, Hodgsoniola junciformis, Dasypogon bromeliifolius and D. hookeri. Conservation status. Currently listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013). Stylidium hygrophilum has a highly speciflc habitat preference and is known from only three localities. Targeted surveys in November 2013 recorded a total of 124 plants, with severe habitat decline observed at one site due to the apparent depletion of ground water supplies upon which the swamp habitats rely. Mining related activities in the region may also pose a threat to this species. Further surveys are planned for 2014 with a view to nominating this species for listing as Threatened in Western Australia. Chromosome number. Unknown. Etymology. The epithet is from the Greek hygrophilus (moisture-loving), and refers to the swampy habitat preference of this species. J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 227 Figure 4. Stylidium hygrophilum. A- hypanthium and calyx lobes with subtending floral bract and paired prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - dehisced anthers and developing stigma; F - column head, which is broad and not demarcated with respect to the column axis; G - capsule; H - flowers (the column on the left hand one has been triggered); I - base of an individual showing reddish brown scales at the base of the scapes and the sandy substrate (the stems are rhizomatous and well-buried); J - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 1263 with scale bars at 1 mm; photographs also from J.^. Wege 1263. Affinities. Stylidium hygrophilum co-occurs with S. squamosotuberosum at the type locality and at a nearby site (PERTH 08540918); however, the two species occur on distinct soil types, with the former confined to shallow greyish sand over clay and the latter to heavy brownish clays. They grow intermixed in some areas due to the complex, fine-scale patterning of these soil types. Both species have a rhizomatous habit and obloid capsules but their fiowers are markedly different. Stylidium hygrophilum is characterised by a pale pink or apricot-pink corolla that is usually suffused darker pink at the margins 228 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) and on the undersurface (and hence in bud), and bears discrete pinkish red markings near the throat (Figure 4B, H). In contrast, S. squamosotuberosum has a much darker purple-pink corolla that is a similar (or only slightly darker) shade on the undersurface, with distinctive red to mauve and white mottled markings near the throat (see Figure 9B, H, I). The posterior corolla lobes overlap the anterior pair in both species, however, they are slightly raised above the anterior pair in S. squamosotuberosum. The two species are difficult to distinguish when pressed. Stylidium hygrophilum tends to have slightly longer hypanthia (3.5-5.5 mm long cf. 2.5^ mm in S. squamosotuberosum) and the tips of the calyx lobes (which are attenuate to acuminate and with the hyaline border often extending to near the tip) are less prominent than those of S. squamosotuberosum (which are very prominently caudate, and with the hyaline border stopping well below the apex). The colour of the calyx lobes tends to differ between the taxa (greenish fiecked with red in S. hygrophilum cf. usually dark reddish black in S. squamosotuberosum). Pollen colour is also informative (yellow in S. hygrophilum and greenish in S. squamosotuberosum) although this can be difficult to accurately interpret, particularly on older specimens. Stylidium hygrophilum may be confused with S.junceum, a species that also occurs on the Blackwood Plateau and that has similarly pale pink to apricot-pink corolla lobes that are darker near the margins and on the undersurface. Unlike S. hygrophilum, S.junceum grows in lateritic soils in forested habitats and has a non-rhizomatous habit with a distinct, basal leaf rosette, a shorter column (<7 mm long), a narrower column tip and anthers, and a smaller, stalked stigma. Notes. Stylidium hygrophilum was collected in the 1800s by Oldfield (K 000355064!, K 0003550651), Drummond (K 0003550481, MEL 2259688!) and Miss Bunbury (MEL 2257765!, MEL 2258669B!) but was not recollected until 2001, when Ray Cranfield gathered a voucher specimen (as S.junceum) as part of a rare fiora survey of the Central Forest Region. Stylidium junceum R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holland. : 569 (1810). Candollea juncea (R.Br.) F.MuelL, Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. \ 85 (1882). Type citation: ‘(M ) Type specimen: Princess Royal Harbour, King George’s Sound, [Western Australia], December 1801, R. Brown s.n. [Bennett No. 2598] (lectotype, here designated: BM 000812596! [the three individuals with numerous scapes]; isolectotypes: BM 000812596! [left hand individual], K 000060236! [right hand individual]. Paralectotypes: BM 000812584! [lefthand individual], E 00208675!, E 00208676!, Fl-Webb 113157!, K000355053! [left hand individuals and scape fragment] = S. thryonides; BM 000812596! [scape fragments either side of the 3 lectotype individuals], BM 000812584! [central fragment and right hand individual], K 000355053!, P 00313152! = S. squamosotuberosum. Stylidium junceum subsp. brevius (E.Pritz.) Carlquist, A/Ao 7(1): 32 (1969). Stylidium junceum var. brevius E.Pritz., in Diels & E. Pritz., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 591 (1905); S.junceum var. brevior, orth. var., J. Mildbraed, in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 51 (1908), syn. nov. Type citation: ‘in solo aridiore, e. gr. indunis arenoso-calcareis ad ostium fiuminis Swan River fior. m. Nov. etindistr. Stirling pr. Albany in silvis arenoso-glareosis.’ Type specimens: [not cited; given by J. Mildbraed, op. cit. 53 as ‘West-Australien: Distr. Stirling: S. Plantagenetnordlich von Albany, inniedrigenaufKiesboden’, 15 November 1901, Z. Diels 5521] {syn: B n.v., destroyed in WWII). Neotype: Chester Pass Road, south boundary of Stirling Range National Park, Western Australia, 13 October 2011, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1867 {neotype, here designated: PERTH 08541000; isoneotypes: CANB, MEL). Illustrations. F. Mueller, Icon. Candollaceous PI. (1892), as Candollea juncea. J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 229 Diminutive or reed-like perennial herb 7-30(-50) cm high, with a compact or shortly elongate stem positioned above soil level; stilt roots usually present. Glandular trichomes 0.15-0.5 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid to obloid heads. Leaves in a basal rosette or tuft, persistent throughout flowering, subulate to linear or narrowly-oblanceolate, 0.5-2.2 cm long, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, acute to attenuate and usually shortly mucronate, entire, glabrous or minutely papillose. Scapes (1)2-25 per individual, erect to suberect or ascending, unbranched, 7-30(-50) cm long, 0.4-1.6 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowest flower; sterile bracts 1.7-5 mm long, with a basal spur 0.5-1.5 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense head-like or shortly elongate raceme, 3-25-flowered, 1^ cm long; bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, acute to attenuate, hyaline to just below the apex with the hyaline border ± entire to erose and 0.1-0.3 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.5-2 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 2-4 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; pedicels 1.5-6 mm long, glandular-hairy, with the hairs often restricted to the axial side. Hypanthium narrowly ovate, elliptic or oblong, 1.5-5 mm long, 0.6-1.8 mm wide, glandular- hairy, with the hairs sometimes restricted to axial side. Calyx lobes free, unequal in length, attenuate to acuminate, hyaline for all or at least 3/4 of their length with the hyaline portion ± entire or erose and 0.1-0.3 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous; the larger (external) two lobes 3-4.5 mm long, 0.2-1 mm longer than the three shorter (axial) lobes which are 2.5-3.7 mm long. Corolla tube 1-1.7 mm long; lobes creamy yellow to pale apricot-pink, usually suffused a darker shade at margins and on the reverse, with pink throat markings and a yellow throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, elliptic to oblong, 3-6.5 mm long, 1.8-3.8 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.2-0.7 mm long, glabrous; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi¬ circle, to c. 0.2 mm high. Column with a single bend at the throat of the flower when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering towards the head and with a strong line of demarcation between the axis and the head, yellow, occasionally pink at distal end, 5.8-7 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules pale yellow, distinctly narrow, 0.9-1.2 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma stalked, 0.1-0.2 mm long, 0.1-0.15 mm wide. Capsules ovoid to narrowly ovoid or obloid, axial side often slightly arcuate, 4-8 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figures lA; 5) Diagnostic features. The following features differentiate S. junceum from the other species in sect. Junceae: a short column (5.8-7 mm long) with a strong line of demarcation between the axis and the head, unusually narrow anther locules (0.2-0.4 mm wide) and a small, stalked stigma; a stilt habit with persistent basal leaves; pale creamy yellow, apricot-pink or pink corolla lobes which are usually suffused a darker shade at the margins and on the undersurface (and therefore in bud). Note the morphology of the column tip (see Figure 5E, F) is usually clearly visible on flowering specimens and is highly distinctive within the genus. Selected specimens. WESTERN AEISTRAEIA: Porongurups mountains, 27 Oct. 1962, S. Carlquist 945 (G, K, RSA); near 14 mile peg from Albany on Chester pass Rd, 13 Oct. 1967, S. Carlquist 3763 (RSA); c. 5 miles W of Nornalup, 10 Nov. 1967, S. Carlquist 4059 (NSW, RSA); along the Stewart Hwy from Pemberton to Nannup, 19 Oct. 1974, S. Carlquist 6076 (RSA); S off Bowelling Duranillin Rd, 1.5 km WSW ofWunnenberg Rd junction, 2.5 km SSW of Bowelling, 25 Sep. 1995, V. Crowley DKN 769 (PERTH); 5 miles W of Cape Riche HS, 26 Oct. 1965, A.S George 6909 (PERTH); Stirling Range National Park, Stirling Range Drive, 11 km from Chester Pass Rd, valley NW of Toolbrunup Peak, 23 Oct. 1991, 23140 (PERTH); Saddleback Timber Reserve, Tunnel Rd, Boddington, 4 Oct. 2007, F. Hort, J. Hort, J. Allen & P. Bullock 3066 (PERTH); c. 2 miles W Karri 230 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 5. Stylidium junceum. A - hypanthium and calyx lobes with subtending floral bract and paired prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - dehisced anthers and small, stalked stigma; F - tip of the column showing the strong line of demarcation between the axis and the head; G - capsule; FI - flower with the column triggered; I - infloresence showing the darker shade of the buds; J - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 821 with scale bars at 1 mm; photographs from J.A. Wege 1802 (H) and J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1234 (I). Bank, Porongurup Rd, Oct. 1966, S. James 66.10/29 (PERTH); Yelverton Forest, Carter Rd, 23 km NW Margaret River, 7 Nov. 1989, GJ. Keighery 10931 (CANB, PERTH); SWEake, Unicup Nature Reserve, 25 Oct. 1997, GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 2349 (PERTH); 21 km from Donnybrook along road to Bridgetown, 18 Nov. 1982, A. Strid 21508 (PERTH); c. 5.3 km W of Sues Hwy on Denny Rd, ESE of Margaret River, 9 Nov. 2002, J.A. Wege 784 (AD, CANB, PERTH); Mount Eindesay walk trail, 12 Nov. 2002, J.A. Wege 821 (PERTH); S boundary of Stirling Range National Park on J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 231 Chester Pass Rd, 31 Oct. 2003, J.A. Wege & C. m7A:/>25 JAW 1068 (CANB, PERTH); Crooked Brook Forest, 10 Oct. 2004, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1234 (MEL, PERTH); 4.9 km S along Granite Rd from Blue Lake Rd, N of Denmark, 25 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1319 (MEL, PERTH); reserve at corner of Albany Hwy and Hannan Way, E of Narrikup, 2 Nov. 2010, J.A. Wege 1802 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). Proposedvernacularname. Little ReedTriggerplant. The previous commonname of‘ReedTriggerplant’ (Erickson 1958) is somewhat misleading in view of the revised circumscription presented here (S.junceum is now the least reed-like of the species in sect. Junceae). Phenology. Flowering from late September to December. Distribution and habitat. Distributed across the south coast of Western Australia, from Cape Riche in the Fitzgerald subregion to near Dunsborough on the southern edge of the Swan Coastal Plain, with numerous records from the Warren bioregion and Southern Jarrah Forest subregion, and outlying records in the Northern Jarrah Forest near Boddington (Figure 5J). Grows in sand or loam over laterite in Eucalyptus marginata or Corymbia calophylla forest across most of its range, occurring on hillsides, near granite outcrops, or in gullies and creek lines. Also found in sandy clay soils in mallee heath communities in the Stirling Range and Cape Riche, and occasionally in swamp heath, shrubland or sedgeland habitats. Conservation status. A widespread species that is present in numerous conservation reserves and national parks. No conservation listing is warranted. Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a chromosome number of n = 16 under the name S.junceum subsp. brevius from a population near the Porongurups (PERTH 02858614). Typification. Refer to the introduction for a discussion on Brown’s type gathering of S.junceum. Although Carlquist’s collections of S. junceum subsp. brevius are referable to S. junceum, there is some ambiguity surrounding Pritzel’s original concept of S.junceum var. brevius, which he recorded from calcereous soils at the mouth of the Swan River and gravelly soils in the Stirling District (Diels & Pritzel 1905). On the basis of current understanding of species distributions and habitat preferences, his concept is likely to have included both S. hesperium and S. junceum. He did not provide an illustration and his short type description, ‘caulibus brevibus (10-15 cm)’, could refer to either species. Elnusually, he did not cite a collection in his protologue and, according to his index of collections, did not collect this taxon. The collections of Stylidium from Diels and Pritzel’s expedition housed at Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem (B) were destroyed during WWII (Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem 1999); however, Mildbraed viewed the collections before their destruction. In his 1908 revision, he cites a single collection {L. Diels 5521) under S. junceum subsp. brevior [^zc.] collected from gravel soil in low woodland to the north of Albany. Duplicate material has not been located. The locality and habitat information, taken together with the description, indicate that Diels’ gathering is referable to S. junceum. A neotype, gathered from a comparable location and habitat, has been designated above to fix the application of the name. The specimen details for the Swan River syntype remain unknown although it is possible that Pritzel viewed a collection by Hiigel, who is known to have collected S. hesperium during his visit to the Swan River colony in 1833^ (K 000060232!, W!). It is of note, however, that Mildbraed viewed a duplicate of this Hiigel collection at W and placed it under S. junceum rather than citing it under Pritzel’s variety. 232 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Stylidium laciniatum C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 27: 198 (1942). Type: Frankland River, Nornalup, Western Australia, 21 January 1936, Gardner s.n. (holotype: PERTH 01659286!). Stylidium junceum var. volubile [published as valubilem], F.MuelL, Fragm. 4: 94 (1864), syn. nov. Type citation'. ‘... in paludosis ad Lake Lewen ... ’ [present day locality unknown]. Type specimens'. ‘Melaleuca swamps, S.W. side of Lake Lewen’, [Western Australia, dat., G. Maxwell 8] (lectotype, here designated: K 0007417961; isolectotypes'. MEL 21560631, P 003131461). [Stylidium junceum auct. non R.Br.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 4: 9 (1868),p.p.] Illustrations. B.J. Grieve & WE. Blackall, How to Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 756, no. 79 (1982); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, FI. South West 2: 909 (2002). Twining perennial herb 75-300 cm high, with a compact, lignotuber-like stem that is shallowly buried or situated at soil level; stilt roots absent. Glandular trichomes 0.2-0.7 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid heads. Leaves on the lignotuber reduced to small, reddish scales, otherwise in a basal rosette and linear-oblanceolate to subulate, 0.4-2 cm long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide, acute, entire, glabrous. Scapes 1-5 per individual, twining, unbranched or with tendril-like lateral branches, 75-300 cm long, 0.8^ mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowermost flower; sterile bracts 4-13 mm long, with a basal spur 2-6 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a head¬ like or shortly elongate raceme, 6-42-flowered, 3-11.5 cm long; bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 6-14 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide, caudate, the lower 2/3 of the margin with a ± entire to erose hyaline border 0.2-0.5 mm wide, with a basal spur 1.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 4.5-7 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; pedicels 2.5-8 mm long, glandular-hairy. Hypanthium oblong, usually slightly arcuate on axial side, 3.5- 6 mm long, 0.8-1.8 mm wide, glandular-hairy, sometimes with the hairs restricted to the axial side. Calyx lobes free, very unequal in length, caudate, the lower 1/2-2/3 of the margin with a ± entire or erose hyaline border 0.1-0.3 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; the larger (external) two lobes 6-8.5 mm long, 2.5^ mm longer than the three shorter (axial) lobes which are 2.5-4.2 mm long. Corolla tube 3.5-5 mm long; lobes pale lilac or pink with mottled pink and white markings external to the yellow throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair and markedly raised above them, elliptic to narrowly obovate or ovate, 7-9.5 mm long, 5-9 mm wide, deeply incised, glandular-hairy on the abaxial surface and margin. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate, 1.3-2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide with a terminal appendage 0.7-1.5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages highly reduced and restricted to the posterior lobes, tooth-like, tipped with a glandular hair. Column sigmoid when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering from the main bend to the head and with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, white near the base and lilac-pink distally, 17-24 mm long, 1.8-3 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules yellowish fading brown, 1.5- 2 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma sessile, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide. Capsules obloid, arcuate on axial side, 7-11 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figures IB; 6) Diagnostic features. Stylidium laciniatum can be distinguished from all other species in the section, and indeed the genus, by its tall (to 3 m high), twining scapes and its large, pale lilac or pink corolla lobes with deeply incised margins. Other useful features to aid identification include its compact and usually leafless stem stock, extremely long column (17-24 mm), and obloid capsules. J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 233 Figure 6. Stylidium laciniatum. A - hypanthium and markedly unequal calyx lobes, with subtending floral bract and one of two prophylls visible; B - corolla, showing the distinctive laciniate margin and the elevation of the posterior lobes above the anterior pair; C - labellum; D - column; E - dehisced anthers and developing stigma; F - the broad column head showing the lack of demarcation with respect to the axis; G - capsule; FI - corolla showing the long, triggered column; I - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 864 with scale bars at 1 mm; photograph from J.^. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1510. Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: E125 km E down Forest Grove Rd, 19 Dec. 1996, T. Annels & C. Godden SC 125.4 (PERTH); Fernhook Falls, 16 Mar. 2006, G. Byrne 1778 (PERTH); 2.3 km along Pool Rd from junction with Jones Rd, 13 Feb. 1997, P. Ellery & C. Godden W 46.4 (PERTH); Deeside Coast Rd, c. 2 km N of Junction with Chesapeake Rd, 2 Feb. 1976, A.S. George 14230 (MEE, PERTH); Denmark Shire, creek crossing on Break Rd, 50 m E from Fernlea Rd, 4 Feb. 2000, B. G. Hammersley 2409 (PERTH); Shannon Rock, 12 Jan. 1988, G J. Keighery 11275 (PERTH); 234 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 75 m on Mac Rd from Preston Rd, SE of Shannon, 20 Jan. 2003, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 864 (MEL, PERTH); 3.7 km E of Warham Rd on Weld Rd, N of Walpole, 26 Jan. 2008, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1510 (PERTH); Gully to N of Weld River on South Western Hwy, SE of Shannon, 31 Jan. 2009, J.A. Wege 1597 (PERTH); Walpole-Nornalup National Park, Monastery Rd, 2.9 km E of Gully Rd, 27 Jan. 1993, J.R. Wheeler & S.J PatrickAW^ 3809 (PERTH). Vernacular name. Tattered Triggerplant (Erickson 1958). Phenology. Flowering from mid-December to March. Distribution and habitat. Largely confined to the Warren bioregion, extending into the Southern Jarrah Forest subregion between Denmark and Walpole. Mostly known from between Northcliffe and Denmark, with outlying occurrences near Witchcliffe (Figure 61). Grows in grey sandy loam or brown loam in dense vegetation of seasonally wet lowland sites, or adjacent to permanent swamps and creeks. Associated vegetation includes Taxandria linearifolia and T. parviceps shrubland (sometimes with QmQVgQnt Melaleucapreissiana ox Eucalyptus megacarpa), E. diversicolor forest, andE. diversicolor, E. marginata and Corymbia calophylla forest over dense Taxandria and Acacia. Conservation status. This species has a restricted distribution but occurs in several national parks and does not appear to warrant conservation-listing. Chromosome number. Unknown. Typification. Mueller (1864) first described this taxon as a variety of S.junceum. Relevant herbarium sheets have been located at K, MEL and P, all of which bear a blue Botanical Museum of Melbourne label annotated by Mueller with his varietal name and a locality. The locality statement on the specimens at MEL and K are the same (see above), while the specimen at P bears the more generic statement ‘ S. W. Australia’. This material was undoubtedly sent to Mueller since he had yet to embark on a collecting expedition to Western Australia (indeed, he did not collect S. laciniatum until 1877; MEL 2156065 and MEL 2156066). Although Mueller did not cite a collector in his protologue, the MEL specimen bears a field label in George Maxwell’s hand which repeats the locality information and provides a collecting number (Maxwell’s name is not provided on either the K or P specimens). There is a degree of uncertainty as to whether these specimens are part of the same gathering, particularly since the K specimen is in full flower, the P specimen is mostly in bud, and the MEL specimen bears fruit; however, S. laciniatum flowers over an extended period and the fruit on the MEL specimen appears to be from the previous season. I am unaware of any other historical collections of this species, and it is therefore likely that the three specimens are part of the same gathering. The specimen at Kew has been selected as the lectotype since it is the best quality specimen and most closely conforms to the protologue. This specimen was not received by Kew until 1867 and was therefore available to Mueller when he compiled his description. Notes. The twining scapes of S. laciniatum coil around other plants in the surrounding dense vegetation, often producing tendrils from the axils of the scape bracts to provide additional support. It is also common for the scapes of one or more individuals to twine around each other. The only other triggerplant to approach the height of S. laciniatum is the climbing species S. nymphaeum Wege (sect. Verticillatae (Benth.) Milbr.). Indeed, the two species may well be confused since S. nymphaeum has an overlapping distribution, is also summer-flowering, and has similar large, pink or mauve corollas with irregularly incised margins. The habit of the two species is, however, completely different: S. laciniatum has J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 235 compact, often leafless stems and tall, twining scapes, whereas S. nymphaeum has tall, wiry stems with whorls of linear leaves with curled tips, and much shorter scapes (<25 cm long). The flowers of S. nymphaeum are also quite distinct, with ornate throat appendages, long lateral labellum appendages, a glandular-hairy column, and apiculate anthers. Stylidium paludicola Wege, sp. nov. Type'. Maralla Nature Reserve, north of Perth, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 31 October 2006, J.A. Wege & F. Hortifi^ (holotype: PERTH 07855656; isotypes'. CANB, MEL). Reed-like perennial herb (35-)50-100 cm high, with a shallowly buried, compact, lignotuber-like stem', stilt roots absent. Glandular trichomes 0.2-0.6 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid to obloid heads. Leaves in a basal rosette or tuft, persistent throughout flowering or caducous, subulate to narrowly oblanceolate, 0.8-3.5 cm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, acute or with a short mucro, entire, glabrous. Scapes (l)2-c. 15 per individual, erect to suberect, unbranched (rarely with tendril-like lateral branches), 35-100 cm long, 0.7-2.5 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowest flower; sterile bracts 3.5-8 mm long, with a basal spur \-A mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense head-like or shortly elongate raceme, (3-)7^0-flowered, 2-7 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 3.5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, attenuate to acuminate, the lower 3/4^/5 of the margin with a ± entire or scarcely erose hyaline border 0.3-0.6 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.5-3 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, sparsely glandular-hairy or glabrous; pedicels 1.5^ mm long, glandular-hairy on axial side. Hypanthium elliptic to narrowly ovate, ± arcuate on axial side, 2-3.5 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, with glandular hairs mostly restricted to the axial side. Calyx lobes free, very unequal in length, hyaline for 3/4^/5 of length with the hyaline border ± entire to erose and 0.1-0.6 mm wide; the larger (external) two lobes (3-)4.5-7 mm long, (0.9-)l .5-3 mm longer than the three smaller (axial) lobes, caudate, glabrous; three shorter lobes (2-)3-4.5 mm long, attenuate to acuminate, sparsely glandular hairy. Corolla tube c. 2 mm long; lobes medium to deep pink, a similar or slightly darker shade on the reverse, with dark reddish to purplish pink throat markings and a white throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, elliptic to obovate, 4.5-6.6 mm long, 3-5.2 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx; ovate to broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.2-0.4 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi-circle, 0.3-0.5 mm high. Column sigmoid when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering from the main bend to the head and with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, creamy white near the base and distally pinkish red with a purple marking immediately above the hinge, 9-10.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules reddish brown fading black, 1-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma ±sessile or shortly stalked, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide. Capsule ovoid to deltoid, ± arcuate on axial side, 4-5 mm long excluding calyx lobes; mature seeds not seen. (Figure 7) Diagnostic features. The following features differentiate S. paludicola from the other species in sect. Junceae : compact, shallowly buried stems; prominent caudate calyx lobe tips (the margin hyaline for less than 3/4 of the length of the lobe); a long column (9-10.5 mm); two larger calyx lobes (3-)4.5-7 mm long and (0.9-)1.5-3 mm longer than the three smaller lobes; yellow pollen; medium to deep pink corolla lobes with dark reddish to purplish pink throat markings. 236 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 7. Stylidiumpaludicola. A- hypanthium and calyx lobes with subtending floral bract and paired prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - dehisced anthers and developing stigma; F - the broad column head showing the lack of demarcation with respect to the axis; G - capsule; H - infloresence with prominently caudate calyx apices; I - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 1081 with scale bars at 1 mm; photograph from J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 1383. Selected specimens. WESTERN AETSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] Nov. 1979,P. Bridgewaters.n. (PERTH); 22Nov. 2005,D. Bright&C. MykytiukMYAlO(FERTR); 26Nov. 2007, V English & M. Batista VE 06 (PERTH); 9 Nov. 1987, G.J. Keighery 9515 (PERTH^ 8 Nov. 1902, A. Morrison 531 (K); 21 Nov. 1999, J.E. Wajon 166 (PERTH); 6 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1081 (CANB, MEE, PERTH); J.A. Wege 1246 C, 1 Nov. 2004 (K, PERTH, W); 7 Nov. 2007, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1475 (PERTH). J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 237 Proposed vernacular name. Swamp Reed Triggerplant. Distribution and habitat. Known from scattered populations on the Swan Coastal Plain, from near Bullsbrook to Ruabon, extending into the Southern Jarrah Forest east of Capel and Dardanup (Figure 71) (see note under the distribution and habitat for S. hesperium with respect to PERTH 06378633 from near the Pinnacles). Occurs in seasonally wet localities in grey to black peaty sand over clay. Associated vegetation includes dense Melaleuca shrubland, Corymbia calophylla and Melaleuca preissiana woodland, or low shrubland with emergent scattered Melaleuca. There is a single record from clay soils in Corymbia haematoxylon woodland near Dardanup. Conservation status. Recently listed as Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). Stylidium paludicola has a scattered distribution in a region marked by extensive land clearing and subject to ongoing development pressures. Only a small number of populations are known from nature reserves and population sizes and threats are not known. Further survey is required. Chromosome number. James (1979) recorded a chromosome number 2n = 32 under S.junceum from a population in Capel. This count may correspond to S. paludicola which is known to occur in the region; however, no voucher specimen has been located at either PERTH or UWA. Etymology. The epithet is Eatin for ‘a dweller in marshes’. Affinities. Stylidium paludicola is similar to S. thryonides, differing most obviously in calyx lobe morphology. The two external lobes are prominently caudate in S. paludicola, a character that is particularly conspicuous in the flower buds (Figure 7H), and have a hyaline border 0.4-0.6 mm wide and not extending beyond 3/4 of the length of the lobe (0.1-0.3 mm wide in 5. thryonides, and bordering more than 3/4 of the length of the lobe, often extending to Just below the apex). Although the length of the two external calyx lobes is not disjunctly different between the two species, they are more commonly longer in S. paludicola and there is usually a greater difference in length between them and the three shorter calyx lobes [(1 -) 1.5-3 mm as compared to 0.3-1 (-1.3) mm in S. thryonides^. Stylidium paludicola has a longer column (9-10.5 mm long as compared to 7-8.5 mm in S. thryonides) and also tends to have more prominent throat appendages. The two species do not overlap in distribution, with S. thryonides restricted to the south coast of the state. Refer to the notes under S. hesperium for a comparison with that species. Stylidium seariosum DC., 7(2): 783(1839). Type: Swan River [WesternAustralia, 1835-1838], J. Drummonds.n. (holotype: G-DC!; isotypes: ?BM 001041339!, BR 0000013332716 image seen, CGEI, ?E 002792251, ?E 002792261, FI-W 1131531, FI-W 1131551, ?G 003588631, ?K 0000602231, ?K 0003550561, ?K 0007418081, M 01757871, ?OXF!, ?P 00313155!, ?P 003131561). [Stylidium junceum auct. non R.Br.: J. Mildbraed, in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 51 (1908), p.p.', R. Erickson, Triggerplants, p. 152 (1958),/?./?.; S. Carlquist, A/Ao 7(1): 32 (1969); J.R. Wheeler in N. Marchant et al., FI. Perth Region 2: 619 (1987), p.p. ; J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Eewington, FI. South West!'. 908 (2002),/?./?.] Illustrations. S. Carlquist, A/Ac? 7(1): 35, Figures 39-41, as S.junceum junceum, B.J. Grieve & W.E. Blackall, How to Know W. Austral. Wildjl. 4: 743, No. 44 (1982), as S.junceum junceum. 238 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Reed-like perennial herb 10-80 cm high, with a compact or shortly elongate stem positioned above soil level or rarely shallowly-buried; stilt roots usually present. Glandular trichomes 0.15-0.6 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid to obloid heads. Leaves in a basal rosette or tuft, persistent throughout flowering or caducous, subulate to linear or narrowly-oblanceolate, 0.75-4 cm long, 0.7-2 mm wide, acute or attenuate and often shortly mucronate, entire, glabrous or minutely papillose. Scapes l-5(-20) per individual, erect to suberect, unbranched (very rarely with lateral branches), 10-80 cm long, 0.7-2.5 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowermost flower; sterile bracts 2-9.5 mm long, with a basal spur 0.5-3 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense head-like or shortly elongate raceme, 8-40-flowered, 1.5-6 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, attenuate to acuminate, hyaline throughout or to just below the apex with the hyaline border ± entire or erose and 0.4-1 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.5-2 mm long, glabrous or glandular-hairy; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 3.2-6 mm long, 0.7-2 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; pedicels 1-3.5 mm long, glandular-hairy, with the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side. Hypanthium narrowly ovate to elliptic, 2.7-4.5 mm long, 1.1-2.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy, with the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side. Calyx lobes free, very unequal in length, with an erose (rarely ± entire) hyaline border 0.3-0.7 mm wide, glandular-hairy or occasionally glabrous; the two longer (external) lobes 4-6.5 mm long, 1.5-3 mm longer than the three shorter (axial) lobes, acute, attenuate or acuminate, hyaline throughout or to just below the apex; three shorter lobes 3.5-4.5 mm long, with an obtuse or obcordate hyaline border around the apex. Corolla tube 1.2-2.5 mm long; lobes very pale pink to apricot-pink or occasionally medium pink (rarely white), a darker shade on the reverse and often at the margins, with dark pink or pinkish red throat markings and a yellow throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, elliptic to obovate, 4.5-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, ovate to elliptic, 0.7-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.1-0.5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi¬ circle, c. 0.1-0.4 mm high, occasionally with the hairs extending a little beyond the throat. Column with a single bend at the throat of the flower when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, dilated distally and constricted just below the head, with a distinct line of demarcation between the axis and the head, yellow near the base and pink distally, 6-8.5 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules pale yellow, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma stalked, 0.15-0.3 mm long, 0.15-0.2 mm wide. Capsules ovoid to deltoid, ± arcuate on axial side, 4-7 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, c. 1 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figures ID; 8) Diagnostic features. The following features can be used to differentiate S. scariosum from the other species in sect. Junceae\ calyx lobes that are noticeably unequal in length (with a 1.5-3 mm difference between the two larger and three smaller lobes); an inflorescence with an overall markedly scarious appearance due to the broad hyaline border on the floral bracts and calyx lobes, with the hyaline margin broadening distinctively around the tip of three smallest calyx lobes (the apex of these lobes obtuse or obcordate); column 6-8.5 mm long, dilated in the upper half (see Figure 81), constricted just below the head and with a strong line of demarcation between the axis and the head (see Figure 8F); compact stems often supported just above the ground by stilt roots and with basal leaves present, or tending buried and leafless when growing in deep sand; pale pink or apricot-pink corolla lobes (less often medium pink or very rarely white). ^c/ccrcti^/^eczmem.WESTERNAUSTRALIA: EllisBrookValleyReserve,9Oct. \999,H.Bowler379 (PERTH); near 37 mile peg Perth - Albany road, 8 Sep. 1947, N. T. Burbidge 2255 (CANB, PERTH); corner of Eesmurdie Rd and Sampson Rd, Eesmurdie, Darling Range, 23 Oct. 1967, S. Carlquist 3^74 J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 239 Figure 8. Stylidium scariosum. A - hypanthium and unequal calyx lobes with broadly scarious margins, particularly at the apex of the three smaller lobes; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - column apex, showing the stalked stigma protruding beyond the dehisced anthers; F - column apex, showing the strong line of demarcation between the column axis and head; G - capsule; H - inflorescence; I - triggered flowers showing the distally dilated columns; J - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 911 with scale bars at 1 mm; photograph from J.A. Wege & WS. Armbruster JAW 1707. (MEL, NSW, PERTH, RSA); 20 km E of Armadale along road to Brookton, 11 Oct. 1991, W. Greuter 22689 (PERTH); Hi Vallee property (D. & J. Williams), 23 Oct. 1999, M. Hislop 1737 (PERTH); 16 km N of Hill River Bridge along Brand Hwy, 29 Sep. 1979, J. Taylor, M.D. Crisp & R. Jackson JT 947 (CANB, PERTH); 1.7 km S on Kent Rd from Talbot West Rd, Shire of York, 16 Oct. 2002, J.A. Wege & F. Hort JAW 671 (PERTH); 2.4 km E along Kingsley Dr from South West Hwy, 6 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1085 (MEL, PERTH); 1.69 km on Canning Rd from Pickering Brook Rd, National Park, 12 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1102 (PERTH); c. 780 m SE of Kangaroo Gully Bridge on Brookton Hwy, 240 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 12 Nov. 2003, J.A. Wege 1106 (PERTH); c. 4.6 km W of Tootbardie Rd on Coorow - Greenhead Rd, Alexander Morrison National Park, 30 Sep. 2004, J.A. Wege&K.A. Shepherd ] AW\2\2(CANB, MEL, PERTH); 6.65 km NW of Williams Rd on Del Park Rd, NW of Dwellingup, 2 Nov. 2006, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1396 (PERTH); 4.7 km E along Wannamal West Rd from Brand Hwy, Boonanarring Nature Reserve, 23 Oct. 2009, J.A. Wege & WS. Armbruster JAW 1707 (K, MEL, PERTH); lookout toward the end of Lesueur Scenic Drive, c. 600 m from Cockleshell Gully Rd, Lesueur National Park, 16 Sep. 2009, J.A. Wege & C. Wilkins JAW 1766 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). Proposed vernacular name. Common Reed Triggerplant. Phenology. Flowering from August to December, with peak flowering during September and October in the northern part of its range, and October to November in the greater Perth region. Distribution and habitat. Widespread in the Northern Jarrah Forest, Geraldton Sandplains and Swan Coastal Plain bioregions, extending from near Dwellingup north of Eneabba (Figure 8J). Grows in shallow sandy loam in upland lateritic habitats, in Eucalyptus wandoo woodland, E. marginata or Corymbia calophylla forest (often in association with Allocasuarina fraseriana), and E. todtiana and Banksia menziesii woodland. In the northernmost part of its range, S. scariosum grows on shallow white sand over laterite in mallee heathland or low mixed heath. This species is also known from deeper sand in pockets of Banksia woodland on the Swan Coastal Plain. Conservation status. A widespread and common species that does not require conservation listing. Chromosome number. Unknown. Affinities. Stylidium scariosum is most likely to be confused with S. hesperium (refer to the affinities under that species for comparative notes). Notes. A population in Badgingarra National Park (e.g. PERTH 08137099) has an atypical floral column (it lacks the dilation above the main hinge) but otherwise appears referable to S. scariosum. Stylidium squamosotuberosum Carlquist, Aliso 7(1): 34 (1969). Type\ 5 miles west of Nornalup on road to Manj imup. Western Australia, 10 November 1967, S. Carlquist 4060 (holotype : RSA 0005441!; isotypes-. CANB 195623.1!, K 000355300!, US 00147161 image seen). [Stylidium junceum auct. non R.Br.: G. Bentham, El. Austral. 4: 9 (1868),/?./?.; J. Mildbraed, in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 278 (Heft 35): 51 (1908),/?./?.] Illustrations. S. Carlquist, A/Ao 7(1): 35, Figures 43-45 (1969); B.J. Grieve & WE. Blackall, How to Know W. Austral. Wildfl. 4: 744, No. 45 (1982); J. Wheeler, N. Marchant & M. Lewington, El. South West 2-. 909 (2002). Reed-like perennial herb 35-115 cm high, with a well-buried, rhizomatous stem', stilt roots absent. Glandular trichomes 0.2-0.6 mm long, with reddish black or black, ellipsoid or obloid heads. Leaves usually reduced to small, reddish scales on the rhizome and occasionally on the lower portion of scape, rarely forming a basal rosette, subulate, c. 1-2 cm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, acute, entire, glabrous. Scapes l-5(-c. 9) per individual, erect to suberect, unbranched (rarely branched in lower portion), 35-115 cm long, 0.7-2.5 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 241 above the lowermost flower; sterile bracts 3.5-10 mm long, with a basal spur 1.5^.2 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense head-like or shortly elongate raceme, 6-30-flowered, 2.5-5 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 6-10 mm long, 1.4-2.2 mm wide, attenuate to caudate, hyaline for lower 1/2-3/4 with the hyaline border ± entire to erose and 0.3-0.7 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.7-3 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 3.5-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, glandular-hairy near base; pedicels 1.5-3 mm long, glandular-hairy, with the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side. Hypanthium narrowly elliptic to oblong, slightly arcuate on axial side, 2.5-4 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide, glandular-hairy, with the hairs sometimes restricted to the axial side. Calyx lobes free, very unequal in length, acuminate to caudate, the lower 1/2-3/4 of the margin with a ± entire to somewhat erose hyaline border 0.2-0.6 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; the larger (external) two lobes 4-6.5 mm long, (1-)1.5-3 mm longer than the upper (axial lobes) which are 3.2^ mm long. Corolla tube c. 2-3 mm long; lobes medium to deep purple-pink, a similar or slightly darker shade on the reverse, with a white throat and mottled red or mauve markings, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair and raised a little above them, elliptic, 5-6.5 mm long, 3.2-4.7 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx, orbicular to ovate, 0.8-1.1 mm long, 0.7-1.1 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.3-1.2 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi-circle, 0.2-0.6 mm high. Column sigmoid when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering from the main bend to the head and with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, white near the base and dark pinkish red distally with a purple marking near the hinge, 10.5-14 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules yellowish green fading to black, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide; pollen greenish; stigma sessile, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide. Capsules obloid (rarely ellipsoid), ± arcuate on axial side, 5-10 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figures 1C; 9) Diagnostic features. The following features can be used to differentiate S. squamosotuberosum from the other species in sect. Junceae\ a leafless, rhizomatous habit; medium to deep purple-pink corolla lobes with mottled red or mauve markings external to the throat, with the posterior lobes raised a little above the anterior pair; calyx lobes with prominent, dark reddish black, acuminate apices (the margin hyaline for less than 3/4 of the length of the lobe); a column 10.5-14 mm long; greenish pollen; obloid (rarely ellipsoid) capsules 5-10 mm long. ^e/ecfeti^pecz/wew^.WESTERNAUSTRALIA: 3milesNofWindyHarbour, 180ct. 1974,5'. Carlquist 6070 (PERTH, RSA); N side of Scott Rd, 0.7 km E of Eake Smith, D’Entrecasteaux National Park, 7 Apr. 1991, A. Gibson & M. Lyons 537 (PERTH): Nutcracker Rd, 2.6 km W from Denmark - Mount Barker road, 2 Dec. 1994, B.G. Hammersley 1305 (PERTH); Champion Eane, Denmark, 300 m N along farm boundary from the end of Champion Eane, 26 Dec. 2008, F. Hort, J. Hort, A. Daems & M. Daems 3389 (PERTH); Boulder Hill, Betty’s Beach, 35 km E Albany, 27 Nov. 1986, G.J. Keighery 8719 (PERTH); Ten Mile Brook, Bramley National Park, S of Margaret River, 14 Nov. 2007, GJ. & B.J. Keighery 1148 (PERTH); 3-5 km from Windy Harbour along road to Northcliffe, 17 Nov. 1982, A. Strid 21473 (PERTH); 15.2 km N of Salmon Beach Rd on Windy Harbour Rd, 11 Nov. 2002, J.A. Wege 806 (MEE, PERTH); 2.95 km S from Eedge Beach Rd on Gull Rock Rd, E of Albany, 9 Dec. 2002, J.A. Wege 856 (PERTH); 10.5 km SE of Milyeannup Coast Rd on Woodarburrup Rd, Gingilup Swamps Nature Reserve, 26 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1326 (MEE, PERTH); W from Sues Rd, S of Busselton, 8 Dec. 2008, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1567 (PERTH); SW corner of Gum Eink Rd and Nornalup Rd, NE of Walpole, 11 Dec. 2008, J.A. Wege & R. Butcher JAW 1577 (PERTH); 500 m SE of the road to The Gap on Frenchman’s Bay Rd, Torndirrup National Park, S of Albany, 28 Nov. 2011, J.A. Wege & B.P. Miller JAW 1906 (CANB, K, MEE, PERTH). 242 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 9. Stylidium squamosotuberosum. A - hypanthium, calyx lobes, subtending floral bract and paired prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - column apex, showing the dehisced anthers and developing stigma; F - the broad column head showing the lack of demarcation with respect to the axis; G - capsule; H - inflorescence with prominent, dark, caudate calyx lobe tips; I - corolla lobes, showing the diagnostic mottled throat markings; J - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.A. Wege 856 with scale bars at 1 mm; photographs from J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd 1310 (H) & JAW 1326 (I). Proposed vernacular name. Rhizomatous Reed Triggerplant. The previous common name of ‘Fleshy- rhizomed Trigger Plant’ (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) is somewhat misleading since the rhizome is somewhat woody rather than fleshy. Phenology. The peak flowering period for S. squamosotuberosum is from mid-November to early January; however, flowers have been recorded as early as mid-October (PERTH 02949164) and as late as March (PERTH 02858452). J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 243 Distribution and habitat. Known from the Warren and adjacent Southern Jarrah Forest bioregions, extending from the Manypeaks area to the Blackwood Plateau (Figure 9J). Grows in clay or sandy peat in seasonally wet swamps or stream gullies across its range. The associated vegetation includes myrtaceous shrubland or heath with species such as Taxandria fragrans, T. linearifoUa, T. parviceps, Astartea sp., Homalospermum firmum and Beaufortia sparsa, open forest of Eucalyptus marginata, E. patens or Corymbia calophylla over dense Myrtaceae-dominated shrubland, Eucalyptus rudis tall woodland with tall sedges, Agonis flexuosa woodland with sedges and Dasypogon, Corymbia calophylla forest sNiihBanksia seminuda and 5. littoralis, and dense sedgeland. Stylidium squamosotuberosum has been observed growing with S. thryonides (at PERTH 08541019), S. hygrophilum (at the type locality and PERTH 08540918) and S.junceum (Carlquist 1969). Conservation status. Eocally common in a number of conservation reserves across its range and as such does not require conservation listing. Chromosome number. Unknown. Affinities. Stylidium squamosotuberosum is most likely to be confused with S. thryonides, a species with a widely overlapping distribution that can look very similar when pressed. Whilst 5. tends to prefer wetter habitats, I have observed these two species growing in sympatry at a site within Tomdirrup National Park near Albany (at PERTH 08541019) with no intermediates evident. The two species are readily distinguished in the field by differences in fioral morphology (compare Figures 9B, I with 7B, H)—^the deep purple-pink corolla lobes of S. squamosotuberosum have highly distinctive mottled red or mauve markings around the white throat, and the posterior lobes are raised a little above the level of the anterior pair. Stylidium squamosotuberosum also has a longer column (10.5-14 mm versus 7-8.5 mm long in S. thryonides) with larger anther locules and greenish (rather than yellow) pollen. The characteristic rhizome of S. squamosotuberosum is usually prominently elongated and well-buried, with leaves reduced to small red scales on the rhizome that occasionally extend up the buried portion of the scape (although if the growing tip of the rhizome is exposed at the soil surface, a rosette of green leaves may be formed, e.g. PERTH 04530055 and PERTH 02858452). In contrast, the compact stem stock of S. thryonides is more irregular in shape and is positioned at or just above ground level or sometimes shallowly buried. Mature green leaves are usually present in S. thryonides, although they are sometimes caducous (particularly on older individuals with numerous scapes). Pressed specimens of the two species in which the stem stock has not been sampled are difficult to separate, although the tips of the calyx lobes are informative—prominently caudate in S. squamosotuberosum (with the margin hyaline for the lower 3/4), and attenuate to acuminate in S. thryonides (the margin hyaline for c. 3/4 to all of the length). Column length and pollen colour can also sometimes be used to distinguish between pressed specimens of these two species (see above), and capsules can be diagnostic if they have been collected (obloid or more rarely ellipsoid and 5-10 mm long in S. squamosotuberosum, and ovate to deltoid and 4-6 mm long in S. thryonides). A comparison between S. squamosotuberosum and S. hygrophilum, a similarly rhizomatous species which co-occurs with S. squamosotuberosum on the Blackwood Plateau, is provided under that species. Notes. Although not described until 1969, S. squamosotuberosum was collected by a range of botanists in the 1800s including Drummond (3: 179, e.g. CGE!, FI!, Gl, K 0003550541, MEE 21560641, OXFI, TCD!,W!),Preiss(2265:G!,MEE2156068!),Mueller(e.g.MEE2254229!),Oldfield(MEE2259110!), Cunningham (BMI, CGE!, K 000060231!), Baxter (K 0000602261), Bauer (K 0000602331), andBrown (refer to the typification notes in the introduction). 244 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Stylidium thryonides Wege, sp. nov. Type '. 500 m south-east of the road to The Gap on Frenchman’s Bay Road, Torndirrup National Park, south of Albany, Western Australia, 28 November 2011, J.A. Wege & B.R Miller JAW 1905 {holotypQ\ PERTH 08541027; isotypes: CANB, K, MEL). Reed-like perennial herb 30-50(-75) cm high, with a ± shallowly buried, compact, lignotuber-like stem, stilt roots absent. Glandular trichomes 0.15-0.4 mm long, with red to reddish black, ellipsoid to obloid heads. Leaves in a basal rosette or tuft, persistent throughout flowering or caducous, subulate to narrowly oblanceolate, 0.5-3 cm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, acute or with a short mucro, entire, glabrous, occasionally reduced to small red scales. Scapes (1 )2-c. 50 per individual, erect to suberect, unbranched, 20-75 cm long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, with scattered sterile bracts, glabrous except for glandular hairs above the lowest flower; sterile bracts 2.8-6 mm long, with a basal spur 0.5-3 mm long, ± caducous. Inflorescence a dense head-like or shortly elongate raceme, (2-)6-30-flowered, 1.5-5 cm long; bracts lanceolate, 4-6.2 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, attenuate to acuminate, hyaline for 3/4 of length or to just below the apex with the hyaline border entire to scarcely erose and 0.2-0.6 mm wide, with a basal spur 0.5-2 mm long, glabrous; prophylls paired at distal end of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, 3^.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; pedicels 1.5^ mm long, glandular-hairy on axial side. Hypanthium ovate to elliptic, ± arcuate on axial side, 2-3.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, with glandular hairs mostly restricted to axial side. Calyx lobes free, a little unequal in length, attenuate to acuminate, hyaline for 3/4 of length or to just below the apex with the hyaline border ± entire to erose and 0.1-0.3 mm wide, the larger (external) two lobes 3.5^.2 mm long, 0.3-1 (-1.3) mm longer than the three smaller (axial) lobes, glabrous or with the occasional glandular hair; smaller lobes 2-3.5 mm long, sparsely glandular-hairy. Corolla tube c. 1.5-2 mm long; lobes medium to deep pink, a similar or slightly darker shade on the reverse, with dark pink to purplish throat markings and a yellowish or white throat, paired laterally, with the posterior pair overlapping the anterior pair, elliptic to obovate, 3.8-5.7 mm long, 2.7-4.7 mm wide, entire, glandular-hairy abaxially. Labellum reflexed and angled across the calyx; ovate to broadly ovate, 0.7-1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, with a terminal appendage 0.2-0.6 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandular-hairy; lateral appendages absent. Throat appendages comprising irregular, glandular-hairy protuberances arranged in a semi-circle, to 0.3 mm high. Column sigmoid when poised, with a slight lateral curve when extended, evenly tapering from the main bend to the head and with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head, creamy yellow or white near the base and distally pink or pinkish red with a purple marking near the hinge, 7-8.5 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide at the head, glabrous; anther locules brownish green or brownish yellow fading black, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide; pollen yellow; stigma shortly stalked, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide. Capsule ovoid to deltoid, ± arcuate on axial side, 4-6 mm long excluding calyx lobes; seeds brown, c. 0.6-1 mm long, 0.25-0.4 mm wide, the surface with membranous sculpturing. (Figures IE; 10) Selected specimens. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: Emu Point, Albany, 5 Nov. 1954, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH); 1.3 km on Sandpatch Rd from Prison Farm Rd, Albany, 3 Dec. 2003, J.A. Wege 1155 (MEL, PERTH); 4.8 km on Quaranup Rd from Frenchman’s Bay Rd, Albany, Western Australia, 24 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd I AW 1309 (PERTH); Rame Head track, 100 m W of Williams Rd, Walpole- Nornalup National Park, 25 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1323 (CANB, PERTH); 300 m N of Milyeannup Coast Rd on Scott River Rd, 26 Nov. 2004, J.A. Wege & K.A. Shepherd JAW 1328 (AD, BRI, PERTH); Walpole-Nomalup National Park, Long Point track 1.1 km NE of junction with Little Long Point track, 30 Nov. 1992, J.R. Wheeler & S.J. Patrick IBW 3597 (PERTH). J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 245 Figure 10. Stylidium thryonides. A-hypdLnthium and slightly unequal calyx lobes, with subtending floral bract and prophylls; B - corolla; C - labellum; D - column; E - dehisced anthers and developing stigma; F - broad column head which is not demarcated with respect to the column axis; G - capsule; H - inflorescence; I - distribution in the south-west of Western Australia. Drawings by Ellen Hickman from J.^. Wege 1308 with scale bars at 1 mm; photograph from J.^. Wege& B.P. Miller iPAN 1905. Diagnostic features. The following features can be used to differentiate S. thryonides from the other species in sect. Junceae\ compact, shallowly buried stems with basal leaves either persistent during flowering or caducous; two external calyx lobes 3.5-4.2 mm long and 0.3-1 (-1.3) mm longer than the three axial ones, with a membranous margin that either tapers evenly to the apex (apex attenuate) or stops a little below the tip (apex acuminate); medium pink corolla lobes that are a similar shade or only a fractionally darker shade on the undersurface (and therefore in bud); a column 7-8.5 mm long with no line of demarcation evident between the axis and the head; a prominent, shortly stalked stigma 0.4-0.6 x 0.3-0.5 mm at maturity; ovoid to deltoid capsules. 246 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Proposed vernacular name. Southern Reed Triggerplant. Phenology. Flowering from October to December. Distribution and habitat. Mostly restricted to the Warren bioregion, extending into the Southern Jarrah Forest bioregion near Albany (Figure 101). Grows in moist grey sand, often over limestone, mAgonis flexuosa woodland or scrub, Corymbia calophylla and Eucalyptus marginata forest with Persoonia longifolia and A. flexuosa over a dense mixed understorey, C. calophylla and A. flexuosa woodland with Spyridium globulosum, and dense low heath/sedgeland with emergent Melaleuca preissiana. Conservation status. Stylidium thryonides has not been collected from many localities (many of the PERTH specimens represent multiple collections from the same sites). However, conservation listing does not appear to be warranted in view of a number of occurrences within national parks and nature reserves. Chromosome number. Unknown. Etymology. From the Greek (rush), in reference to the rush-like habit. The name is also a reference to the fact that material of this species was collected by Brown under his concept of S. junceum (the epithet of which also means rush-like). Affinities. Refer to the introduction for information on Brown’s collection of this taxon, and the comparative comments under S. hesperium, S. paludicola and S. squamosotuberosum. Acknowledgements This research was primarily funded by the Australian Biological Resources Study and Western Australia’s Department of Parks and Wildlife (formerly the Department of Environment and Conservation). Thanks to the staff at the Western Australian Herbarium for their support; the Directors of all cited institutions for access to or loan of specimens; Ellen Hickman for her wonderful art work; to all those who have assisted me with field work, in particular Ben Miller, Kelly Shepherd, Carol Wilkins, Ryonen Butcher and Andrew Webb; and to Kevin Thiele and Neil Gibson for comments on the manuscript. References Bentham, G. (1868). FloraAustraliensis. Vol. 4, (Reeve and Co.: London.) Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem (1999). List of families including extant collections ofthe Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem (B) from the time before 1943. http://www.bgbm.fu-berlin.de/BGBM/research/colls/herb/phanerog.htm [accessed 25 February 2010], Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae Van Diemen. (J. Johnson and Co: London.) Burns, G.R (1900). Beitrage zur kenntniss der Stylidiaceen. Flora 87: 313-354. Candolle, A.R de (1839). Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. Vol 7. (Treuttel & Wurtz: Raris.) Carlquist, S.J. (1969). Studies in Stylidiaceae: newtaxa, field observations, evolutionary tendencies. Aliso 7: 13-64. Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 28 April 2014]. Diels, L. & Rritzel, E. (1905). Fragmenta Rhytographiae Australiae Occidentalis. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Rfianzen Westaustraliens, ihrer Verbreitung undihrerLebemverhdiltnisse. Botanische JahrbucherfurSystematik, Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 35: 582-599. J.A. Wege, An account of the reed triggerplants (Stylidium sect. Junceae: Stylidiaceae) 247 Erickson, R. (1958). Triggerplants. (Paterson Brokensha: Perth.) Gardner, C.A. (1942). Contributions florae Australiae occidentalis XI. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 27: 165-210 (1942). James, S.H. (1979). Chromosome numbers and genetic systems in the triggerplants ofWesternAustralia(5'(y//(i/Mra; Stylidiaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 27: 17-25. Mildbraed J. (1908). Stylidiaceae. In: Engler, A. (ed.) Das Pflanzenreich IV, 278. Heft 35 pp. 1-98. (Endelmann: Weinheim.) Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western Australian Flora: a descriptive catalogue. (Wildflower Society of Western Australia, Western Australian Herbarium, Botanic Parks and Gardens Authority: Perth, Western Australia.) Sandiford, E.M. & Barrett, S. {20W)). Albany regional vegetation survey, extent, type and status. Unpublished report. (Department of Environment and Conservation: Western Australia.) Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Sender, O.G. (1845). Stylideae. In’. C. Eehmann (ed.) Plantae Preissianae. Vol. 1. pp. 370-393. (Meissneri: Hamburg.) Wege, J.A. (2001). Scape anatomy in Stylidium (Stylidiaceae). Kew Bulletin 56: 955-963. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au [accessed 30 April 2014]. Wheeler, J.R. (1987). Stylidiaceae. In: Marchant, N.G., Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.E., Bennett, E.M., Eander, N.S. & Macfarlane, T.D. (eds) Flora of the Perth region. Vol. 2. pp. 606-625. (Western Australian Herbarium: South Perth.) Wheeler, J., Marchant N. & Eewington, M. (2002). Flora of the South West. Vol. 2. (Australian Biological Resources Study: Canberra.) 248 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:249-253 Published online 21 August 2014 A new subspecies of the threatened monocalypt Eucalyptus insularis (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia Dean Nicollet M.I.H. (Ian) Brooker^ and Malcolm E. French^ ‘Currency Creek Arboretum, PO Box 808, Melrose Park, South Australia 5039 ^CSIRO Plant Industry, PO Box 1600, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 2601 ^29 Stonesfield Court, Padbury, Western Australia 6025 'Corresponding author, email: dn@dn.com.au Abstract Nicolle, D., Brooker, M.I.H. & French, M.E. Anew subspecies ofthe threatened monocalypt insularis (Myrtaceae) from Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 249-253 (2014). Two subspecies are here recognised in the geographically rare and taxonomically isolated Eucalyptus insularis Brooker. Eucalyptus insularis subsp. insularis is known only from North Twin Peak Island in the Recherche Archipelago, about 90 km east-south-east of Esperance. Eucalyptus insularis subsp. continentalis D.Nicolle & Brooker subsp. nov. is known only from several small populations near Cape Ee Grand on the mainland, about 25 km south-east of Esperance, and differs from the type subspecies in its low shrubby habit, smaller adult leaves with obscure tertiary venation and irregularly-shaped oil glands, more strongly pendulous inflorescences, and its generally smaller buds and fruits. Introduction Eucalyptus insularis Brooker was first collected on North Twin Peak Island of the Recherche Archipelago, south of mainland Western Australia, by R.D. Royce of the Western Australian Herbarium in 1960. It has not been found on any other islands, despite numerous opportunistic flora collections and a dedicated eucalypt survey on eight of the other larger islands in the archipelago (including South Twin Peak Island) by two of us (DN and MEF) in 2003. It was not until ten years after Royce’s 1960 collection that the species was discovered and collected on the Australian mainland, about 25 km south-east of Esperance near Cape Ee Grand. The mainland populations are, by comparison, depauperate in habit compared to the island populations. More recently, cultivation trials of the island and the mainland populations at Currency Creek Arboretum (http://www.dn.com. au/Currency_Creek_Arboretum.html) showed that the habit difference between the island and the mainland populations is maintained when cultivated under uniform environmental conditions (in a common garden), and also revealed a number of morphological differences between the island and the mainland populations. A subsequent study of leaf venation and oil gland characters in the eucalypts (Brooker & Nicolle 2013), revealed other recognisable differences between the two forms of E. insularis. All three of us have studied the island and the mainland populations in the wild. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 250 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Key to the subspecies of^”. insularis 1. Erect-stemmed malice to 8 m tall; adult leaves 6-9 mm wide, tertiary venation visible, oil glands round [Recherche Archipelago].E. insularis subsp. insularis 1: Spreading mallee to 3 m tall; adult leaves 3-6 mm wide, tertiary venation obscure, oil glands irregularly-shaped [mainland WA; Cape Le Grand NP].E. insularis subsp. continentalis Taxonomy Eucalyptus insularis Brooker, Nuytsia 1(4): 308 (1974). Type'. ‘North Twin Peak Island, Recherche Archipelago, Western Australia (33°59’S, 122°5rE)’, 10 February 1960, R.D. Royce 6264 {holo\ PERTH 01005480; iso\ CANB). Mallee 1.5 to 8 m tall; lignotuber present (resprouter). Bark sometimes rough and fibrous on the lower stems in larger plants of subsp. insularis, otherwise smooth throughout, grey-brown to tan over greenish to yellow-bronze, decorticating in strips. Branchlets not waxy, lacking pith glands. Cotyledons reniform. Seedling leaves initially opposite, sessile, ovate, slightly scabrid, discolorous, soon becoming alternate, shortly petiolate, narrow-elliptic, glabrous, concolorous, dull, green. Adult leaves alternate, petiolate, linear to lanceolate, often falcate, 18-65 mm long x 3-9 mm wide, concolorous, dull to slightly glossy, green to yellow-green; tertiary venation visible and sparse, or obscure; oil glands scattered to numerous, unconnected to vein network (island oil glands). Inflorescences held loosely erect to strongly pendulous, 9-20+-fiowered; peduncles terete, slender, 3-8 mm long; pedicels terete, 2-A mm long. Flower buds ovoid, smooth, 5-6 mm long x 3,-A mm diam.; opercula rounded to very bluntly conical, smooth; staminal filaments infiexed in bud, white at fiowering; style long, straight; stigma blunt; ovules in 2 vertical rows on each placenta. Fruits barrel-shaped, smooth, 5-8 mm long X 4-7 mm diam., smooth; disc descending; valves 3, below rim level. Seeds dark brown, pyramidal to elongate. Diagnostic features. Mallee habit. Adult leaves very small, thin, held more or less erect. Infiorescences 9-20+ fiowered. Buds small, ovoid, with stamens infiexed. Ovules arranged in 2 rows on the placenta. Fruits small, barrel-shaped. The adult leaves of E. insularis subsp. continentalis are among the smallest in the genus. Notes. Eucalyptus insularis is a taxonomically very isolated species, and although it is certainly a monocalypt {E. subgen. Eucalyptus), it has no known close relatives. Three other eucalypt species occur on North Twin Peak Island {E. conferruminata D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr subsp. recherche D.Nicolle & M.E.French, E. cornuta Eabill. and E. incrassata EabilL), all of which are members of E. subgen. Symphyomyrtus (Schauer) Brooker and differ from E. insularis in numerous characteristics, including their much larger leaves, buds and fruits. Two other monocalypts occur in the Cape Ee Grand area {E. aquilina Brooker and E. ligulata Brooker subsp. ligulata), both of which differ from E. insularis in numerous characteristics, including again their much larger leaves, buds and fruits. Eucalyptus insularis is not known to hybridise with any other species. At the time of its description, Brooker (1974) tentatively suggested that E. insularis should be placed in a monotypic subseries within the monocalypts {E. subgen. Eucalyptus) and noted that the natural affinities of E. insularis are obscure, as it resembles closely no other eucalypt species. Subsequently, D. Nicolle et al., A new subspecies of the monocalypt Eucalyptus insularis (Myrtaceae) 251 Chippendale (1988) erected the monotypic E. ser. Insulares Chippendale to accommodate E. insularis. Brooker (2000) further emphasised what he considered to be the uniqueness of E. insularis, by placing it in the monotypic E. subsect. Unicae Brooker. It is now considered that the Western Australian monocalypts can be taxonomically divided into two primary groups, viz. the tree species, which would be placed in an expanded E. sect. Longistylus Brooker, and the mallee species, which would be placed in an as-yet-unnamed section consisting of seven series. In this proposed classification, E. insularis would be placed in the monotypic E. ser. Insulares, following the placement of E. insularis by Chippendale (1988). The relationship of E. ser. Insulares to the other six series within this proposed section (namely, E. ser. Calcicolae Brooker, E. ser. Diversiformes Blakely, E. ser. Muricatae Maiden, E. ser. Preissianae L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, E. ser. Proximae Brooker, and E. ser. Subereae Chippendale) has not been investigated, and it is therefore unclear which is most closely related to E. ser. Insulares. Eucalyptus insularis Brooker subsp. insularis Illustration. M.I.H. Brooker & D. Nicolle, Atlas of Leaf Venation and Oil Gland Patterns in the Eucalypts, p. 218, upper image only (2013). Diagnostic characters. Erect-stemmed mallee to 8 m tall. Bark fibrous on the lower stems or smooth throughout. Adult leaves dull, green, 28-65 mm long x 6-9 mm wide, tertiary venation visible but sparse, oil glands round. Inflorescences held loosely erect to slightly pendulous. Flower buds 6 mm long X 3 mm wide. Fruits 6-8 mm long x 5-7 mm wide. Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 24 Apr. 1972, M.IH Brooker 3637 (AD, PERTH); 5 Mar. 2003, D. Nicolle 4586 & M.E. French (AD, CANB, PERTH); 21 Nov. 2006, L.SJ. Sweedman 7066 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Restricted to North Twin Peak Island in the Recherche Archipelago, about 90 km east-south-east of Esperance, where it occurs on the granite shelves of one peak of the island, mainly on west-facing slopes, and occupying a total area of less than 1 km^. It occurs in dense whipstick stands, where it may dominate small areas. Commonly associated species 'mcXudo Acacia heteroclita subsp. heteroclita and Eucalyptus conferruminata subsp. recherche. Conservation status. Eucalyptus insularis is listed as Threatened in Western Australia (Smith 2013). This conservation listing is also considered appropriate for E. insularis subsp. insularis. Although the total area of occurrence of the subspecies is less than 1 km^, it occurs in dense thickets on parts of the island, and the total number of individuals could be 1,000+. The entire population occurs in Recherche Archipelago Nature Reserve. Notes. The larger habit and broader leaves of subsp. insularis most conspicuously, and most reliably, distinguish it from subsp. continentalis, although there are a number of other characteristics that distinguish the two subspecies (see Diagnostic characters, above). Eucalyptus insularis subsp. continentalis D.Nicolle & Brooker, subsp. nov. Type', near Mt Ee Grand, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 29 July 2008, J.A. Cochrane 1\Q9 & E. Adams {holo: PERTH 08022496; iso\ K). 252 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Illustrations. M.I.H. Brooker & D.A. Kleinig, Field Guide to Eucalypts Vol. 2. South-western and Southern Australia, 2"^ edn., p. 83 all images (2001); M.I.H. Brooker & D. Nicolle, Atlas of Leaf Venation and Oil Gland Patterns in the Eucalypts, p. 218, lower image only (2013). Diagnostic characters. Spreading mallee to 3 m tall. Bark smooth throughout. Adult leaves dull to slightly glossy, green to yellow-green, 18-60 mm long x 3-6 mm wide, tertiary venation obscure, oil glands irregularly-shaped. Inflorescences strongly pendulous. Flower buds 5-6 mm long x 3^ mm wide. Fruits 5-8 mm long x 4-6 mm wide. Selected specimens. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 15 Mar. 1972, K.M. Allan 827 (PERTH); 22 June 1978, D.EBlaxell 1686 (PERTH); 22 Apr. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3619 (AD, PERTH); 4 Apr. 1977, M.I.H. Brooker 5643 (PERTH); 18Dec. \979, M.I.H. Brooker 6704 (PERTH); 18 Dec. 1979, M/.i7. 6708 (PERTH); 15 Jan. 1985, M/.i7. 8787 (PERTH, AD,CANB);3 June 1974,D.J. Carr&S.G.M. C^7rr2019(AD,PERTH);20 0ct. \995, J.A. Cochrane JAC 1609 (PERTH); 20 Oct. 1995, J.A. Cochrane JAC 1612 (PERTH); 29 July 2008, J.A. Cochrane & E. Adams JAC 7109 (PERTH); 3 May 1982, S.D. Hopper 2272 (PERTH); 3 May 1982, S.D. Hopper 2276 (PERTH); 9 Apr. 1983, S.D. Hopper 2738 (PERTH); 8 Dec. 1992, D. Nicolle 174 (AD); 22 Jan. 1996, D. Nicolle 1637 (AD); 15 Aug. 1992, /. Solomon 624 (PERTH); 9 Aug. \97\,A.L. Weston 6470. Distribution and habitat. Known only from two or three populations over a linear range of a few kilometres in Cape Ee Grand National Park, about 25 km south-east of Esperance. It occurs on granite slopes and ridges, on shelves below cliffs and between boulders on sleep slopes. Commonly associated species include Eucalyptus aff. lehmannii, Hakea drupacea and Melaleuca nesophila. Conservation status. Eucalyptus insularis is listed as Threatened in Western Australia (Smith 2013). This conservation listing is also considered appropriate for E. insularis subsp. continentalis. Although it appears to be known from only two or three populations, at least one of which consists of only about 12 individuals, an accurate survey of the populations of subsp. continentalis has not been undertaken by the authors. All the populations occur in Cape Ee Grand National Park. Etymology. The epithet is from the Eatin continentalis (mainland, continent), in reference to the occurrence of the subspecies on the Australian mainland, compared to the island occurrence of the type subspecies. Notes. The depauperate habit and smaller, narrower leaves of subsp. continentalis most conspicuously, and most reliably, distinguish it from subsp. insularis, although there are a number of other characteristics that distinguish the two subspecies (see Diagnostic characters, above). Acknowledgements Dean Nicolle and Malcolm French would like to thank Peter Hudson and the crew of the Southern Image, from Esperance, for charter to a number of islands in the Recherche Archipelago. Ian Brooker would like to thank colleague Barry Rockel for held assistance on North Twin Peak Island. References Brooker, M.I.H. (1974). Six new species of Eucalyptus from Western Australia. Nuytsia 1(4): 297-314. Brooker, M. I. H. (2000). A new classification of the genus Eucalyptus L’ Her. (Myrtaceae). A ustralian Systematic Botany 13:79-148. D. Nicolle et al., A new subspecies of the monocalypt Eucalyptus insularis (Myrtaceae) 253 Brooker, M.I.H. & Kleinig, D.A. (2001). Field guide to eucalypts. Vol. 2. South-western and southern Australia. 2-edn (Bloomings Books: Melbourne.) Brooker, M.I.H. & Nicolle, D. (2013). Atlas of leaf venation and oil gland patterns in the eucalypts. (CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood.) Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora. In: A.S. George (ed) Flora of Australia. Vol. 19. (Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.) Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) 254 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:255-261 Published online 27 November 2014 Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae), a new, white-flowered species for Western Australia Michael Hislop^ and Ray J. Cranfield^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^c/o Western Australian Herbarium. Postal address; Science Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 2, Manjimup, Western Australia 6258 Abstract Hislop, M. & Cranfield, R.J. Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae: Styphelioideae: Styphelieae), a new, white-flowered species for Western Australia. Nuytsia 24: 255-261 (2014). A new member of Brachyloma Sond. sect. Lissanthoides Benth. is described and illustrated. Two keys are presented: an interim key to the Western Australian species of Brachyloma, and an Australia-wide key to the species of sect. Lissanthoides. The presence of two lineages in the genus, distinguished by molecular phylogenetics and morphology, is discussed, and the case for future elevation of sect. Lissanthoides to generic status is examined. Introduction Brachyloma Sond. sect. Lissanthoides Benth. was thought to be an entirely eastern Australian grouping when in 2002 a previously unknown epacrid from the Forrestania area in Western Australia was collected and tentatively assigned to the genus Brachyloma under the phrase name B. sp. Forrestania White (M. Hislop & F. Hort MH 2591). A sample for DNA analysis was forwarded to Chris Quinn, who was then a Research Associate at the National Herbarium of New South Wales, studying phylogenetic relationships within the tribe Styphelieae Bartl. Analysis of DNA sequence data from the matK region of the chloroplast genome (unpublished data) grouped B. sp. Forrestania White in a clade with the eastern Australian species B. daphnoides (Sm.) Benth. (from sect. Lissanthoides), and, rather unexpectedly, the Western Australian Astroloma baxteri DC. Several red-flowered western species (i.e. members of the type section), together with B. ericoides (Schltdl.) Sond. and B. scortechinii F.Muell. formed a separate clade, but the relationship between the two clades was unresolved. Research undertaken during a recently completed PhD project (Puente-Felievre 2013) has confirmed a close relationship between B. sp. Forrestania White, A. baxteri and the eastern Australian species currently assigned to sect. Lissanthoides. The individual chapters of the above thesis are to be published as separate papers and the first of these will include the transfer of A. baxteri to Brachyloma (C. Puente-Felievre pers. comm.) The current paper provides a formal name for B. sp. Forrestania White and reviews the case for the elevation of sect. Lissanthoides to generic level. © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 256 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Methods This study was based on an examination of dried specimens housed at PERTH. Additional examples of all eastern Australian members of the genus were obtained on loan from CANB. Foliar measurements were taken from dried specimens. Leaf thickness was measured at the midrib half way along the lamina. Care was taken to confine observations to mature leaves. Infiorescence length was measured from the point of attachment at the axil to the apex of the bud rudiment. Floral measurements were taken from rehydrated Lowers in natural posture. Notes on the circumscription of Brachyloma Bentham (1868) recognised two sections within Brachyloma. His typical section (referred to as sect. Lobopogon (Schltdl.) Benth. nom. illeg.) comprised B. preissii Sond. (the type species for the genus), B. concolor F.Muell. ex Benth. nom. illeg. from Western Australia and the eastern species B. ericoides (the type of Lobopogon Schltdl.). Section Lissanthoides Benth. comprised three eastern species, B. ciliatum (R.Br.) Benth., B. daphnoides and B. depressum (F.Muell.) Benth. In their wide- ranging morphological study into relationships within Styphelieae, Powell etal. (1997) proposed the recognition of three genera within Brachyloma s. lat. One of the two segregate genera corresponded with Bentham’s sect. Lissanthoides and the other, conceived as monotypic, was based on B. scortechinii. On its own, however, the morphological case that was presented appeared less than compelling and, in the absence at that time of any molecular data, the proposed changes were never effected. Although primarily focussed on relationships within the Styphelia Sm.-Astroloma R.Br. clade, the recently completed study by Puente-Lelievre (2013) also included the most comprehensive molecular sampling yet undertaken in the genus Brachyloma, both in terms of the range of species sampled and the number of molecular markers employed (the study was based on four chloroplast and one nuclear loci). Parsimony and Bayesian analyses of the combined molecular data produced a phylogenetic tree which gave strong support for a sister relationship between the two sections of Brachyloma. However the results were still not entirely conclusive. The anomalous B. scortechinii was not included in this study and so the molecular basis for the position of that species within sect. Brachyloma rests on the unpublished data obtained from a single genomic region (C. Quinn pers. comm.). In addition, some support values for the topology obtained within sect. Brachyloma were low and, in particular, the position of B. ericoides within the section was unresolved. Notwithstanding the occasional presence of some anomalous features, as noted below, species published since Bentham’s (1868) treatment, as well as others currently recognised by informal names only, can be readily placed in either sect. Brachyloma or sect. Lissanthoides. The morphology of the corolla lobes provides the most important characters by which the two sections can be distinguished. Members of sect. Brachyloma have ovate or broadly ovate corolla lobes which are obtuse or occasionally subacute and with adaxial surfaces that are fiat and either completely glabrous or very minutely papillose, with the papillae only observable under magnification {B. ericoides is atypical in having a discrete patch of spreading hairs towards the centre of the lobes). In sect. Lissanthoides by contrast the lobes are narrowly triangular to narrowly ovate, acute to acuminate, and distinctly papillate or shortly hairy. The adaxial surfaces are keeled or otherwise thickened for part of their length. The latter character is particularly significant and apparently represents a synapomorphy for sect. Lissanthoides. M. Hislop & R. J. Cranfield, Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae), a new, white-flowered species 257 Another important point of difference between the two sections is to be found in the inflorescence character. Whereas members of the typical section have inflorescence axes with bracts present below the bracteole pair, the axis is bare in this region in species from sect. Lissanthoides. Astroloma baxteri however is a clear exception in this regard having numerous bracts below the bracteoles. While B. scortechinii has axis bracts in common with other species from sect. Brachyloma, uniquely in the genus it also has flowers that are pedicellate above the bracteoles in the manner of the genus Lissanthe R.Br. With a couple of exceptions there is also a difference in flower colour, with species from the typical section having red flowers and those of sect. Lissanthoides white or cream, occasionally with some pink tinges. In Quinn’s unpublished analysis B. scortechinii grouped with members of the typical section, but is alone in that group in having green flowers. Similarly the red flowers of A. baxteri make it atypical within sect. Lissanthoides. The latter is also the only species in the genus with basal, rather than apical, hair tufts in the corolla tube, these issuing from well-differentiated appendages. Together with the large corolla size this explains its original placement in Astroloma. In the detail of the corolla lobe morphology, however, A. baxteri is very comparable with other members of sect. Lissanthoides. It is noteworthy in relation to these colour differences between the sections that rare, white-flowered morphs of B. ericoides and B. concolor have been recorded. While the molecular case for the elevation of sect. Lissanthoides to generic level has been strengthened as a result of the recent research (see above), the addition of a few more species to the dataset should resolve any remaining doubts regarding the sister status of the two sections. The morphological case, as outlined above, is supportive of the recognition of a second genus. Taxonomy Interim key to the Western Anstralian species of Brachyloma 1. Corolla red or white, lobes narrowly triangular, acute, adaxially keeled in the upper half, strongly papillate or shortly hairy, at least about the keel 2. Corolla red, the tube >10 mm long; hairs arising from five appendages inserted close to the base of the corolla tube (southern forests and near south-coastal localities between Lake Muir and Fitzgerald River). Astroloma baxteri 2: Corolla white, the tube to 1.6 mm long; appendages absent, hairs refiexed into the tube from the lobe bases (Forrestania area). B. stenolobum 1: Corolla red, lobes ovate or broadly ovate, usually obtuse, occasionally subacute, adaxial surface fiat, appearing glabrous, but usually minutely papillose under magnification 3. Anthers fully or partially included within the corolla tube; filaments apparently absent or very short, the free portion to c. 0.3 mm long, ± terete in section or too short to interpret 4. Leaves fiat or adaxially convex, less often adaxially concave, if convex then the margins not prominently recurved and the abaxial surface always visible, apex long-mucronate and sharply pungent; sepals at least 2 mm long 5. Leaf margins coarsely ciliolate with stiff hairs 0.08-0.20 mm long; style poorly differentiated from ovary apex, to 0.6 mm long; corolla appendages >2 mm long; drupe globose, about as long as wide (Kalbarri area). B. pirara ms‘ 258 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 5: Leaf margins usually with minute projections to c. 0.02 mm long or occasionally ± smooth; style well-differentiated from ovary apex, at least 1 mm long, usually longer; corolla appendages c. 1.5 mm long; drupe depressed-globose, much wider than long (Kalbarri area).B. djerral ms‘ 4: Leaves always strongly convex adaxially, the margins recurved or revolute, partially obscuring the abaxial surface in some or all leaves, apex short- or long-mucronate, but not or scarcely pungent; sepals to 1.5 mm long, but usually less 6. Longest leaves to c. 8.0 mm long, including petiole, abaxial surface with deep, narrow grooves (Kulin area).B. deibi 6: Longest leaves to c. 5.5 mm long, including petiole, abaxial grooves shallower and wider than above (Newdegate-Forrestania-Cascade).B. nguba 3: Anthers fully exserted from corolla tube; filaments concavo-convex or less often plano-convex in section, fieshy, tapering at both ends, the free part at least 1 mm long, usually longer 7. Leaves adaxially concave.B. geissoloma ms s. 7: Leaves adaxially convex, usually with recurved margins or sometimes fiat.B. preissii s. lat.^ 'Brachyloma djerral and B. pirara are manuscript names to be published in the near future by the second author. ^Brachyloma geissoloma (F.Muell.) Cranfield ms, is to be published in the near future, replacing the invalidly published name, B. concolor. ^Brachylomapreissii and B. geissoloma ms form the core of a difficult species complex which is still under taxonomic review. It includes the published species B. mogin Cranfield and potentially eight additional taxa. These are currently recognised on Western Australia’s vascular plant census (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) by the following manuscript names: B. ericoides subsp. occidentale ms, B. geissoloma subsp. collinum ms, B. geissoloma subsp. ovatum ms, B. jillup ms, B. moolya ms, B. preissii subsp. lanceolatum ms, B. preissii subsp. obtusifolium ms and B. tamminense ms. Key to the species of Brachyloma sect. Lissanthaides (adapted from Albrecht 1996) 1. Corolla red, tube at least 10 mm long; five hairy appendages inserted close to the base of corolla tube (WA).Astroloma baxteri 1: Corolla white, occasionally with some pink tinges, tube to c. 6 mm long; refiexed tufts of hair arising from the top of the corolla tube or base of corolla lobes, or refiexed hair tufts absent 2. Refiexed hair tufts arising from the base of the corolla lobes; infiorescence axis terminating in bud-rudiment, bracteoles subtended by a fertile bract with 1 or 2 smaller bracts towards base of axis; ovary 3-locular (WA).B. stenolobum 2: Refiexed hair tufts arising from top of corolla tube, or refiexed hairs absent; infiorescence axis apparently terminating in a fiower, bracts absent, axis bare below the bracteoles; ovary usually 5-locular (3-5-locular in B. depressum) 3. Refiexed hair tufts absent from corolla tube (NSW).B. saxicola 3: Refiexed hair tufts arising from top of corolla tube 4. Leaf apex a callus tip or short innocuous mucro; corolla tube 4-6 mm long (Qld, NSW, SA, Vic).B. daphnoides 4: Leaf apex long-mucronate, pungent; corolla tube to 3.5 mm long 5. Sepals narrowly ovate, 2.8-3.5 mm long, about as long as corolla tube; corolla lobes 2.5-4 mm long; erect or spreading shrub to c. 1 m high (Las., Vic.) B. depressum M. Hislop & R. J. Cranfield, Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae), a new, white-flowered species 259 5: Sepals ovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, half to two-thirds the length of the corolla tube; corolla lobes 1.2-2.5 mm long; low suckering shrub rarely exceeding 30 cm high (SA, Tas., Vic.).B. dliatum Brachyloma stenolobum Hislop & Cranfield, sp. nov. Typus\ Forrestania, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 24 May 2013, M. Hislop 4255 {holo\ PERTH 08491070; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Brachyloma sp. Forrestania White (M. Hislop & F. Hort MH 2591), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://fiorabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed October 2013]. Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high and 1.2 m wide, single-stemmed at ground level from a fire-sensitive rootstock. Young branchlets with a sparse indumentum of very short, patent hairs to c. 0.03 mm long. Leaves variably antrorse, narrowly elliptic to elliptic, 3.0^.8 mm long, 1.3-2.0 mm wide; apex obtuse to acute with a blunt callus tip; base cuneate or rounded; petiole well-defined, 0.6-1.0 mm long, adaxial surface sparsely hairy, abaxial surface and margins glabrous; lamina 0.3-0.5 mm thick, concavo-convex to ± plano-convex, longitudinal axis straight or gently incurved; surfaces ± concolorous, slightly shiny; adaxial surface glabrous, apart sometimes for a few basal hairs, venation not evident; abaxial surface with 5-7 slightly raised primary veins and broad, shallow grooves between; margins glabrous or coarsely and minutely ciliolate with hairs to c. 0.03 mm long. Inflorescence erect to widely spreading, axillary; axis 0.6-1.2 mm long, 1 - or occasionally 2-flowered, moderately hairy and usually terminating in a bud-like rudiment. Fertile depressed-ovate 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, subtended by 1 or 2 smaller, sterile bracts. Bracteoles depressed-ovate, 0.8-1.0 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, obtuse; abaxial surface glabrous, ± striate, pale green to straw-coloured; margins ciliolate. Sepals broadly ovate or ovate, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, obtuse; abaxial surface glabrous, pale green to straw-coloured, ± striate with 7-9 slightly raised veins, becoming scarious towards the margins; adaxial surface with sparse hairs in a discrete patch towards the base; margins ciliolate with hairs 0.02-0.05 mm long. Corolla tube white, campanulate to shortly cylindrical, slightly exceeding the sepals, 1.2-1.6 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous, although with hairs exserted into the tube from the base of the lobes. Corolla lobes narrowly triangular, acute, white, thick, fleshy, longer than the tube, widely spreading from the base and gently recurved, 2.1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide at the base, glabrous externally; internal surface keeled in the upper 2/3, ± glabrous in the upper 1/3, strongly papillate in the lower 2/3, with a narrow zone of long, reflexed hairs issuing from the base. Anthers partially exserted from the tube (by 1/4-1/3 of their length), 0.7-0.8 mm long, the lateral surfaces papillose, apex emarginate. Filaments very short, 0.1-0.2 mm long, attached just below the anther apex. Nectary annular, 0.25-0.35 mm long, irregularly lobed for 1/3 to 2/3 of its length. Ovary globose or depressed-globose, 0.4-0.6 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, minutely papillose, 3-locular. Style 0.25-0.40 mm long, minutely papillose, well-differentiated from ovary apex; stigma not or scarcely expanded. Mature fruit not seen, immature fruit depressed-globose. (Figure 1) Diagnostic characters. The only Western Australian species of Brachyloma with white flowers and narrowly triangular, adaxially keeled corolla lobes. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AEISTRALIA: [localities withheld for conservation reasons] 15 May 2002, M. Hislop & F Hort MH 2591 (NSW, PERTH); 15 May 2002, M. Hislop & F Hort MH 2592 (NSW, PERTH). 260 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 1. Brachyloma stenolobum. Photograph of flowering branchlet from M Hislop & F Hort MH 2592. Scale bar = 1 cm. Distribution and habitat. Currently known only from the Forrestania area in the south-west corner of the Coolgardie bioregion (Department of the Environment 2013). The plant grows on yellow sandplain as a component of heath. Associated species mcXudQ Allocasuarina spinosissima. Acacia heteroneura, Melaleuca cordata and M. calyptroides. Phenology. The only collections of this species were made in May and these were at early- or mid¬ flowering stage. Peak flowering is probably dependant on the extent and pattern of the late spring to early autumn rainfall in the area and could be expected to be any time between April and June. Mature fruit has not been seen but is likely to be present at least between August and October. M. Hislop & R. J. Cranfield, Brachyloma stenolobum (Ericaceae), a new, white-flowered species 261 Etymology. From the Greek stenos (narrow) and lobos (a lobe), a reference to the narrow corolla lobes, in comparison to other Western Australian species. Conservation status. Listed by Smith (2013) as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, under the name Brachyloma sp. Forrestania White (M. Hislop & F. Hort MH 2591). The species has been collected from two sites on Unallocated Crown Land about 2.5 kilometres from each other, and it is quite possible that they are in fact from the one scattered population. At both sites it is moderately common. The natural vegetation in this part of the state is largely intact and the species’ preferred habitat of heath over yellow sandplain is a common one in the general area. There must therefore be a good chance that future survey work will bring to light new populations, although the fact that the first collection was made as recently as 2002 suggests that it is unlikely to have a wide distribution. Affinities. Brachyloma stenolobum has no close relatives in Western Australia and even among the eastern Australian members of sect. Lissanthoides, close affinities are not apparent. It is the only species in the genus in which the inflorescence axis terminates in a bud rudiment rather than a flower, and that has the reflexed hair tufts issuing from the base of the corolla lobes and not the top of the corolla tube. It is also the only species in sect. Lissanthoides with a standard 3-locular, rather than 5-locular, ovary. Acknowledgements We would like to thank the following people for their help in the preparation of this paper: Julia Percy- Bower for producing the specimen photograph, Barbara Rye for her constructive editorial suggestions, Chris Quinn for sharing the results of his unpublished research and the curator and staff at CANB for facilitating a loan of the eastern Australian members of the genus. References Albrecht, D.E. (1996). Brachyloma. Irr. Walsh, N.G. & Entwisle, T.J. (eds) Flora of Victoria, pp. 474-477. (Inkata Press: Melbourne.) Bentham, G. (1868). Flora Australiensis. Vol. 4. (Reeve & Co.: Eondon.) Department of the Environment (2013). Australia’s bioregions (IBRA), IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia. http://www. environment.gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 23 May 2014], Powell, J.M., Morrison, D.A., Gadek, P.A., Crayn, D.M. & Quinn, C.J. (1997). Relationships and generic concepts within Styphelieae (Epacridaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 10: 15-29. Puente-Eelievre, C. (2013). Systematics and biogeography of Styphelieae (Epacridoideae, Ericaceae). PhD thesis, James Cook University, Cairns, Australia. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 23 May 2014], 262 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:263-267 Published online 27 November 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION The scantily collected Corymbiapunkapitiensis (Myrtaceae) is not distinct from the widespread arid-zone species C. aparrerinja When Corymbia punkapitiensis K.D.Hill & L. A. S. Johnson was described (Hill & Johnson 1995), it was known only from the type specimens (A.C. Kalotas 1658, consisting of an insect-attacked leafy branchlet and a single unattached fruit) plus one other collection {P.K. Latz 2672), both of which were collected from the Walter James Range, north-east of Giles in Western Australia (near the Northern Territory border). The authors of the species had not seen the species in the field and relied entirely on these two collections in describing the new species. No other collections determined as C. punkapitiensis have been collected from Western Australia since that time. The authors of C. punkapitiensis (Hill & Johnson 1995) considered the new species to be most closely related to C. aspera (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, presumably because both species have neotenous crowns composed of ovate, ± setose juvenile leaves (described as ‘neotenous adult leaves’ by Hill and Johnson (1995), although more commonly referred to as juvenile leaves, they occur on reproductively adult shoots but display strong ontogenetic reversion towards the juvenile leaf stage). Hill and Johnson (1995) also differentiated C. punkapitiensis from C. Candida K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson and C. ferriticola (Brooker & Edgecombe) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson on the basis that these latter two species are not neotenous and develop non-setose adult leaves. It is worth noting that Hill and Johnson (1995) made no comparison of the new species with C. aparrerinja K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, another species that typically develops a crown of lanceolate, non-setose adult leaves. Corymbia punkapitiensis was not included in Euclid (Slee et al. 2006) due to the paucity of data and specimens, with only a brief mention of the species made under C. aspera. On 9th July 2008,1 collected specimens {D. Nicolle 5216) from a tree thatl identified as C. punkapitiensis, above Kings Canyon in the George Gill Range of the Northern Territory, about 290 km east of the type locality (Figure 1). The tree from which D. Nicolle 5216 was collected, plus several nearby trees, displayed features that were consistent with the description and specimens of C. punkapitiensis as cited in Hill and Johnson (1995), most notably a crown composed of shortly petiolate, ovate leaves on bristly branchlets (Figure IB). The rocky ridge habitat of D. Nicolle 5216 is also consistent with that described for C. punkapitiensis in its protologue (Hill & Johnson 1995). Interestingly, on the same ridge at Kings Canyon, and elsewhere in the general area, are scattered trees of the widespread arid-zone species C. aparrerinja. These typical C. aparrerinja trees were readily distinguished from the trees identified as C. punkapitiensis by their more uniformly coloured, paler bark and their crowns being completely composed of petiolate, lanceolate leaves on glabrous branchlets (Figure 2). Just over six years later, on 26* August 2014,1 revisited the Kings Canyon site. It was immediately evident that all the Corymbia K.D.Hill & L.A.S. Johnson trees growing on the site were C. aparrerinja, including trees previously (and now evidently erroneously) identified by me as C. punkapitiensis. Indeed, the tree from which!). Nicolle 5216 was collected was now indistinguishable from other nearby C. aparrerinja trees, having uniformly pale-coloured bark and a crown mostly composed of petiolate, lanceolate leaves on glabrous branchlets. A few shortly petiolate, ovate leaves on bristly branchlets were still present in the crown of this tree, mostly restricted to a single branch (Figure 3); this branch © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 264 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 1. Tree originally identified as C. pimkapitiensis when collected in July 2008 (Z). Nicolle 5216). A- tree in situ\ B - foliage from crown entirely composed near-sessile, ovate, juvenile leaves; C - trunk with colourful bark. Photographs by D. Nicolle. D. Nicolle, Corymbia punkapitiensis (Myitaceae) is not distinct from C. aparrerinja 265 Figure 2. C. aparrerinja (previously identified as C. punkapitiensis) as observed in August 2014 {D. Nicolle 5216). A- tree in situ; B - foliage from crown almost completely composed of petiolate, lanceolate, adult leaves; C - trunk with pale bark. Photographs by D. Nicolle. 266 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 3. Part of the crown of D. Nicolle 5216 in August 2014. Note the canopy of the limb on the left hand side (and in most of the tree outside of the image view) is completely composed of petiolate, lanceolate, adult leaves, while the canopy of the limb on the right hand side has a mixture of near-sessile, ovate, juvenile leaves, intermediate leaves, and petiolate, lanceolate, adult leaves. Photograph by D. Nicolle. was also composed of a mixture of juvenile, intermediate and adult leaves when observed on 9* July 2008.1 hypothesise that this tree, plus several nearby trees, were subject to a defoliation event prior to July 2008, leading to a crown of juvenile leaves which match the type of C. punkapitiensis. In their description of this species. Hill and Johnson (1995: 450) noted that ‘the specimens show some characteristics of reversion shoots from damaged canopies’ and I also hypothesise thatH.C. Kalotas 1658 and P.K. Latz 2672 most likely represent collections from reproductively mature individuals of C. aparrerinja in the reversionary, juvenile leaf phase, likely following insect attack or leaf drop following drought conditions. Taxonomy CorymbiaaparrerinjaK.D.Hill&L.A.S. Johnson, Telopea6(2-3y 453 {\995). Eucalyptus aparrerinja (K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker, Austral. Syst. Bot. 13(1): 137 (2000). Type'. Gosse Range, south-west MacDonnell Ranges, Northern Territory, May 1925, H. Basedow s.n. {holo'. NSW 10075 n.v.,Jjde Hill & Johnson 1995). Eucalyptus papuana var. aparrerinja Blakely, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 60: 154 (1936), nom. inval. Corymbia punkapitiensis K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6(2-3): 449 (1995). Type'. Punkapiti, Walter James Range, Western Australia, 20 May 1984, A.C. Kalotas 1658 {holo'. DNA, image seen; iso'. PERTH 01465856!). D. Nicolle, Corymbia punkapitiensis (Myitaceae) is not distinct from C. aparrerinja 267 Acknowledgements Ainsley Calladine (State Herbarium of South Australia) is thanked for help in sourcing an image of the holotype of Corymbia punkapitiensis. References Hill, K.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1995). Systematic studies in the eucalypts. 7. A revision of the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myitaceae). Telopea 6(2-3): 185-504. Slee, A. V., Brooker, M.I.H., Duffy, S.M. & West, J.G. (2666). Euclid, eucalypts of Australia. 3'^‘'edn(CSIRO Publishing, Australia.) Dean Nicolle Currency Creek Arboretum, PO Box 808, Melrose Park, South Australia 5039 268 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:269-306 Published online 27 November 2014 An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thtyptomene Barbara L. Rye Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Abstract Rye, B.L. An update to the taxonomy of some Western Australian genera of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. 3. Thryptomene. Nuytsia 24: 269-306 (2014). Fifteen new species of Thryptomene Endl. that belong to sect. Astraea Stapf s. lat. are described: T. caduca Rye & Trudgen, T. calcicola Rye, T. dampieri Rye, T. globifera Rye, T. hubbardii Rye & Trudgen, T. nitida Rye & Trudgen, T. orbiculata Rye & Trudgen, T. pinifolia Rye & Trudgen, T. podantha Rye & Trudgen, T. repens Rye & Trudgen, T. shirleyae Rye, T. spicata Rye & Trudgen, T. stapfii Rye & Trudgen, T. velutina Rye & Trudgen and T. wannooensis Rye. A key is supplied for sect. Astraea and line illustrations or images for seven of the newtaxa. Thryptomene urceolaris F.Muell. is selected as the lectotype of T. sect. Thryptocalpe Stapf Lectotypes are also selected for T. stenophylla F.Muell. and for Scholtzia decandra F.Muell., which is a synonym of T. saxicola (A.Cunn. ex Hook.) Schauer. Most of the new taxa are conservation-listed. Species or species groups needing further study are noted. Introduction This paper, the third in a series describing clearly defined new species and subspecies of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae DC., deals with Thryptomene Endl. It gives descriptions of 15 new Western Australian species belonging to sect. Astraea Stapf lat. All but two of these new taxa are listed as having priority for conservation. A number of other new taxa currently included in Thryptomene are omitted from this paper because their generic placement is still not certain. Other taxa are omitted because they belong to complexes that need further study or because they are too poorly known at present to describe adequately. A lectotype is selected for T sect. Thryptocalpe Stapf; this is particularly important as one of the three species originally cited is now considered to be a taxonomic synonym of the type species of T sect. Paryphantha (Schauer) Stapf Eectotypes are also selected for two of the published names within T sect. Astraea. The same methods are used as outlined in the first paper of this series (Rye 2013). Background The earliest botanical specimens originating from Australia, including one of a species of Thryptomene, were collected by William Dampier at Shark Bay on the central, western coast of Australia in August © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 270 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 1699 (George 1971). Almost 130 years were to pass before any members of the genus were described and almost 140 years before the genus itself was named. De Candolle (1828) described the species that had been collected by Dampier, naming it Baeckea micrantha DC. However, this epithet cannot legitimately be transferred to Thryptomene because the name T. micrantha J.D.Hook. was subsequently published (Hooker 1853) for an eastern Australian species. Surprisingly, Dampier’s species has remained without any legitimate name and hence is described here as T. dampieri Rye. Two further species that were named by Hooker (1832) and Lindley (1838) under the genus Baeckea L. are now known as T. saxicola (A.Cunn. ex Hook.) Schauer and T. calycina (Lindl.) Stapf respectively. The former occurs along the south coast of south-western Australia and is widespread in cultivation, while the latter is an eastern Australian species. There followed a burst of publication of generic names (see Table 1), from late 1838 to 1846. Thryptomene Endl. nom. cons., based on T. australis End!., was shortly preceded by the description of Gomphotis Raf nom. rej. based on Hooker’s species. Two further generic names, Astraea Schauer nom. illeg. (published by Schauer 1843) and Bucheria Heynh. nom. illeg., were based on the same type species as Gomphotis', however, Schauer (1844) soon transferred the type species of Astraea to Thryptomene. Schauer also named Paryphantha Schauer in 1843, based on T. calycina. In his Flora Australiensis treatment of Myrtaceae, Bentham (1867) adopted a broad circumscription of Thryptomene, incorporating Gomphotis and Paryphantha and also several new species groups. Stapf (1924) placed most of the species of Thryptomene s. lat. in five sections (Table 1), including two new groups, sect. OUgandra Stapf (based on T. oligandra F.Muell.) and sect. Thryptocalpe (based on three species including T. urceolaris F.Muell). Stapf excluded some species that have recently (Rye & Trudgen 2000) been transferred to Aluta Rye & Trudgen, such as A. aspera (E.Pritz.) Rye & Trudgen. He was also unsure whether his last section, sect. Paryphantha, should be included in Thryptomene or treated as a distinct genus. Table 1. The generic and sectional names that have been applied to six species groups included in Thryptomene by Bentham (1867). Generic name and year of pnblication Section (Stapf 1924) Cnrrent name of type species Thryptomene Endl. (1838) sect. Thryptomene T. australis Endl. Gomphotis Raf (1838) Astraea Schauer nom. illeg. (1843) Bucheria YiQjvih. nom. illeg. (1846) sect. Astraea Stapf ditto ditto T. saxicola (A. Cunn ex Hook.) Schauer - sect. Thryptocalpe Stapf T. Mrceo/arz5 F.Muell* - sect. Oligandra Stapf T. oligandra F.Muell. Paryphantha Schauer (1843) sect. Paryphantha (Schauer) Stapf T. calycina (Eindl.) Stapf Aluta Rye & Trudgen (2000) — A. aspera (E.Pritz.) Rye & Trudgen * newly selected lectotype (see below) B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 271 Current studies The first publication resulting from current studies of Thryptomene s. lat. established the gQnmAluta, which is widespread in arid and semi-arid regions of Australia (Rye & Trudgen 2000). Shortly afterwards the typical section of Thryptomene was revised (Rye & Trudgen 2001). As noted in those two papers, the typical anther morphology found in sect. Thryptomene is also found in sect. Astraea; however, some differences are found in the anthers and fruits of sections Paryphantha and Thryptocalpe. Aluta has both a unique anther morphology and distinctive reticulate pitting on its ovary summit. Thryptomene sect. Astraea sensu Stapf (1924) is far larger and more variable than sect. Thryptomene and may need to be split into a number of sections. A molecular cladogram based on chloroplast DNA sequence data (Wilson et al. 2004) included samples of two of the species of sect. Astraea s. lat ., T denticulata (F.Muell.) Benth. and the type species T saxicola. These formed a strongly supported monophyletic group but did not group with two species with atypical anther and/or fruit morphology. However, unpublished molecular studies sampling a greater range of species and using ETS as well as chloroplast sequence data have indicated that species of all of these groups do belong in the same overall clade (Peter G. Wilson pers. comm. 2004). Need for further work Most of the informal names that are listed on Western Australia’s vascular plant census (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-) for Thryptomene sect. Astraea (see Table 2) are being removed from use by the publication of new species here. Another one, T sp. Geraldton (H. Demarz 5145), is a synonym of T baeckeacea F.Muell. s. str Three of the four remaining informal names, T sp. Carrarang (M.E. Trudgen 7420), T sp.Eancelin(M.E. Trudgen 14000) and E sp. Red Bluff (A.G. Gunness 2358), apply to the highly variable T baeckeacea species group, which needs further study to determine how many taxa should be formally recognised. Another taxon, T sp. Eagle Gorge (A.G. Gunness 2360), is too similar to T caduca Rye & Trudgen for its status to be clear. Variability within a number of other taxa within T sect. Astraea, such as T hyporhytis Turcz., also needs more study to determine whether any of the variants warrant formal recognition. Two of the informal names, both established in 2004, apply to members of sect. Thryptomene. Thryptomene sp. Coolgardie (E. Kelso s.n. 1902) is a very poorly known, possibly extinct, variant in the T. mucronulata Turcz. group, while T. sp. Eeinster (B.J. Eepschi 4362 & E.A. Craven) is one of three main variants of the T. decussata (W.Fitzg.) J.W.Green group. The status of the variants in both groups needs further study. One new species belonging to sect. Thryptocalpe, and two that belong to, or are at least similar to, sect. Paryphantha are currently recognised as T. sp. Eondonderry (R.H. Kuchel 1763), T. sp. Mt Clara (R. J. Cranfield 11702) and T. sp. Wandana (M.E. Trudgen 22016). All three are well defined but their generic placement in Thryptomene needs confirmation. 272 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Table 2. Informal names recognised on Western Australia’s vascular plant census for Thryptomene sect. Astraea s. lat., with the year established and formal names published here. Informal name Year Formal name T. strongylophylla subsp. Tamala (M.E. Tmdgen 7384) 1994 T. caduca Rye & Trudgen T. sp. Billabong (M.E. Tmdgen 12858) 2008 T. podantha Rye & Tmdgen T. sp. Camamah (J. Borger, A. Bring 1510-25 & F. Falconer) 2009 T. shirleyae Rye T. sp. Carrarang (M.E. Tmdgen 7420) 1994 - T. sp. Eagle Gorge (A.G. Gunness 2360) 1996 - T. sp. East Yuna (J.W. Green 4639) 1994 T. hubbardii Rye & Trudgen T. sp. Eneabba (R.J. Cranfield 8433) 1994 T. spicata Rye & Tmdgen T. sp. Eurardy (D. & B. Bellairs 1649) 1994 T. pinifolia Rye & Tmdgen T. sp. Geraldton (H. Demarz 5145) 1996 = T. baeckeacea F.Muell. T. sp. Greenough River (J. Docherty 169) 2010 T. orbiculata Rye & Trudgen T. sp. Kalbarri limestone (D. & B. Bellairs 1652 A) 2008 T. calcicola Rye T. sp. Eancelin (M.E. Tmdgen 14000) 1996 - T. sp. Mingenew (Diels & Pritzel 332) 1996 T. nitida Rye & Trudgen T. sp. Moresby Range (A.S. George 14873) 1999 T. stapfii Rye & Tmdgen T. sp. Red Bluff (A.G. Gunness 2358) 2003 - T. sp. Steep Point (M.E. Tmdgen 7421) 1994 T. repens Rye & Trudgen T. sp. Tamala (M.E. Tmdgen 7384) = T. strongylophylla subsp. Tamala 1996 T. caduca Rye & Trudgen (see above) T. sp. Yuna Reserve (A.C. Bums 100) 1996 T. velutina Rye & Trudgen Lectotypifications Scholtzia decandra F.MuelL, Fragm. 4: 75 (1864). Type citation: Tn locis arenosis et rupestribus ad sinum Doubtful Bay et in insula Bald Island, Oldfield; ad rivum Robertson’s Brook et ad fiuvium Gardner River etpropeKalgan, Mx.’ Type specimens: Kalgan River, [Western Australia], G. Maxwell s.n. (lecto: MEL 70797, here designated); Mt Gardner, [Western Australia], G. Maxwell s.n. {syn: MEL 70789); Robertson’s Brook, [Western Australia], G. Maxwell s.n., {syn: MEL 70788); Bald Island, [Western Australia], A. A Oldfield s.n., {syn: MEL 70791 & 70792); Doubtful Bay, [Western Australia], A.F. Oldfield s.n. {syn: MEL 70792 & 70793). Typification. Mueller (1864) based his description of this taxon on collections made at two localities by Augustus Oldfield and at three localities by George Maxwell, making use of both fruiting andfiowering material obtained by both collectors. Oldfield’s specimens could not have been suitable to describe the fiowers at anthesis as those from Doubtful Bay (MEL 70792 & 70793) are in early bud and those from Bald Island (MEL 70791 & 70792) have mostly bare peduncles, with just a few fruits attached. Maxwell’s specimens have either copious fiowers or copious fruits. The best of the fiowering specimens is that from Kalgan River, which is selected as the lectotype. A second fiowering specimen is from Mt Gardner (MEL 70789) and the last of Maxwell’s specimens, from Robertson’s Brook (MEL 70788), is in fruit. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 273 Notes. The reason Mueller (1864) described the species as a Scholtzia Schauer rather than a Thryptomene may have been because he considered it to have two loculi in the ovary, based apparently on his dissections of the fruit. However, as noted below in the section describing characteristics of sect. Astraea, the one-locular ovary in this plant group develops a hard partition across half of its diameter in fruit, which gives the impression that two loculi are present. Mueller’s description of the seed as ‘renata-ovatum’ and his detailed description of the embryo shows that he did observe at least one mature seed. Scholtzia decandra is currently regarded as a synonym of T. saxicola, a very widespread and variable taxon with two maj or disjunctions in its known range. The largest disjunction occurs between Fitzgerald River National Park and the Esperance area. Thryptomene stenophylla E.Pritz. in E. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 412^13 (1904). Type citation', ‘in distr. Irwin pr. Chapman River in fruticetis subcarcareis flor. m. Jun. (E. PRITZEE PI. Austr. occ. 419; D. 3217).’ Type specimens', near Chapman River, [Western Australia,] June 1901, E. Pritzel 419 (lecto'. B 10 0294626, here designated; isolecto'. A 00112582, BM 001015109, BR 0000005304738, GH 00071576, M 0137544, NSW 531325, PH 00030009, S-G-6087 and US 00118347); near Chapman River, [Western Australia], 27 June 1901, Z. Diels 3217 {sym PERTH 01096435 & 01096842). Typification. Two collections are cited in the protologue of T stenophylla, E. Pritzel 419 and L. Diels 3217. Numerous duplicates of the former are currently available through Global Plants (see http:// plants.jstor.org/), including an NSW specimen (NSW 531325) annotated as the lectotype by John Green (determinavit dated 2 February 1984); however, this lectotypification was never published. Only two duplicates of Diels’ collection are known, both of which were acquired from B by Charles Gardner before World War II and brought back to PERTH. The Myrtaceae collection at B was subsequently largely destroyed (Botanischer Garten und Botanisches Museum Berlin-Dahlem 2014), although Pritzel’s duplicate of T stenophylla is still extant (BIO 0294626). This specimen is selected as the lectotype since Diels and Pritzel were based at B and duplicate material of that collection is widely distributed. Thryptomene sect. Thyptocalpe Stapf, Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 149: t. 8995 (1924). Type'. Thryptomene urceolaris F.MuelL, lectotype here designated. Typification. Stapf (1924) listed three Thryptomene species for sect. Thryptocalpe'. T. tenella Benth. [= T. cuspidata (Turcz.) J.WGreen], T. urceolaris and T. thymifolia Stapf [= T. calycina]. The first two species, both from Western Australia, are closely related and match the protologue well, whereas the last is a synonym of T. calycina, the type species of Paryphantha, which Stapf reduced to a section of Thryptomene. One of the two Western Australian species is therefore selected here as the lectotype. Characteristics of Thryptomene sect. Astraea s. lat. Thryptomene sect. Astraea s. lat. is restricted to Western Australia, extending from Cape Range south to Cape Eeeuwin and south-east to Cape Arid, with the main concentration of species in the northern sandplains of the South West Botanical Province. Although Bean (1997) also included the Northern Territory species T. remotaNK.^QdiW in sect. Astraea, that species differs in stamen arrangement from all the Western Australian species, having its ten stamens arranged opposite the sepals and petals rather than alternating with them. It also differs in having a white rim on the sepals and it has white petals, whereas Western Australian species have pale to deep pink petals, or (in T. saxicola) either 274 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) white or pink petals. Unpublished molecular data (Peter G. Wilson pers. comm.) show T. remota to be allied to the white-flowered Queensland species T. oligandra, suggesting that it should be placed in sect. Oligandra. It should be noted, however, that there are many morphological differences between T. remota and T. oligandra. Habit and leaves. All of the species placed in T. sect. Astraea s. lat. are glabrous shrubs with opposite and decussate, sessile or shortly petiolate leaves. The leaf blades are more or less concolorous, with one or more irregular longitudinal rows of oil glands on each side of the midvein on the abaxial surface. The two central rows, i.e. the ones on either side of the midvein, tend to have the most numerous and/ or largest glands. Flowers. The flowers are separated by little or no pedicel from a pair of bracteoles but usually have a distinct peduncle below the bracteoles. They have flve sepals and petals, the outer sepals tending to have slight auricles. The stamens are commonly ten and either uniformly spaced, alternating with the sepals and petals, or in pairs opposite the sepals. Some species or specimens have variable, lower numbers of stamens down to flve per flower, or consistently have flve stamens. In all cases where the number is reduced to flve, the stamens are antisepalous, but where there are intermediate numbers of six to nine, the stamens tend to be somewhat irregular in their arrangement, often with two partially fused stamens opposite one of the sepals. Anthers are dorsiflxed to a more or less terete filament and are wider than long, with basally divergent, obovoid or broadly obovoid thecae. The ovary is fully inferior and one-locular, with the style terminal. There are two collateral ovules, with a slight ridge between them. Fruits. Fruits are fully inferior (except for the shallow bulge formed by the convex summit) and indehiscent. Usually, most of the fruits fail to produce a seed, the few fertile ones being one-seeded and depressed- or very depressed-obovoid. Fertile fruits have a large, transversely reniform or similarly compressed loculus curved around much of the circumference of the fruit and a very hard section that extends inwards to the centre of the fruit, forming a thick partition. This hard partition seems to be formed by growth of the slight ridge that separates the two ovules in the ovary. The fruit wall is also very hard. Infertile fruits tend to become spherical and somewhat larger than the fertile fruits, and they are very hard throughout, making them difficult to dissect. Like the fruit loculus, the enclosed seed is broader than long, usually transversely reniform. It has a membranous, pale to golden brown testa. Chromosome numbers. The most common chromosome number within T. sect. Astraea s. lat. is n=\ \ but some reduced dysploid numbers of w = 9 and w = 10 and tetraploid numbers of w = 18 and n = 22 have also been recorded (see Rye 1979). This variation in number is of some taxonomic value in separating species and probably also in limiting hybridisation. Breeding barriers appear to be well developed in sect. Astraea as no natural hybrids have been reported within the section despite a number of co-occurring species pairs being known. Key to species of Thryptomene sect. Astraea s. lat. 1. Sepals widely spreading or with distal half widely spreading in fruit, more than half as long as to slightly exceeding the petals 2. Leaves long-linear in outline, thick; apical point recurved, c. 1 mm long. Stamens 7 or 8, almost equidistant, irregularly arranged in relation to the sepals and petals (Kalbarri NP) T. pinifolia B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 275 2: Leaves depressed-ovate or circular to almost linear, not very thick but with margins incurved; apical point absent or up to 0.3 mm long. Stamens usually 10 alternating with the sepals and petals, occasionally 9, with one pair of stamens reduced to a solitary antisepalous stamen 3. Sepals with an oil-dotted, herbaceous, keel and scarious margins. Stamens c. 1/3 as long as the petals (East Yuna NR-Indarra Springs NR).T. hubbardii 3: Sepals without an obvious keel, rather petaloid. Stamens 1/2-2/3 as long as the petals 4. Leaves very narrowly to broadly obovate, rarely almost circular, the broadest ones 1-2.5 mm wide. Flowers 3.5-6 mm diam. Stamen filaments 0.7-1.3 mm long (N of Geraldton-Kulin).T. racemulosa 4: Leaves broadly ovate to depressed-obovate, often ± circular, the broadest ones 2.3-3.3 mm wide. Flowers 5-8 mm diam. Stamen filaments 1.2-1.6 mm long (East Yuna NR-E of Walkaway).T. orbiculata 1: Sepals fairly erect to tightly closed inwards in fruit, much shorter than petals in many species but more than half the length of the petals in a few species 5. Flower buds with apex concave to fiat. Bracteoles mostly persistent in mature fruit and sepals closed almost horizontally in fruit 6. Leaves 5-12 times longer than wide, not keeled. Hypanthium pitted in fruit 7. Leaves with 2 or 3 main rows of oil glands on each side of the midvein; glands 20-40 per row. Sepals glossy (Kalbarri NP).T. caldcola 7: Leaves with 1 or 2 main rows of oil glands on each side of the midvein; glands 8-15 per row. Sepals dull (Chapman River area).T. stenopbylla 6: Leaves ranging from slightly wider than long to 4 times longer than wide, often strongly keeled. Hypanthium smooth in fruit or with irregular wrinkles and bumps, sometimes pitted in between 8. Hypanthium smooth in fruit (near Irwin River-Mingenew-Arrino).T. nitida 8; Hypanthium rugose in fruit 9. Leaves 2.5-7 x 0.7-2 mm, much longer than broad. Seed (where known) 1.5-1.7 mm across (Cape Range NP-Kalbarri NP).T. spp. aff. baeckeacea* 9: Leaves 1.2-3(-3.5) x 0.6-2.2 mm long, c. 1/2 as broad as long to broader than long. Seed (where known) 1.2-1.5 mm across 10. Leaves with 1 or 2 rows of prominent oil glands on each side of midvein. Hypanthium pitted-rugose, without any obvious longitudinal markings. Occurring in hilly terrain (Hutt River-Chapman River area).T. baeckeacea 10: Leaves often with 3-5 rows of oil glands on each side of midvein. Hypanthium irregularly wrinkled or grooved longitudinally. Occurring on coastal dunes and limestone (Exmouth area-Dirk Hartog Island-Hamelin Pool).T. dampieri 5: Flower buds with apex convex to conic or fiat in most species, but concave to fiat in T. podantha. Bracteoles caducous to persistent, if persistent then sepals fairly erect or only loosely closed inwards in fruit 11. Hypanthium ribbed in fiower, becoming smooth or almost smooth in mature fruit, if not fully smooth then with a distinct pedicel as well as a peduncle *including T. sp. Carrarang, T. sp. Red Bluff and long-leaved specimens from Cape Range 276 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 12. Bracteoles persistent after fruits fall Petals 3-3.5 mm long. Stamen filaments c. 1.7 mm long. Fruits with a peduncle less than 0.2 mm long and no pedicel (S of Eneabba).T. spicata 12: Bracteoles deciduous. Petals 2-2.5 mm long. Stamen filaments 0.6-1 mm long. Fruits with a peduncle 0.5-1.5 mm long and a pedicel 1-1.4 mm long (Meadow Station-near Yuna).T. podantha 11: Hypanthium variously ornamented in fiower, not becoming smooth in fruit, the pedicel ± absent 13. Bracteoles caducous or deciduous. Sepals with incurved margins forming an angle (rather than a uniform curve) at apex 14. Sprawling coastal dune plant, rooting at nodes of prostrate stems. Mature style c. 1.3 mm long, almost as long as the petals (Dirk Hartog Island & Steep Point).T. repens 14: Erect to widely spreading shrub, without adventitious roots, occurring inland or near coast but not on dunes. Mature style 0.3-0.8 mm long, much shorter than the petals 15. Stamen filaments 0.25-0.4 mm long. Mature style 0.3-0.4 mm long. Hypanthium longitudinally ribbed in fruit (Cooloomia NR-Meadow Stn-Pindar).T. strongylophylla 15: Stamen filaments 0.4-0.8 mm long. Mature style 0.5-0.8 mm long. Hypanthium rugose-tuberculate in fruit 16. Sepals usually 0.5-0.8 mm long. Stamen filaments usually 0.4-0.6 mm long (Tamala Stn-near Hamelin Pool-Kalbarri area).T. caduca 16: Sepals usually 0.8-1.6 mm long. Stamen filaments usually 0.6-0.8 mm long (?N of Zuytdorp NP-Kalbarri NP).T. sp. Eagle Gorge 13: Bracteoles mostly persistent in fruit, if caducous then sepals with a rounded apex 17. Hypanthium (in fiower) rugose with wrinkles or ridges as well as pits. Outer sepals distinctly auriculate 18. Mature peduncles 0.5-2.5 mm long. Sepals with a prominent keel, distinctly denticulate to laciniate, with margins often recurved or fiat, not markedly incurved (Cooloomia NR-Wongan Hills).T. denticulata 18: Mature peduncles ± absent or up to 0.3 mm long. Sepals not keeled, ± entire. with margins incurved 19. Eeaves mostly with the apex (including dorsal ridge) recurved. Bracteoles with the keel not very prominent (Wannoo area).T. wannooensis 19: Eeaves with the apex (of the dorsal ridge) incurved. Bracteoles with the keel forming a prominent compressed ridge (near Eurardy Stn-Mullewa).T. globifera 17: Hypanthium reticulate-pitted. Outer sepals not or scarcely auriculate 20. Peduncles solitary or 2 superposed in the axils, 1-3-fiowered. Occurring near the south coast, mainly on granite (Augusta-Bremer Bay & Esperance area-Cape Arid NP-Middle Island).T. saxicola 20: Peduncles solitary in the axils, all 1-fiowered or rarely a few of them 2-fiowered. Occurring north of Perth, mainly on sand or laterite 21. Eeaves 1.2-2.2 mm long. Mature peduncles 0.8-2 mm long, shorter than to about twice as long as the bracteoles. Bracteoles persistent (Carnamah-Wubin area) T. shirleyae B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 277 21: Leaves 3.5-12 mm long. Mature peduncles 3-11 mm long, much longer than the bracteoles. Bracteoles usually caducous or deciduous 22. Hypanthium (in mature fruit) with very deep pits, not papillose. Occurring south of Geraldton (Arrowsmith River-Mullering Brook).T. hyporhytis 22: Hypanthium (in mature fruit) with relatively shallow pits, sometimes also papillose. Occurring north and east of Geraldton 23. Mature peduncles 7-11 mm long. Bracteoles 0.5-1 mm long. Hypanthium not papillose in fruit (Moresby Ra.).T. stapfii 23: Mature peduncles 4-8 mm long. Bracteoles 1.5-2.4 mm long. Hypanthium minutely papillose in fruit (East Yuna NR-Bindoo Hill NR).T. velutina Descriptions Thryptomene caduca Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ Useless Loop Road [between Tamala and Hamelin], Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 1 August 1996, GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 1992 {holo\ PERTH 05045878; iso\ CANB, K, MEL). Thryptomene strongylophylla subsp. Tamala (M.E. Trudgen 7384), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 1 February 2014]. Thryptomene sp. Tamala (M.E. Trudgen 7384) in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 404 (2000). Shrubs0.1-\ .5 mhigh, spreading, commonly c. 1 m wide; flowering branchlets mostly with 2-6 pairs of flowers in a raceme-like arrangement. Leaves crowded on the branchlets, antrorse or almost appressed, mostly closely antrorse. Petioles usually less than 0.1 mm long, sometimes up to 0.2 mm long. Leaf blades obovate to broadly ovate or ± circular, 0.8-2.5 mm long, 1.0-1.2 mm wide, broadly obtuse, entire or sometimes minutely denticulate; abaxial surface fairly sharply keeled, with 1 or 2 longitudinal rows of 2^ very prominent glands up to 0.2 mm diam.; adaxial surface concave. Peduncles 1-3 mm long at maturity. Bracteoles caducous, usually falling rather than separating and opening out in early bud, with a green herbaceous portion bounded by a wing-like, scarious keel and scarious margins, ovate or broadly ovate, 1-1.2 mm long, acute, entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flower buds with apex convex to almost flat when sepals are short, but conic when sepals are long. Flowers 5.5-1 mm diam. Hypanthium with a prominent pattern resembling coarse papillae. Sepals fairly erect in flower, erect or loosely closed inwards in fruit, narrowly keeled, broadly ovate or depressed-ovate-cordate, 0.5-0.8 mm long or sometimes longer, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, with distal margins tending to be pinched in and with the keel incurved at apex, deep pink at least along centre, entire or sometimes minutely denticulate; auricles less than 0.2 mm long and not always developed. Petals erect to slightly spreading in flower, loosely closed inwards in fruit, broadly obovate, 1.5-2.3 mm long, pink, broadly obtuse, ± entire. Stamens 7-9, some in pairs alternating with the sepals and petals, other pairs either fused into a single broad filament with two anthers or reduced to a single antisepalous stamen. Filaments usually 0.4-0.6 mm long, pale pink. Anthers c. 0.3 mm wide. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long. Fertile fruits depressed-obovoid, commonly 1.2-1.4 mm long, 1.4-1.7 mm diam.; hypanthium prominently rugose with a close pattern of rounded bumps; seed transversely reniform, c. 1.1 mm high, c. 1.5 mm across. (Figure lA) 278 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Figure 1. Thryptomene strongylophylla species group. A-T. caduca fruit, peduncle and subtending leaf; B-T. strongylophylla fruit, peduncle and subtending leaf Scale = 1 mm. Drawn by Margaret Pieroni from A. H. Burbidge 4370 (A) and W.E. Blackall 4855 (B). Diagnostic features. Leaf blades obovate to broadly ovate or ± circular, 0.8-2.5 x 1.0-1.2 mm, with 1 or 2 rows of oil glands on each side. Mature peduncles 1-3 mm long. Bracteoles caducous, 1-1.2 mm long. Bud apex conic to almost flat. Sepals 0.5-0.8 mm long. Petals 1.5-2.3 mm long, pink. Stamens 7-9, most alternating with the sepals and petals but some opposite sepals. Style 0.5-0.7 mm long. Fruits prominently rugose (with low rounded bumps) on hypanthium. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 8 Apr. 1975, J.S Beard 1392 (CANS, NSW, PERTH); 28 Aug. 1991, A./T. Burbidge 4370 (PERTH); 29Aug. \99\,A.H.BurbidgeA31\ (PERTH);20Aug. 1986,77.Demarz 11302(PERTH);27Aug. 1969, A.S George 9590 (PERTH); 6 Aug. 1986, S.D. Hopper 5114 (PERTH); 16 Sep. 1989, M.E. Trudgen 7384 (PERTH); 12 Aug. 1976, E. Wittwer 1808 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from Tamala Station east to near Hamelin Pool and south to Kalbarri National Park (Figure 2), in sandy habitats, including coastal sand dunes, sand over limestone and sandplains, the vegetation often dominated by Banksia or Eucalyptus species. Phenology. Flowers from July to September, also recorded April. Conservation status. Recently downgraded to Priority Three under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as T. sp. Tamala (M.E. Trudgen 7384) (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-). This species was previously listed as Priority One (see Smith 2013), but is now known from more locations. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 279 Figure 2. Distribution of Thryptomene caduca (•), T. hubbardii (a), T. shirleyae (■) and T. sp. Eagle Gorge (o). Etymology. From the Latin caducus (falling, dropping off early), referring to the early falling of the bracteoles, which are shed from the flower buds. Affinities. Closely related to T. strongylophylla Benth., which differs in its more furrowed hypanthium in flower and smoother hypanthium in fruit (Figure IB). That species also tends to have shorter stamens, a shorter style and a more pronounced scarious rim on the leaves. Co-occurring species. While T. caduca is generally found north-west of the range of T. strongylophylla, the two taxa overlap in the Cooloomia to Kalbarri area. They have been recorded less than 1 km apart from one another on Murchison House Station, with T. caduca (A.H. Burbidge 4370) in cream-grey sand with malices {Eucalyptus eudesmoides) dominant over Acacia and Hakea lower levels, and T. strongylophylla {A.H. Burbidge 4372) in more yellowish sand with Banksia ashbyi dominant over myrtaceous spp. However, there appears to be very little difference in the habitats occupied by the two species overall. Notes. Southern specimens tend to have longer leaves and sepals than the northern ones. The taxon known as T. sp. Eagle Gorge (A.G. Gunness 2360), which occurs in Kalbarri National Park (see Figure 2), may warrant recognition as a subspecies or species, but seems to completely intergrade with the material placed under T. caduca making separation of the two taxa difficult. If the intermediates are disregarded, then T. sp. Eagle Gorge differs in having longer sepals (up to 1.6 mm) and correspondingly long bracteoles. It may also have larger fruits, those recorded so far being up to 1.8 mm long and 2 mm high if fertile and up to 2.3 mm long and wide if sterile. Only one seed was examined. It was depressed-ellipsoid, c. 1.3 mm high, and c. 1.7 mm across. 280 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Thryptomene calcicola Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ Kalbarri National Park, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 21 September 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21641 {holo\ PERTH 06361633; iso\ AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). Thryptomene sp. Kalbarri limestone (D. & B. Bellairs 1652 A), Western Australian Herbarium, in FloraBase, http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 1 February 2014]. Shrubs erect or sometimes low and widely spreading, 0.3-1.8 m high, commonly 0.9-1.5 m wide; flowering branchlets mostly with 4-15 pairs of flowers in a spike-like or raceme-like arrangement. Leaves mostly antrorse but usually becoming patent. Petioles 0.1-0.4 mm long. Leaf blades linear, 5-9 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, ± acute, often minutely denticulate; abaxial surface convex, with 2 or 3 main rows of oil glands on each side of the midrib and 20-40 glands <0.1 mm diam. in each of the two central rows; adaxial surface concave, often as prominently dotted as abaxial surface. Peduncles 1-flowered, 0.6-1 mm long at maturity. Bracteoles persistent after fruit shed, with the keel and apex green and leaf-like, with broad scarious margins below the thick green apical point, ovate or broadly ovate, 2.2-3 mm long, glossy towards the base, entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flower buds with a flat to concave apex. Flowers 7-8 mm diam. Hypanthium irregularly ridged and pitted. Sepals erect in flower, tightly closed inwards in fruit, broadly ovate or depressed-ovate, 1-1.2 mm long, rather glossy, entire. Petals widely spreading in flower, loosely closed inwards in fruit, obovate, 2.5-3 mm long, pink-mauve, broadly obtuse, entire. Stamens 10(-12), when 10 alternating between the sepals and petals and ± equidistant, occasionally with 1 or 2 extra stamens opposite the sepals. Filaments 0.8-1.0 mm long, pink-purple. Anthers c. 0.35 mm wide. Style c. 0.6 mm long. Fruits not seen at maturity; hypanthium with many small pits. Diagnostic features. Leaf blades linear, 5-9 x 0.4-0.8 mm, with 2 or 3 rows of oil glands on each side. Mature peduncles 0.6-1 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 2.2-3 mm long. Bud apex ± flat. Sepals 1-1.2 mm long, rather glossy. Petals 2.5-3 mm long, pink. Stamens usually 10, alternating with the sepals and petals. Style c. 0.6 mm long. Fruits with many small pits on hypanthium. Other specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 23 Aug. 1984,D. &B. 1652A(PERTH);21 Aug. 1998,D. &B. Bellairs5033 &s.n. (PERTH); 23 Aug. 1972, H. Demarz 3886 (PERTH); 9 Aug. 1994, S.J. Patrick 1986 (PERTH); 30 June 1980, R.C. Wemm 912 B (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Occurs in a very small area within Kalbarri National Park (Figure 3), associated with limestone, in Acacia shrublands. Phenology. Flowers June to late August. Young fruits recorded in late August. Conservation status. Listed by Smith (2013) as Priority Two under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora, as T sp. Kalbarri limestone (D. &B. Bellairs 1652A). It has a known range of less than 5 km within a large national park. This species has been in cultivation for some time and one of the few specimens cited above {B.L. Rye 210204) is of cultivated material. Etymology. From the Latin calcis (lime) and -cola (inhabitant), as this species occurs in limestone habitats. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 281 Affinities. This species was previously included within T. stenophylla. Both species have more slender leaves than other members of the T. baeckeacea species group, but their peduncles are very short in relation to the leaf length whereas other members of the group have relatively long peduncles. The new species differs from T. stenophylla in its longer leaves, larger peduncles and flowers, and more shiny sepals. The leaves have more numerous oil glands, both in terms of more rows across the leaf and more glands per row. These differences between the two taxa were maintained under cultivation in a private garden at Mandurah. Co-occurring species. Not recorded growing with any other species of Thryptomene. Notes. The sepals and bracteoles are similar to those found in T. wannooensis in being rather glossy. Thryptomene dampieri Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ 2 miles [3 km] south of Denham, Western Australia, 21 July 1957, J.W. Green 1422 {holo\ PERTH 02188368; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH 02188600). BaeckeamicranthaTiC.,Prodr. 3: 230 (1828). Thryptomene micrantha (DC.) C.A.Gardner, Enum. PI. Austral. Occ. 97 (1931), wow?, illeg. wow J.D.Hook. (1853). Type citation'. ‘inNova-Hollandia Suffrutex ramosissimus. (v.s. ex mus. Paris)’. Type specimen'. ‘Nouvelle Hollande, cote orient’[actually from Western Australia], collector unknown {holo'. G 00486600). 282 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Illustrations. A.R de Candolle, Mem. Soc. Phys. & Hist. Nat. Geneve PL 14 (1841-1842) [as Baeckea micrantha]; W.E. Blackall & BJ. Grieve, How Know W. Austral. Wildflowers 3A: 48 (1980) [as Thryptomene baeckeacea]. Shrub usually low and spreading, often rooting adventitiously from prostrate or sprawling stems, 0.2-0.7(-l) m high, up to 1.5 m wide; flowering branchlets with 2-8 pairs of flowers usually in a dense cluster. Leaves mostly crowded and widely antrorse. Petioles 0.2-0.5 mm long. Leaf blades often somewhat recurved towards apex (but with keel apex incurved), mostly broadly obovate to depressed-obovate and 1.3-3 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, broadly obtuse, usually entire but sometimes minutely denticulate; abaxial surface convex, with 3 or 4(5) main rows of oil glands on each side of midvein and 3-5 glands <0.1 mm diam. in each of the two central rows, rarely with only 1 or 2 rows of glands obvious; adaxial surface concave. Peduncles 1-flowered, 0.2-0.8 mm long. Bracteoles persistent after fruit shed, with the keel green and leaf-like, with broad scarious margins below the thick green apical point, broadly ovate, 0.6-1.6 mm long, denticulate on the scarious margins or entire. Pedicels ± absent. Flower buds with a concave or flat apex. Flowers 4-6 mm diam. Hypanthium with many fine irregular longitudinal wrinkles or similar irregular patterning. Sepals fairly erect in flower, tightly closed inwards in fruit, very broadly ovate or depressed-ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, pale pink, minutely denticulate or sometimes entire, often distinctly auriculate. Petals erect at base and widely spreading above in flower, loosely closed inwards in fruit, usually broadly obovate, 1.5-2 mm long, pink or pink-purple, ± entire. Stamens usually 10, alternating between the sepals and petals, ± equidistant. Filaments 0.4-0.8 mm long. Anthers c. 0.3 mm wide. Style 0.5-0.8 mm long. Fertile fruits depressed-obovoid, c. 1.4 mm long, c. 1.8 mm diam.; hypanthium developing a pattern of irregular longitudinal furrows; seed transversely reniform, 1.1-1.2 mm high, 1.4-1.5 mm across. Diagnostic features. Leaf blades broadly obovate to depressed-obovate, 1.3-3 x 1.5-2.2 mm, with 3-5 rows of oil glands on each side. Mature peduncles 0.2-0.8 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 0.6-1.6 mm long. Bud apex concave or flat. Sepals 0.5-0.9 mm long. Petals 1.5-2 mm long, pink. Stamens usually 10, alternating with the sepals and petals. Style 0.5-0.8 mm long. Fruits developing irregular longitudinal furrows on hypanthium. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRAEIA: inland of Herald Bay, Dirk Hartog Island, 18 Oct. 1974, J.S Beard 7089 (PERTH); Shark Bay, 1699, W. Dampier s.n. (OXF, photo PERTH 02188554); 80 km from North West Coastal Highway along road to Denham, 1 Sep. 1912, A.S. George 11347 (PERTH); 7.25 km E of Cape Cuvier, 21 Aug. 1994, G.J. Keighery & N. Gibson 1630 (PERTH); Steep Point, Shark Bay, 24 July 1988, Morat 8330 (PERTH); Red Bluff, N of Cape Cuvier, 20 June 1976, M.E. Murray 21 (PERTH); 51.4 km S of Eearmonth Airbase on Exmouth Rd, 28 July 2003, M.E. Trudgen 21947 (NSW, PERTH); Quoin Bluff area, Dorre Island, 21 Aug. 1977, A.S Weston 10588 (PERTH); Point Quobba, 28 July 1969, PG. Wilson 8372 (PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from the Exmouth area south along the west coast to the Hamelin Bay area, occurring off-shore on Dorre and Dirk Hartog Islands (Figure 4). Occurs on sand dunes and limestone, for example on white beaches or on red sand overlying limestone, often in low heath including spinifex or in tdiWQV Acacia shrubland, also recorded in salty brownish sand. Phenology. Flowers from April to September. Fruits from August to October. Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk as this species extends for a great distance along the coast. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 283 Etymology. Named after William Dampier (1652-1715), the famous English circumnavigator, naturalist and privateer, who collected this species in the Shark Bay area in 1699. Affinities. Part of the T. baeckeacea group, differing from typical T. baeckeacea primarily in the hypanthium patterning but also tending to have broader, more markedly keeled leaves with usually three to five main rows of oil glands on each side of the midvein. In T. baeckeacea the leaves have only one or two main rows of oil glands. Co-occurring species. See note under T. repens. Typification. Type material of Baeckea micrantha DC. has not been examined directly to determine its identity, but Bentham (1867: 61) treated the taxon as a member of the Thryptomene species group to which Dampier’s collection belongs. Images of several specimens at G and P certainly match T. dampieri well, having the characteristic habit and fiattened fiower buds. G 00486600 appears to be the one and only specimen on which de Candolle’s description is based as it bears the annotation ‘Mus: de Paris 1821’ and so is presumed to be the holotype. The locality ‘cote orient’ [east coast] and the name ' Imbricaria’’ on the specimen imply that the identity of the taxon was considered to be the eastern Australian species now known as Baeckea imbricata (Gaertn.) Druce, which is the type species of Imbricaria Sm. nom. illeg., [as I. crenulata Sm. nom. illeg.]. However, the specimen certainly does not match material of B. imbricata. 284 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Images of two specimens from Paris (P 00292032 & 00292033) have a sufficiently different appearance in their overall habit to suggest that they were not collected from the same plant as G 00486600. Both have ‘N. Holl.’pSfew Holland] on the label but one of them (P 00292032) also differs in having the locality of ‘Port Jackson’ while the other gives no further indication of its locality. The former collection is identified as 'Imbricarid’, raising the possibility that both it and the presumed holotype at G were assumed to come from localities in eastern Australia because they were identified as an eastern Australian species when in fact they had been collected from Western Australia. Notes. This species is recorded as regenerating successfully from underground parts after fires. The bracteoles have a leafy keel and broad membranous sides, the apex usually prominent and leaf-like. The hypanthium is rugose, usually with numerous irregular wrinkles and grooves. Polyploidy could contribute to the variability observed in this wide-ranging species. Seven specimens sampled from Yardie Creek south to Denham [as T. baeckeacea] had regular, highly fertile pollen, but a specimen from Dorre Island had pollen of low fertility (59%) with a small proportion (c. 4%) of its pollen grains of abnormal shape, suggesting that it might be polyploid (Rye 1980). There was also one specimen with regular pollen of low fertility (53%) from Point Quobba. Most specimens with relatively long leaves have been excluded for now from T. dampieri, although a few larger leaves are present on some of the specimens used for the description. Long-leaved specimens are housed under two informal names. Short-leaved specimens from southern parts of the range of the T. dampieri complex are also excluded pending further investigation. Thryptomene globifera Rye, sp. nov. Typus\ on a track along the north-west side of the railway line opposite Indarra, 0.9 km from Desmond Road intersection with Geraldton-Mount Magnet road. Western Australia, 22 August 2003, B.L. Rye 238100 & M.E. Trudgen {holo\ PERTH 06744427; iso\ CANB, K, MEL). Shrubs 0.4-1.2(-l .6) m high, 0.6-1.5 m wide, single-stemmed or multi-branched atthe base; flowering branchlets with 1-6 pairs of flowers in a small subterminal cluster. Leaves crowded on the branchlets, antrorse to patent. Petioles absent or up to 0.3 mm long. Leaf blades broadly obovate to depressed- obovate, 1.3-2.3 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, almost truncate at apex, with apex and margins incurved, entire; abaxial surface with midvein indented or fiat in basal half and distally ribbed, with usually 3 or 4 main rows of oil glands on each side of midrib, the rows tending to be separated by longitudinal ribs, with usually 3 or 4 oil glands up to 0.15 mm diam. in each of the central rows; adaxial surface concave, less prominently gland-dotted than abaxial surface. Peduncles 1-flowered, 0-0.3 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 1.5-2.2 mm long, with a broad keel and membranous incurved margins; keel with a prominent narrow ridge, green, prominently gland-dotted. Pedicels ± absent. Flower buds with a convex apex. Flowers 5-7 mm diam. Hypanthium usually hidden, fairly prominently patterned with irregular ridges and pits. Sepals loosely closed inwards in fruit, scarcely keeled, 1.1-1.5 mm long, rather scarious, with incurved margins and apex, ± entire, the outer ones with fairly obvious auricles up to 0.3 mm long. Petals (2-)2.5-3.3 mm long, broadly obtuse, pale pink or mauve, ± entire. Stamens usually 10 alternating with the sepals and petals but sometimes down to 7, ± equidistant. Filaments usually 0.6-0.7 mm long. Anthers 0.4-0.5 mm wide. Style usually 0.7-1.1 mm long. Fertile fruits depressed-obovoid, c. 1.8 mm long, 2.3-2.4 mm diam.; hypanthium rugose, with 3 or 4 small pits per irregular longitudinal row; seed depressed-ellipsoid or transversely reniform, c. 1.1 mm high, c. 1.6 mm across. B.L. Rye, Update to the taxonomy of Thryptomene 285 Diagnostic features. Leaf blades broadly obovate to depressed-obovate, 1.3-2.3 x 1.5-2.2 mm, with 3 or 4 rows of oil glands on each side; apex incurved. Mature peduncles ± absent. Bracteoles persistent, 1.5-2.2 long. Bud apex convex. Sepals 1.1-1.5 mm long. Petals 2-3.3 mm long, pale pink. Stamens usually 10, alternating with the sepals and petals. Style usually 0.7-1.1 mm long. Fruits irregularly pitted-rugose on hypanthium. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: EastYuna [Nature] Reserve, SE extension, 14 Nov. 1997, P.G. Armstrong 97/212 (PERTH); 1.5-2 km NE of Noodamurra Pool (in Greenough River) and 0.5 km N of Greenough River, 11 Oct. 1998, P.G. Armstrong s.n. (PERTH); McGausan Nature Reserve, 500 m W of Hindoo Rd on McGausan Rd, 22 Oct. 1998, A. Desmond 61/98 (NSW, PERTH); 14 miles [23 km] W of Mullewa, 27 Aug. 1965, K.R. Newbey 2147 (PERTH); 23 km from the town of Kalbarri along road to North West Coastal Hwy, Kalbarri National Park, 10 Oct. 1982, A. Strid 20825 (PERTH); c. 5 km E of North West Coastal Hwy on Ajana East Rd, 27 Sep. 2002, M.E. Trudgen 21737 (AD, BRI, NSW, PERTH). Distribution and habitat. Extends from near Eurardy Station and Ajana south-east to near Mullewa (Figure 3), mainly in yellow or white sand, often on lateritic ridges, dominated by woodlands or a variety of shrub species. Phenology. Flowers from August to October. Conservation status. Not considered to be at risk as its distribution extends from more than 150 km and some populations are protected in a large national park and two nature reserves. Etymology. From the LdAm globus (sphere, ball) and -fer (carrying), as the flowers are borne in a single globular cluster on each branchlet. Affinities. This species and T. wannooensis differ from T. denticulata in their less prominently keeled leaves, very reduced to absent peduncles, more obtuse buds and more entire sepals with an incurved margin. See notes under T. wannooensis. Co-occurring species. Recorded growing with T. hubbardii (see note under that species). Notes. Thryptomene globifera has long been recognised as a distinct species, with several proposed informal names attached to the specimens, but has never been listed under an informal name on FloraBase. Its globular flower clusters distinguish it from all other species except for T. wannooensis. Thryptomene hubbardii Rye & Trudgen, sp. nov. Typus\ south-west of Mullewa, Western Australia [precise locality withheld for conservation reasons], 11 September 2004, G.J. & B.J. Keighery 426 {holo\ PERTH 07194625; iso\ CANB, K, MEL, NSW). Thryptomene sp. East Yuna (J.W Green 4639) in G. Paczkowska & A.R. Chapman, West. Austral. FI : Descr. Cat. p. 404 (2000). Shrubs 0.5-1 m high, 0.7-2.2 m wide, commonly spreading wider than the height, single-stemmed or multi-branched at the base; flowering branchlets with 2-A pairs of flowers in a small, subterminal cluster. 286 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Leaves crowded on the branchlets, antrorse to patent. Petioles 0.4-1 mm long. Leaf blades broadly or very broadly obovate, 2.5^.3 mm long, 2.8-3.4 mm wide, mucronulate, denticulate to ciliolate; abaxial surface almost flat to obviously convex, many-dotted, with 3-5 main rows of oil glands on each side of midrib and 5-8 oil glands 0.05-0.1 mm diam. in each of the two central rows, the keel narrow throughout and slightly raised in distal half; adaxial surface slightly to obviously concave, less prominently gland-dotted. Peduncles 1 -flowered, 0.6-2.5 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 1.5-2.5 mm long, with a prominent green keel and membranous incurved margins; keel broad, prominently gland- dotted; margins denticulate or ciliolate, pale. Pedicels ± absent. Flower buds with a convex apex. Flowers 6-8 mm diam. Hypanthium pitted-rugose. Sepals broadly cordate, with distal half widely spreading in fruit, the apex sometimes emarginate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, with a broad-based, prominent to shortly horned, herbaceous keel; which is exceeded by a broad margin or sometimes reaching apex and dividing margin into 2 broad lateral parts, minutely denticulate on the scarious margin(s); auricles small. Petals obovate-elliptic and broad-based, 2.5-3.3 mm long, broadly obtuse, usually pale pink, entire or minutely denticulate. Stamens 9 or more commonly 10, tending to alternate with the sepals and petals but somewhat irregular (occasionally with one pair of stamens reduced to a single antisepalous stamen). Filaments 0.5-0.7 mm long. Anthers 0.5-0.6 mm wide. Style 0.7-1 mm long. Fertile fruits depressed-obovoid, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diam.; hypanthium shiny, with small, widely spaced pits; seed transversely reniform, 0.9-1.1 mm high, 1.5-1.7 mm across. (Figure 5A-E) Diagnosticfeatures. Leaf blades broadly or very broadly obovate, 2.5^. 3 x 2.8-3.4 mm, with 3-5 rows of oil glands on each side, ciliolate at first. Mature peduncles 0.6-2.5 mm long. Bracteoles persistent, 1.5-2.5 mm long. Bud apex convex. Sepals 1.5-2.2 mm long. Petals 2.5-3.3 mm long, pink. Stamens 9 or 10, irregular or alternating with the sepals and petals. Style 0.7-1 mm long. Fruits with small, widely spaced pits on hypanthium. Selected specimens examined. WESTERN AUSTRALIA [localities withheld for conservation reasons]: 26Oct. \99^,PG.Armstrongs.n. (CANS,PERTH); 14Nov. 2004,A.D. Craw/or/ore'gz'o«5(®i?4),IBRA7,CommonwealthofAustralia.http://www.environment. gov.au/topics/land/national-reserve-system/science-maps-and-data/australias-bioregions-ibra#ibra [accessed 2 January 2014], Kevin R. Thiele Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: kevin.thiele@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:311-314 Published online 27 November 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Treatment of hybrid taxa on the census of Western Australian plants Hybrids are important components of plant biodiversity (Rieseberg & Wendel 1993) and some hybrids are recognisable entities that may play a role in evolution and biological interactions (Soltis & Soltis 2009). Hybrids vary from stabilised, morphologically consistent, true-breeding, easily recognisable taxonomic entities, to complex, highly variable assemblages (hybrid swarms) occupying the morphological and geographical boundaries between existing species, to occasional sterile FI hybrids (Hopper 1996). At the Western Australian Herbarium (PERTH), hybrid names may be included in the state plant census database (WACENSUS) and/or they may be used on specimen labels (and entered into the specimen database WAHERB). If a hybrid name is included in WACENSUS, the entity will appear online in FloraBase (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-)- Hybrid specimens which do not have a name entry in WACENSUS will not appear in FloraBase and hence will be invisible to our users, except by directly querying specimens. The practical long-term purpose of including at least some hybrids on WACENSUS (and hence in FloraBase) is to inform users of significant hybrid entities in the Western Australian flora. Hybrids (with the exception of nothotaxa) have not been treated consistently at PERTH in the past. Variable proportions of hybrids have been entered onto WACENSUS in different taxonomic groups, with no clear policy direction as to the circumstances for the entry of hybrid names; in most groups, there is no clear reason why some hybrid names have been added to WACENSUS while others have not. This paper outlines the agreed policy at PERTH regarding hybrid names. Nomenclatural designation of hybrids Nomenclaturally, two types of hybrid names may be designated under the International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi and plants (ICN; McNeill et al. 2012): nothotaxa (hybrids with an epithet) and hybrid formulae. Nothotaxa are named hybrids between representatives of two or more taxa. F or nomenclatural purposes, the hybrid nature of such a taxon is indicated by placing the multiplication sign x before the name of an intergeneric hybrid (e.g. x Cyanthera) or before the epithet in the name of an interspecific hybrid (e.g. Elythranthera x intermedia (Fitzg.) M.A.Clem.), or by prefixing the term ‘notho-‘ (optionally abbreviated ‘n-’) to the term denoting the rank of the taxon (see ICN Art. 3.2 and 4.4). Nothotaxa are equivalent to published taxon names in that they have an author, publication, etc. and are nomenclaturally controlled under the ICN. A hybrid formula allows designation of hybrid status by inserting a multiplication sign between the names of the parent taxa (e.g. Eucalyptus macrocarpa Hook, x E. pyriformis Turcz.). Epithets in a hybrid formula should be placed in alphabetical order (Art. H.2A. 1). The multiplication sign is placed between, and separate from, the names of the parents (Art. H.3A. 1). Hybrid formulae are not controlled under the ICN and hence are not regarded as equivalent to published taxon names (Art. 23.6(d)). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 312 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Conservation assessment of hybrids The Department of Parks and Wildlife’s Species and Communities Branch has the following guidelines for accepting a hybrid population as a conservation taxon (Department of Conservation and Land Management 1998): 1. it must be a distinct entity, that is, the progeny are consistent within the agreed taxonomic limits for that taxonomic group; 2. it must be capable of being self-perpetuating, that is, not reliant on the parent stock for replacement; and 3. it must be the product of a natural event, that is, both parents were/are naturally occurring and cross fertilization was by natural means. Criteria for establishing hybrid status It is often difficult to determine if a given specimen or population is a hybrid, or merely a variant of a taxon. Hybridisation is often inferred or suspected from the pattern of variation observed in nature or from herbarium specimens, and is rarely known with certainty; hybridity can often only be determined absolutely using either breeding experiments or through detailed genetic assessment. This policy does not attempt to establish criteria which must be met for an assumption of hybridity to be accepted. However, authors of taxonomic treatments associated with PERTH are encouraged to consider the following before publishing a nothotaxon or hybrid formula: 1. is the hybridisation a natural event?; 2. are the hybrids fertile or sterile?; 3. are the hybrids common and likely to be encountered in the wild, or rare and insignificant?; 4. are the hybrid progeny highly variable (e.g. through segregation) or morphologically relatively uniform?; and 5. are the hybrids self-perpetuating, or do they rely on repeated hybridisation events from the parents for maintenance? In general, authors are encouraged to not publish nothotaxa or hybrid formulae in cases where the hybrids are sterile, do not form significant, recognisable populations, and/or where there is evidence that they are not self-perpetuating. Policy The following will be included on WACENSUS: 1. validly published nothotaxa; 2. hybrid formulae published in a taxonomic treatment as the equivalent of a taxon, that is, with the hybrid formula clearly stated and with a description, conservation status, notes K.R. Thiele & C.M. Parker, Treatment of hybrid taxa on the census 313 on distribution, variation and diagnostic features (particularly means of discriminating the hybrids from the parents), specimens cited, etc.; 3. hybrids that were originally included as non-hybrid taxa before their hybrid status was determined or inferred; in these cases, the entity will be retained as a nothotaxon on WACENSUS on a case by case basis, taking into account the hybrid entity’s status in the wild and whether it is self-perpetuating; and 4. hybrid weeds not qualifying as above but where the hybrid is the only representative in Western Australia of that entity. The following will not be included on WACENSUS: 5. hybrid names used on specimen labels or in unpublished literature; 6. hybrids mentioned in published literature where the requirements of (2) above are not met (for example, notes under a treated species that it occasionally hybridises with one or more other species, forms a hybrid swarm or intergrades with another species etc., but does not treat the hybrid under a specific heading using a specific hybrid formula); 7. hybrid formulae merely listed in a publication without meeting the requirements of (2) above; and 8. hybrids that have been created through artificial means, unless these are established in naturalised populations. Note that this policy will be applied retroactively, with non-qualifying hybrid formulae removed from WACENSUS over time, on a case-by-case basis. Acknowledgements Members of the Western Australian Herbarium’s Taxonomic Review Committee are acknowledged for helpful discussions and meaningful contributions to the drafting of this policy. Brendan Eepschi provided useful comments on the manuscript. References Department of Conservation and Land Management (1998). The listing of hybrids as threatened species: proceedings and recommendations of a workshop held at Kings Park and Botanic Garden, 30‘^ July 1998. (Department of Conservation and Land Management: Como, Western Australia.) Hopper, S.D. (1996). Evolutionary networks: natural hybridization and its conservation significance. In: Saunders, D.A. Craig, J.L. & Mattiske, E.M. (eds) Nature conservation 4: the role of networks, pp. 51-63. (Surrey Beatty & Sons Pty Eimited: New South Wales.) McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin, V., Greuter, W., Hawksworth, D.E., Herendeen, RS., Knapp, S., Marhold, K., Prado, J., Prud’homme van Reine, W.F., Smith, G.F., Wiersema, J.H. & Turland, N.J. (eds) (2012). International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code), adopted by the eighteenth International Botanical Congress Melbourne, Australia, July 2011. Regnum Vegetabile 154. (Koeltz Scientific: Konigstein, Germany.) Rieseberg, E.H. & Wendel, J.F. (1993). Introgression and its consequences in plants. In: Harrison, R.G. (ed.) Hybrid zones and the evolutionary process, pp. 70-109. (Oxford University Press: New York.) 314 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Soltis, PS. & Soltis, D.E. (2009). The role of hybridization in plant speciation. Annual Review of Plant Biology 60: 561-588. Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 3 November 2014]. Kevin R. Thiele^ and Cheryl M. Parker^’^ ‘Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 ^Corresponding author, email: cheryl.parker@dpaw.wa.gov.au Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:315-316 Published online 27 November 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION A lectotype designation for Baeckea elderiana (Myrtaceae: Chamelaucieae) Baeckea elderiana E.Fritz. (Diels & Pritzel 1904) is one of a number of species of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae DC. that were discovered or recollected on the Elder Exploring Expedition. The expedition departed from Adelaide, SouthAustralia on 22"^ April 1891 and reached Geraldton, Western Australia in January 1892 (George 2009). Many newly collected species from this expedition were named by Mueller and Tate (1896), among them four species of Chamelaucieae that are now known by the names Calytrix watsonii (F.Muell. & Tate) C. A.Gardner, Darwinia luehmannii F.Muell. & Tate, Micromyrtus helmsii (F.Muell. & Tate) J.W.Green and Verticordia rennieana F.Muell. & Tate. More recently named species that were collected on the expedition include Baeckea muricata C. A.Gardner (Gardner 1928) and Enekbatus eremaeus Trudgen & Rye (Trudgen & Rye 2010). Ernst Pritzel named B. elderiana after Sir Thomas Elder, who financed the expedition, basing it on fiowering material collected by expedition naturalist Richard Helms, and fruiting material he later collected during his visit to Western Australia with Eudwig Diels. Both collections match the protologue in their vegetative characters; however, the ovary is described as 3-locular when in fact it is 2-locular in both gatherings, and stamen number is given as 6-9 per fiower rather than 9-11 stamens as per Helms’ collection. The former error must have contributed to Gardner’s decision to describe B. baileyana C.A.Gardner (Gardner 1934) as a new species, differing from B. elderiana in having 2-locular ovaries and in a number of less significant characters. Baeckea baileyana is now treated as a synonym. The duplicate of Helm’s collection at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEE) is designated here as an appropriate lectotype since it is fiowering material and was viewed by Pritzel. Typification Baeckea elderiana E.Pritz. in E. Diels & E. Pritzel, Bot. Jabrb. Syst. 35: 418 (1904). Type citation'. ‘Hab. in distr. Coolgardie ad collem “Red Kangaroo Hill” flor. m. Nov. (Helms 1891 in expedit. Elderiana, inhb. Melbourne subBaeckeapentagonanthaT. v. M. indeterminata!; haudprocul a Southern Cross in fruticetis arenosis fruct. m. Nov. (E. Pritzel, PI. Austral. Occ. 1009!).’ Type specimens', west of Red Kangaroo Hill [Western Australia], November 1891, R. Helms s.n. (lecto, here selected: MEE 12121', isolecto'. AD 97448066 & 97448068, NSW 139887); ‘near Ghooli’ or ‘Yilgarn and Coolgardie goldfields’ [Western Australia], November 1901, E. Pritzel 1009 {sym A 00068846, AD 96827125, BM 000797535, BR 0000005233465, G 00227440, GH 00068845, M 013744, NSW 139885, PERTH 03412474 & 08245940, S-G-855, US 00118342). Baeckea baileyana C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. Western Australia 19: 89 (1933). Type'. Bruce Rock, Western Australia, October 1932, E.T Bailey s.n. {holo'. PERTH 01605119; iso'. K 000821695). © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 316 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Acknowledgements I am very grateful to Juliet Wege for her valuable comments on the manuscript. I also thank the staff at AD, MEL and NSW for the loan of type material; all overseas type specimens have been examined using the images that are currently available through Global Plants (see http://plants.jstor.org/). References Diels, L. & Pritzel, E. (1904). Myrtaceae. In: Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae occidentalis. pp. 398-444. (Engelmann: Eeipzig, Germany.) Gardner, C.A. (1928). Contributiones florae Australieae Occidentalis VI. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 13: 61-68, pi. 24-27. Gardner, C.A. (1934). Contributiones florae Australieae Occidentalis no. VIII. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 19: 79-93. George, A.S. (2009). Australian botanist’s companion. (Picton Press: West Perth.) Mueller, F. & Tate, R. (1896). Phanerograms and vascular cryptogams. Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia 16: 333-383. Trudgen, M.E. & Rye, B.E. (2010). Enekbatus, a new Western Australian genus of Myrtaceae tribe Chamelaucieae. Nuytsia 20: 229-260. Barbara L. Rye Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Eocked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24:317-318 Published online 27 November 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Removal of Peplidium sp. fortescue marsh (S. van Leeuwen 4865) (Phrymaceae) from Western Australia’s plant census Peplidium Delile is a problematic genus currently undergoing taxonomic review. Six undescribed entities are currently recognised in Australia, three of which occur in Western Australia (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), with a number of additional new taxa recognised in the taxonomic literature (Beardsley & Barker 2005; Barker et al. 2012) but not yet included on the Australian Plant Census (Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria 2007-). Peplidium sp. fortescue marsh (S. van Leeuwen 4865) is currently listed on Western Australia’s vascular plant census (Western Australian Herbarium 1998-), having been added on the 27* August 2004 with no supporting information. It is known from only one collection (PERTH 06538916) from the Fortescue Marsh in the Pilbara bioregion and is listed as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora (Smith 2013). Examination of recent collections made during surveys of the Fortescue Marsh and their comparison with the reference collection and other taxa of Peplidium held at the Western Australian Herbarium, has established that P. sp. fortescue marsh matches the Western Australian entity known as P. sp. E Evol. FI. Fauna Arid Aust. (A.S. Weston 12768). This is confirmed by W. Barker, who has examined a duplicate of S. van Leeuwen 4865 at the State Herbarium of South Australia. Peplidium sp. fortescue marsh should therefore be synonymised under P. sp. E Evol. FI. Fauna Arid Aust. and removed from the Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. Peplidium sp. E Evol. FI. Fauna Arid Aust. is known from a number of localities across the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions and does not appear to be a species of conservation concern. It is distinguished from all other species in the region by the presence of four stamens (two long and two short) rather than two (W. Barker pers. comm.). Peplidium sp. E Evol. FI. Fauna Arid Aust., a name that has been recognised in Western Australian for more than 16 years, has more recently been referred to as P. sp. Harding Dam (W.R. Barker 7357) by Beardsley and Barker (2005), Barker et al. (2012) and W. Barker in litt., presumably because the name does not conform with the phrase-naming conventions established in Barker (2005). Given that the name is informal and will be dealt with in the forthcoming revisionary treatment of the genus, and replacing one informal name with another is not conducive to nomenclatural stability or effective communication, the Western Australia Herbarium will continue to use the former name. Acknowledgements The author thanks Bill Barker, Mike Hislop, Steven Dillon and Cheryl Parker for discussion on this taxon, and both Juliet Wege and Kevin Thiele for comments on the manuscript. References Barker, W.R. (2005). Standardising informal names in Australian publications. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 122 : 11 - 12 . © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 318 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Barker, W.R., Nesom, G.L., Beardsley, P.M. & Fraga, N.S. (2012). A taxonomic conspectus of Phrymaceae: a narrowed circumscriptions for Mimulus, new and resurrected genera, andnewnames and combinations. Phytoneuron 2012-39:1-60. Beardsley, P.M. & Barker, W.R. (2005). Patterns of evolution in Australian Mimulus and related genera (Phrymaceae ~ Scrophulariaceae): a molecular phylogeny using chloroplast and nuclear sequence data. Australian Systematic Botany 18: 61-73. Council of Heads of Australasian Herbaria (2007-). Australian Plant Census (APC), IBIS database. Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Canberra, http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html [accessed 20 October 2014]. Smith, M.G. (2013). Threatened and Priority Flora list for Western Australia. (Department of Parks and Wildlife: Kensington, Western Australia.) Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, http:// florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ [accessed 8 January 2014]. Adrienne S. Markey Science and Conservation Division, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Nuytsia The journal of the Western Australian Herbarium 24: 319 Published online 27 November 2014 SHORT COMMUNICATION Corrigendum to: Two new and rare species of Ptilotus (Amaranthaceae) from the Eneabba sandplains, Western Australia See Nuytsia 24: 123-129 (2014). The epithet clivicolus, which has an adjectival ending, should be changed to a noun in apposition, i.e. clivicola (see Steam 1992: 387). References Steam, W.T. (1992). Botanical Latin: history, syntax, terminology and vocabulary. 4* edn. (David & Charles: Devon.) Robert W. Davis Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Parks and Wildlife, Locked Bag 104, Bentley Delivery Centre, Western Australia 6983 Email: Robert. Davis@dpaw.wa. gov.au © Department of Parks and Wildlife 2014 http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/nuytsia/ ISSN 2200-2790 (Online) ISSN 0085-4417 (Print) 320 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 321 Referees for Volume 24 The assistance of referees in providing expert review of papers submitted to Nuytsia is gratefully acknowledged. The referees consulted for Volume 24 include those listed below and a further three anonymous reviewers. Eachpaperwas also refereed internally by Vwytoh! Editorial Committee members. Matthew Barrett Terena Eally Russell Barrett Nicholas Eander Ryonen Butcher Brendan Eepschi Greg Chandler Terry Macfarlane Bob Chinnock Bob Makinson Ian Cowie Bruce Maslin Darren Crayn Barbara Rye Miguel de Salas Kelly Shepherd Marco Duretto Stephen van Eeeuwen Neil Gibson Neville Walsh Ailsa Holland Juliet Wege Peter Jobson Carol Wilkins Kevin Kenneally Annette Wilson Phillip Kodela Peter G. Wilson 322 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) 323 CONSERVATION CODES for Western Australian Flora and Fauna T: Threatened species -Listed as Specially Protected underthe Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, published under Schedule 1 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Threatened Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Threatened Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare Flora). • Fauna that is rare or likely to become extinct are declared to be fauna that is in need of special protection • Flora that are extant and considered likely to become extinct, or rare and therefore in need of special protection, are declared to be rare flora Species* which have been adequately searched for and are deemed to be, in the wild, either rare, at risk of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such. The assessment of the conservation status of these species is based on their national extent. X: Presumed extinct species - Listed as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, published under Schedule 2 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice for Presumed Extinct Fauna and Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice for Presumed Extinct Flora (which may also be referred to as Declared Rare Flora). Species* which have been adequately searched for and there is no reasonable doubt that the last individual has died, and have been gazetted as such. lA: Migratory birds protected under an international agreement - Eisted as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, listed under Schedule 3 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice. Birds that are subject to an agreement between the government of Australia and the governments of Japan (JAMBA), China (CAMBA) and The Republic of Korea (ROKAMBA), relating to the protection of migratory birds. S: Other specially protected fauna - Eisted as Specially Protected under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950. Fauna declared to be in need of special protection, otherwise than for the reasons mentioned for Schedules 1, 2 or 3, are published under Schedule 4 of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice. Threatened Fauna and Flora are ranked according to their level of threat using lUCN Red Eist categories and criteria. For example; Carnaby’s Cockatoo (Calyptorynchus latirostris) is listed as ‘Specially Protected’ under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950, published under Schedule 1, and referred to as a ‘Threatened’ species with a ranking of ‘Endangered’. Ranking: CR: Critically Endangered - considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild. EN: Endangered - considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild. VU: Vulnerable - considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild. A list of the current rankings can be downloaded from the Parks and Wildlife Threatened Species and Communities webpage at http://dpaw.wa.gov.au/plants-and-animals/threatened-species-and-communities/ *Species includes all taxa (plural of taxon - a classiflcatory group of any taxonomic rank, e.g. a family, genus, species or any infraspeciflc category i.e. subspecies, variety or forma). 324 Nuytsia Vol. 24 (2014) P: Priority species - Species that may be threatened or near threatened but are data deficient, have not yet been adequately surveyed to be listed under the Schedules of the Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice or the Wildlife Conservation (Rare Flora) Notice, are added to the Priority Fauna or Priority Flora Lists under Priorities 1, 2 or 3. These three categories are ranked in order of priority for survey and evaluation of conservation status so that consideration can be given to their declaration as threatened fiora or fauna. Species that are adequately known, are rare but not threatened, or meet criteria for near threatened, or that have been recently removed from the threatened list for other than taxonomic reasons, are placed in Priority 4. These species require regular monitoring. Conservation dependent species that are subject to a specific conservation program are placed in Priority 5. Assessment of Priority codes is based on the Western Australian distribution of the species, unless the distribution in WA is part of a contiguous population extending into adjacent States, as defined by the known spread of locations. 1: Priority One: Poorly-known species Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less) which are potentially at risk. All occurrences are either: very small; or on lands not managed for conservation, e.g. agricultural or pastoral lands, urban areas, road and rail reserves, gravel reserves and active mineral leases; or otherwise under threat of habitat destruction or degradation. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of further survey. 2: Priority Two: Poorly-known species Species that are known from one or a few locations (generally five or less), some of which are on lands managed primarily for nature conservation, e.g. national parks, conservation parks, nature reserves and other lands with secure tenure being managed for conservation. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes. Such species are in urgent need of further survey. 3: Priority Three: Poorly-known species Species that are known from several locations, and the species does not appear to be under imminent threat, or from few but widespread locations with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat, much of it not under imminent threat. Species may be included if they are comparatively well known from several locations but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them. Such species are in need of further survey. 4: Priority Four: Rare, Near Threatened and other species in need of monitoring (a) Rare. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed, or for which sufficient knowledge is available, and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection, but could be if present circumstances change. These species are usually represented on conservation lands. (b) Near Threatened. Species that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent, but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable. (c) Species that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy. 5: Priority Five: Conservation Dependent species Species that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program, the cessation of which would result in the species becoming threatened within five years. •'-r; ISSN 0085-4417 Print Post approved PP665002/00003